parker.

com/gsfe
Gas Separation and Filtration Division EMEA

NEW
ANTARES PLUS-E

COMPRESSED AIR AND GAS TREATMENT

PRODUCT CATALOGUE
ENGINEERING YOUR SUCCESS.
 Interactive Features

Welcome to Parker’s interactive guide. Accessing the information you

need has never been easier. Use our interactive table of contents,
thumbnails and built-in search function to find the content you need in
seconds. As all of our interactive guides are optimized for mobile and
desktop viewing and are connected to web resources, you can be sure
to find the most up to date information anytime and anywhere.

Control Panel
Navigate, share, download and print this document using the quick
links on the control panel.

Table of contents Share Sound

Thumbnails Print Zoom in

Notes Download Full screen

Search Function
Use the quick search to navigate directly to specific content.
For example part number or product name.

2
 www.parker.com/gsfe

Gas Separation and Filtration Division EMEA

Parker Gas Separation and Filtration EMEA offer a range of For over 50 years, Parker GSFE have remained instrumental
filtration and separation solutions that are designed to meet in the development of both the international standards for
the needs of global customers through a dedicated focus on key compressed air and filter testing, and continue to work closely
market sectors. on new standards with governing bodies such as the British
Compressed Air Society (BCAS), the International Standards
Operating from manufacturing sites in the UK, Italy, the Organisation (ISO), PNEUROP, and the USA Compressed Air and
Netherlands and the Czech Republic, the division designs, Gas Institute (CAGI).
develops, manufactures and markets compressed air/gas
filters and dryers, process chillers and coolers, condensate Parker GSFE’s goal is to dominate our chosen markets, aiming
management products, breathing air purifiers, nitrogen, to be the number one choice supplier of compressed air / gas
hydrogen and zero air on-site gas generators for many diverse treatment products and on-site gas generators.
markets, industries and applications where compressed air and
gas purity, product quality, technological excellence and global Achieving this, by recruiting the best teams, and by passionately
customer support are paramount. developing our people, technology and products to help us
exceed our customers’ expectations, bringing new products,
Parker Gas Separation and Filtration EMEA products and services and solutions to the market. We believe in, and strive
systems deliver a unique combination of innovation and to maintain, close relationships with our customers, making
excellence in the most demanding applications, helping us their global partner of choice for compressed air and gas
engineers to maximise the productivity and profitability of their treatment products and services.
manufacturing and process operations and with a focus on
delivering real and lasting value to every customer.

GSFE Compressed Air and Gas Treatment Manufacturing Locations

Gateshead, UK Etten Leur, The Netherlands

GSFE Division Headquarters Membranes & Modules
CAGT Business Unit Business Unit

• Filter Elements • Gas Membranes & Modules

• Compressed Air Filters
• Adsorption Dryers
• Breathing Air Purifiers Chomutov, Czech Republic
• Carbon Dioxide Incident Protection
• Filter Elements

Gas Business Unit

• Industrial & Analytical Gas Generators
Padova, Italy
Hiross Business Unit
• Adsorption Dryers
• Refrigeration Dryers
• Chillers
• Aftercoolers
• Filter Elements
• Compressed Air Filters
• Condensate Drains

3
 ISO Compressed Air Quality Standards

Specifying air quality (purity) in accordance

with ISO8573-1:2010, the international standard for
compressed air quality
ISO8573-1 is the primary document used from the ISO8573 series as it is this document which specifies the
amount of contamination allowed in each cubic metre of compressed air.

ISO8573-1 lists the main contaminants as solid particulate, water and oil. The purity levels for each contaminant are shown separately
in tabular form, however for ease of use, here all three contaminants are combined into one easy to use table.

Solid Particulate Water Oil

ISO8573- Total Oil
1:2010 Maximum number of particulates per m³ Mass Vapour (aerosol, liquid
CLASS Concentration Pressure Liquid g/m³ and vapour)
mg/m³ Dewpoint
0.1 - 0.5 micron 0.5 - 1 micron 1 - 5 micron mg/m³
0 As specified by the equipment user or supplier and more stringent than Class 1
1 ≤ 20,000 ≤ 400 ≤ 10 - ≤ -70°C - 0.01
2 ≤ 400,000 ≤ 6,000 ≤ 100 - ≤ -40°C - 0.1
3 - ≤ 90,000 ≤ 1,000 - ≤ -20°C - 1
4 - - ≤ 10,000 - ≤ +3°C - 5
5 - - ≤ 100,000 - ≤ +7°C - -
6 - - - ≤5 ≤ +10°C - -
7 - - - 5 - 10 - ≤ 0.5 -
8 - - - - - 0.5 - 5 -
9 - - - - - 5 - 10 -
X - - - > 10 - > 10 > 10

Specifying air purity in accordance with ISO8573-1:2010 Class 0

ISO8573-1:2010 Class 0 does not mean zero contamination

When specifying the purity of air required, the standard Class 0 does not mean oil-free compressed air
must always be referenced, followed by the purity class
A Class 0 compressor does not guarantee oil-free
selected for each contaminant (a different purity class can
be selected for each contaminant if required). compressed air
Class 0 does not solely refer to oil contamination
An example of how to write an air quality specification is
shown below: A Class 0 specification must be ‘cleaner’ than the Class 1
specification for the contaminant chosen
ISO8573-1:2010 Class 1:2:1
The contamination levels stated for a Class 0 specification
ISO8573-1:2010 refers to the standard document and its must also be within the measurement capabilities of the test
revision, the three digits refer to the purity classifications equipment and test methods shown in ISO8573 Pt 2 to Pt 9
selected for solid particulate, water and total oil. Selecting
an air purity class of 1:2:1 would specify the following air The Class 0 specification must clearly state which
quality when operating at the standard’s reference contaminant the Class 0 claim refers to
conditions: i.e. “Solid Particulate”, “Water” or “Total Oil (aerosol, liquid
& vapour)”
Class 1 Particulate
Class 0 requires the user or the equipment supplier to show a
In each cubic metre of compressed air, the particulate
count should not exceed 20,000 particles in the 0.1 - 0.5 contamination level as part of a written specification
micron size range, 400 particles in the 0.5 - 1 micron size Example of a correctly written Class 0 specification
range and 10 particles in the 1 - 5 micron size range. “When preceded by OIL-X Grade AO General Purpose &
Class 2 Water Grade AA High Efficiency Coalescing Filters, OIL-X OVR
A pressure dewpoint (PDP) of -40°C or better is required Grade Adsorption Filters provide a delivered air quality in
and no liquid water is allowed. accordance with ISO8573-1:2010 Class 0 (≤0.003 mg/m³) for
total oil (oil aerosol & oil vapour)”
Class 1 Oil
The agreed Class 0 specification must be written on all
In each cubic metre of compressed air, not more than
0.01mg of oil is allowed. This is a total level for liquid oil, documentation to be in accordance with the standard
oil aerosol and oil vapour. Stating Class 0 without an accompanying contaminant
specification is meaningless and not in accordance with the
standard

4
 www.parker.com/gsfe

Selecting Parker purification equipment to comply with

ISO8573-1:2010 air quality standard
­­­Simple guidelines for the selection of purification equipment
1. Purification equipment is installed to provide air quality, therefore you must first of all identify the quality of compressed air
required for the compressed air leaving the compressor room and for each point of use on the compressed air system.

2. The air quality required at each point of use may differ dependent upon the application.

3. Using the quality classifications shown in ISO8573-1 will allow easy selection of purification equipment.

4. ISO8573-1:2010 is the latest edition of the standard, however some facilities may still be operating on older revisions.

5. Specifying air quality as ISO8573-1, ISO8573-1:1991 or ISO8573-1:2001 refers to the previous editions of the standard and may
result in a different quality of delivered compressed air.

6. Ensure any ISO8573-1 air purity classifications are written in full and include the revision year to allow for correct product
selection.

7. Remember - Oil-free compressor installations require the same filtration considerations as oil lubricated compressor
installations.

Solid Particulate Water Oil

ISO8573-
1:2010
CLASS Total Oil
Wet Particulate Dry Particulate Vapour
(aerosol, liquid and vapour)

0 - - - OIL-X Grade AO + AA + OVR

OIL-X Grade AO + AA + OVR

1 OIL-X Grade AO + AA OIL-X Grade AO (M) + AA (M) Dryer sized for -70°C PDP
OIL-X Grade AO + AA +ACS

2 OIL-X Grade AO OIL-X Grade AO (M) Dryer sized for -40°C PDP OIL-X Grade AO + AA

3 OIL-X Grade AO OIL-X Grade AO (M) Dryer sized for -20°C PDP OIL-X Grade AO

4 OIL-X Grade AO OIL-X Grade AO (M) Dryer sized for +3°C PDP OIL-X Grade AO

5 OIL-X Grade AO OIL-X Grade AO (M) Dryer sized for +7°C PDP -

6 - - Dryer sized for +10°C PDP -

For further information relating to ISO Compressed Air Quality Standards please refer to our white paper ‘Introduction to
ISO Compressed Air Quality Standards’. Available at parker.com/gsfe
5
 Compressed Air Filters and Dryers

Cost effective system design

To achieve the stringent air quality levels required for today’s modern production facilities, a careful approach to
system design, commissioning and operation must be employed.
Treatment at one point alone is not enough and it is highly any contamination remaining in the distribution system, but
recommended that the compressed air is treated in the also with specific attention on the quality of air required by each
compressor room to a level that will provide general purpose application. This approach to system design ensures that air is
air to the site and also protect the distribution piping. Point of not ‘over treated’ and provides the most cost effective solution
use purification should also be employed, not only to remove to high quality compressed air.

FOOD / BEVERAGE / PHARMACEUTICAL - DIRECT CONTACT APPLICATIONS

COMPRESSOR ROOM APPLICATION

NON CONTACT
APPLICATIONS
ISO8573-1:2010 Class 2:2:-*
ISO8573-1:2010 Class 2.2.0 AO
* Oil Classification dependent upon
≤-40°C (≤-40°F) PDP (M) contamination already in piping

WS AO AA FOOD / BEVERAGE / PHARMA

GRADE OIL-FREE AIR FOR
DIRECT CONTACT
APPLICATIONS
AO AA ISO8573-1:2010 Class 1:2:0
(M) (M)
AO
(M) OVR
COMPRESSOR AIR OVR
MX OR MXLE
RECEIVER
ADSORPTION DRYER
HIGH FLOW
TETPOR II

STERILE - FOOD / BEVERAGE

/ PHARMA GRADE OIL-FREE
AIR FOR
IMPORTANT NOTE: CRITICAL APPLICATIONS
THE PURIFICATION EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS ARE IDENTICAL AO ISO8573-1:2010 Class 1:2:0
AA
(M) (M)
FOR BOTH OIL-FREE AND OIL LUBRICATED COMPRESSORS.
OVR

COMPRESSOR ROOM APPLICATION

NON CONTACT
APPLICATIONS
ISO8573-1:2010 Class 2:5:-*
AO
(M) * Oil Classification dependent upon
contamination already in piping

FOOD / BEVERAGE / PHARMA

WS AO GRADE OIL-FREE AIR FOR
AA DIRECT CONTACT
APPLICATIONS
ISO8573-1:2010 Class 1:2:0
AO FBP
(M) ADSORPTION DRYER
COMPRESSOR AIR REFRIGERATION OVR
RECEIVER DRYER HIGH FLOW
TETPOR II

STERILE - FOOD / BEVERAGE

/ PHARMA GRADE OIL-FREE
AIR FOR
IMPORTANT NOTE: CRITICAL APPLICATIONS
THE PURIFICATION EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS ARE IDENTICAL ISO8573-1:2010 Class 1:2:0
FOR BOTH OIL-FREE AND OIL LUBRICATED COMPRESSORS. FBP
ADSORPTION DRYER

Typical Applications
Direct contact / in-direct contact applications in food manufacturing / beverage bottling / pharmaceutical manufacturing / dairies / breweries / wineries /
distilleries (In accordance with BCAS Best Practice Guideline 102 Food & Beverage Grade Compressed Air).

6
 www.parker.com/gsfe

HIGH QUALITY TECHNICALLY OIL-FREE AIR

COMPRESSOR ROOM APPLICATION

GENERAL USE
ISO 8573-1:2010 Class 1:1:2
ISO 8573-1:2010 Class 2.1.2 -70°C (-100°F) PDP
ISO 8573-1:2010 Class 1:2:2
ISO 8573-1:2010 Class 2.2.2 -40°C (-40°F) PDP
ISO 8573-1:2010 Class 1:3:2
ISO 8573-1:2010 Class 2.3.2 -20°C (-4°F) PDP AA
(M)

WS AO AA HIGH QUALITY
OIL-FREE AIR
AO
(M) ISO 8573-1:2010 Class 1:1:0
ISO 8573-1:2010 Class 1:2:0
AO AA ISO 8573-1:2010 Class 1:3:0
(M) (M)
OVR
COMPRESSOR AIR PARKER
RECEIVER ADSORPTION OR
HYBRID DRYER HIGH FLOW
TETPOR II

IMPORTANT NOTE: STERILE AIR FOR

THE PURIFICATION EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS ARE IDENTICAL CRITICAL APPLICATIONS
FOR BOTH OIL-FREE AND OIL LUBRICATED COMPRESSORS. THE ISO 8573-1:2010 Class 1:1:0
REQUIREMENTS FOR BREATHABLE QUALITY AIR ARE NOT COVERED IN ISO 8573-1:2010 Class 1:2:0
AO AA ISO 8573-1:2010 Class 1:3:0
ISO8573 REFER TO BREATHING AIR STANDARDS FOR THE COUNTRY OF (M) (M)
INSTALLATION. OVR

Typical Oil-Free Air Applications

Blow Moulding of Plastics e.g. P.E.T. Bottles Decompression chambers Air bearings
Electronics Manufacturing Cosmetic production Pipeline purging
CDA systems for electronics manufacturing Medical air Measuring equipment
Film processing Dental air Blanketing
Critical instrumentation Lasers and optics Modified Atmosphere Packaging
Advanced pneumatics Robotics Pre-treatment for on-site gas generation
Air blast circuit breakers Spray painting

GENERAL PURPOSE AIR WITH OIL-FREE AIR FOR CRITICAL APPLICATIONS

COMPRESSOR ROOM APPLICATION

GENERAL PURPOSE AIR
ISO 8573-1:2010 Class 2:5:2

AO
(M)

WS AO
GENERAL PURPOSE
AA OIL-FREE AIR
ISO 8573-1:2010 Class 1:5:0
AO AA
(M) (M)
OVR
COMPRESSOR AIR REFRIGERATION
RECEIVER DRYER

HIGH QUALITY
IMPORTANT NOTE: OIL-FREE AIR
THE PURIFICATION EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS ARE IDENTICAL ISO 8573-1:2010 Class 2:1:0
FOR BOTH OIL-FREE AND OIL LUBRICATED COMPRESSORS. THE AA
ISO 8573-1:2010 Class 2:2:0
REQUIREMENTS FOR BREATHABLE QUALITY AIR ARE NOT COVERED IN (M) ISO 8573-1:2010 Class 2:3:0
ISO8573 REFER TO BREATHING AIR STANDARDS FOR THE COUNTRY OF OFAS
INSTALLATION. Oil Free Air System

Typical General Purpose Applications

General ring main protection Forging Temperature control systems
Pre-filtration to point of use adsorption air dryers General industrial assembly Blow guns
Plant automation (no external piping) Gauging equipment
Air logistics Air conveying (non food) Raw material mixing
Pneumatic tools Air motors­ Sand / bead blasting
General instrumentation Workshop (tools)
Metal stamping Garage (tyre filling)
7
 Compressed Air Filters and Dryers

Selecting the right purification products for your compressed

air system
To achieve the degree of air quality specified by ISO8573-1, a careful approach to system design, commissioning
and operation must be adopted.

Parker recommends that compressed air is treated:

• Prior to entry into the distribution system
• At critical usage points and applications
This ensures that contamination already in the distribution system is removed.

Purification equipment should be installed where the air is at the lowest possible
temperature (i.e. downstream of after-coolers and air receivers). Point-of-use
purification equipment should be installed as close as possible to the application.

In order to correctly size purification equipment, there are a number of primary operating parameters that must be obtained
from the user’s site. These are:

• The MAXIMUM compressed air flow rate into the filters / dryer
• The MINIMUM operating pressure into the filters / dryer
• The MAXIMUM operating temperature into the filters / dryer
• The MAXIMUM ambient air temperature where the equipment is to be installed
• The required dewpoint (dryers)

Individually, each of the primary operating parameters can influence product sizing however collectively they can have a
major impact on product sizing and performance.

With the primary operating parameters, basic product selections can be made, however additional information may also be
required to finalise product selection. Secondary parameters include:

• Minimum operating temperature

• Preferred pipe connections
• Available electrical supply (voltage / phase / frequency)
• Customers preference regarding drains, controllers or other options

8
 www.parker.com/gsfe

Why is MAXIMUM Flow Rate Important?

Filtration: As compressed air flow rates increase, contamination levels increase and a larger
filtration surface area is required to ensure adequate filtration performance, low pressure drop
and 12 month lifetime of filter elements.
Dryers: As compressed air flow rates increase, the amount of water vapour the dryer must
remove also increases.
Adsorption dryers must be sized on the highest flow rate to ensure the desiccant bed is large
enough to provide the correct contact time and dewpoint.
Refrigeration dryers must be sized to ensure the heat exchanger is large enough and has
enough cooling capacity.

Why is MINIMUM Inlet Pressure Important?

Dryers: As pressure decreases, the volume of compressed air increases, as does the
water vapour content, therefore the amount of water vapour the dryer must remove
also increases. Dryers must be sized for minimum inlet pressure to account for the
increased amount of water vapour present.

Why is MAXIMUM Inlet Temperature Important?

Dryers: As the temperature of the compressed air increases, so does the water vapour
content, therefore the amount of water vapour the dryer must remove also increases.
Dryers must be sized for maximum inlet temperature to account for the increased
amount of water vapour present.

Why is MAXIMUM Ambient Temperature Important?

Refrigeration & Tandem Technology Dryers: Air cooled refrigeration & Tandem Technology
dryers use ambient air for heat exchange.
The lower the ambient air temperature, the better the heat exchange process
Poor ventilation and / or high ambient air temperatures will result in loss of dewpoint.

Why Correct a Dryer for Dewpoint?

Adsorption Dryers: Dewpoint is derived from contact time between the air and the
desiccant material, lower dewpoints typically require the dryer to be de-rated to
provide more contact time.
Refrigeration Dryers: The size of the heat exchangers affects the cooling capacity, too
little cooling capacity results in poor dewpoint.

Frequently Asked Questions: High / Low Temperatures

High Temperatures
Maximum temperature (inlet & ambient) for dryers is 50°C or 122°F. For temperatures above this
it is more cost effective to install an after-cooler than oversize a dryer. Also as a dryer increases
in size, so does the volume of purge required to regenerate the dryer. Fitting an after-cooler is
also more cost effective in terms of energy consumption.
Low Temperatures
Freezing water causes damage to a dryer therefore as the temperature approaches
freezing, the dryer and ancillaries need protection. Sub-zero temperatures also affect the function
of seals and electronics.
• Always keep purification equipment under shelter and out of cold wind /
direct air blasts
• Trace heat & insulate anywhere where moisture is present i.e. Inlet filtration /
drain lines / Inlet valves / columns / exhaust valves
9
 Compressed Air Filters

OIL-X Liquid Separators

Separation Performance
Particle Reduction Max Remaining
Filtration Filter Liquid Separation Change Precede with
(inc water & oil Oil Content
Grade Type Efficiency Element Every Filtration Grade
aerosols) at 21°C (70°F)
WS Liquid Not Applicable Not Applicable >93% Not Applicable Not Applicable

OIL-X Grade WS Water Separator OIL-X Grade WS Water Separator

Liquid Separation Efficiency (25% - 100% Rated Flow) Differential Pressure (25% - 100% Rated Flow)

100 120
99

Differential Pressure [mbar]

100
Separation Efficiency (%)

98 WSPX010
97 WSPX015 & WSPX020
80
96 WSPX025 & WSPX030
WSPX035, WSPX040 & WSPX045
95 60
WSPX010 WSPX050 & WSPX055
94
WSPX015 & WSPX020 40
93
WSPX025 & WSPX030
92 20
WSPX035, WSPX040 & WSPX045
91
WSPX050 & WSPX055
90
25% 50% 75% 100% 0 25% 50% 75% 100%

Percentage of Rated Flow Percentage of Rated Flow

Technical Data
Min Operating Max Operating Min Operating Max Operating
Filtration Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature
Water Separator Models
Grade
bar g psi g bar g psi g ºC ºF ºC ºF
WS PX010A - P055 (Float Drain) 1.5 22 16 232 2 35 65 149

Flow Rates Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
Initial Saturated Differential Pressure
Pipe 100% Flow 75% Flow 50% Flow 25% Flow
Model L/S m³/min m³/hr cfm
Size
mbar psi mbar psi mbar psi mbar psi
WSPX010A G FX 1/4" 10 0.6 36 21 53 0.8 29 0.4 14 0.2 4 0.1
WSPX010B G FX "
3/8 10 0.6 36 21 51 0.7 27 0.4 12 0.2 2 0.0
WSPX010C G FX 1/2" 10 0.6 36 21 48 0.7 25 0.4 10 0.1 0 0.0
WSPX015B G FX "
3/8 40 2.4 144 85 64 0.9 25 0.4 12 0.2 6 0.1
WSPX015C G FX 1/2" 40 2.4 144 85 55 0.8 22 0.3 10 0.1 4 0.1
WSPX020D G FX 3/4" 40 2.4 144 85 42 0.6 22 0.3 7 0.1 2 0.0
WSPX025D G FX 3/4" 110 6.6 396 233 98 1.4 55 0.8 23 0.3 4 0.1
WSPX025E G FX 1" 110 6.6 396 233 95 1.4 52 0.8 20 0.3 1 0.0
WSPX030G G FX 11/2" 110 6.6 396 233 82 1.2 30 0.4 13 0.2 4 0.1
WSPX035G G FX 11/2" 350 21 1260 742 57 0.8 24 0.3 5 0.1 5 0.1
WSPX040H G FX 2" 350 21 1260 742 52 0.8 19 0.3 0 0.0 0 0.0
WSPX045I G FX 21/2" 350 21 1260 742 55 0.8 22 0.3 3 0.0 1 0.0
WSPX050I G FX 21/2" 800 48 2880 1695 116 1.7 57 0.8 16 0.2 5 0.1
WSPX055J G FX 3" 800 48 2880 1695 111 1.6 52 0.8 11 0.2 0 0.0

Select G for BSPP Threads / Select N for NPT Threads

When selecting a coalescing filter for pressures above 16 bar g (232 psi g), use manual drain version and fit an external automatic drain.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

To correctly select a separator model, the flow rate of the separator must be adjusted for the minimum operating (inlet) pressure at the point of installation.
1. Obtain the minimum operating (inlet) pressure and maximum compressed air flow rate at the inlet of the separator.
2. Select the correction factor for minimum inlet pressure from the CFMIP table (always round down e.g. for 5.3 bar, use 5 bar correction factor)
3. Calculate the minimum filtration capacity. Minimum Filtration Capacity = Compressed Air Flow Rate x CFP
4. Using the minimum filtration capacity, select a filter model from the flow rate tables above (filter selected must have a flow rate equal to or greater than the
minimum filtration capacity).

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum Inlet bar g 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Pressure psi g 15 29 44 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232

10 Correction Factor 4.00 2.63 2.00 1.59 1.33 1.14 1.00 0.94 0.89 0.85 0.82 0.79 0.76 0.73 0.71 0.68
 www.parker.com/gsfe

W D

W D

010 - 030 035 - 055

Weights & Dimensions

Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Weight
WSPX Model
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
010 180 7.09 76 2.99 65 2. 56 0.81 1.78
015 / 020 238 9.37 89 3.50 84 3.31 1.41 3.10
025 277 10.91 120 4.72 115 4.53 2.66 5.86
030 277 10.91 120 4.72 115 4.53 2.66 5.86
035/040/ 045 440 17.32 164 6.46 157 6.18 6.87 15.14
050 614 24.17 192 7.56 183 7.20 8.47 18.66
055 515 20.28 192 7.56 183 7.20 8.47 18.66

Parker Catalogue Numbers (BSPP Models)

Catalogue Number
WSPX Model
Water Separator

010A WSPX010AGFX
010B WSPX010BGFX
010C WSPX010CGFX
015C WSPX015CGFX
020D WSPX020DGFX
025D WSPX025DGFX
025E WSPX025EGFX
030G WSPX030GGFX
035G WSPX035GGFX
040H WSPX040HGFX
045I WSPX045IGFX
050I WSPX050IGFX
055J WSPX055JGFX

11
 Compressed Air Filters

SFH Liquid Separators (Carbon Steel)

Technical Data
Minimum Operating Maximum Operating Minimum Operating Maximum Operating
Filtration Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature
Water Separator Models
Grade
bar g psi g bar g psi g ºC ºF ºC ºF
SFH SFH029N - SFH209N 1 15 16 232 2 35 60 140

Flow Rates Separator Coding Example

Pipe Size Example code
Model L/S m³/min m³/hr cfm
Inlet Outlet SFH067N
SFH029 DN80 DN80 490 29.4 1764 1038
SFH030 DN100 DN80 500 30.0 1800 1059
SFH037 DN100 DN100 610 36.6 2196 1293
SFH038 DN125 DN100 633 38.0 2280 1342
SFH066 DN125 DN125 1093 65.6 3936 2317
SFH067 DN150 DN125 1117 67.0 4020 2366
SFH088 DN150 DN150 1473 88.4 5304 3122
SFH089 DN200 DN150 1483 89.0 5340 3143
SFH097 DN200 DN200 1618 97.1 5826 3429
SFH142 DN250 DN200 2365 141.9 8514 5011
SFH180 DN300 DN200 2992 179.5 10770 6339
SFH209 DN350 DN200 3485 209.1 12546 7385

Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
For flows at other pressures, apply the correction factors shown below.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

To correctly select a separator model, the flow rate of the separator must be adjusted for the minimum operating (inlet) pressure at the point of installation.
1. Obtain the minimum operating (inlet) pressure and maximum compressed air flow rate at the inlet of the filter.
2. Select the correction factor for minimum inlet pressure from the CFMIP table (always round down e.g. for 5.3 bar, use 5 bar correction factor)
3. Calculate the minimum filtration capacity. Minimum Filtration Capacity = Compressed Air Flow Rate x CFMIP
4. Using the minimum filtration capacity, select a filter model from the flow rate tables above (filter selected must have a flow rate equal to or greater than
the minimum filtration capacity).

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

bar g 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Minimum
Inlet Pressure
psi g 15 29 44 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232

Correction Factor 4.00 2.63 2.00 1.59 1.33 1.14 1.00 0.94 0.89 0.85 0.82 0.79 0.76 0.73 0.71 0.68

12
 www.parker.com/gsfe

SFH029 - SFH038 = ½" BSP

SFH066 - SFH209 = 1" BSP

Weights & Dimensions

Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Weight
Model
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
SFH029 720 28.3 400 15.7 200 7.9 28 62
SFH030 720 28.3 400 15.7 200 7.9 29 64
SFH037 880 34.6 460 18.1 230 9.1 48 106
SFH038 880 34.6 460 18.1 230 9.1 49 108
SFH066 980 38.6 550 21.7 260 10.2 55 121
SFH067 980 38.6 550 21.7 260 10.2 56 123
SFH088 1060 41.7 570 22.4 290 11.4 82 180
SFH089 1060 41.7 570 22.4 290 11.4 85 187
SFH097 1160 45.7 660 26.0 320 12.6 126 277
SFH142 1255 49.4 680 26.8 351 13.8 148 326
SFH180 1455 57.3 750 29.5 390 15.4 160 352
SFH209 1655 65.2 830 32.7 430 16.9 205 451

Parker Catalogue Numbers

Catalogue Number
Model
Water Separator

SFH029 SFH029N
SFH030 SFH030N
SFH037 SFH037N
SFH038 SFH038N
SFH066 SFH066N
SFH067 SFH067N
SFH088 SFH088N
SFH089 SFH089N
SFH097 SFH097N
SFH142 SFH142N
SFH180 SFH180N
SFH209 SFH209N

13
 Compressed Air Filters

Grade AO General Purpose Coalescing Filter

Filtration Performance
Particle Reduction Max Remaining
Filtration Filter Filtration Change Precede with
(inc water & oil Oil Content
Grade Type Efficiency Element Every Filtration Grade
aerosols) at 21°C (70°F)
0.5 mg/m³
AO Coalescing Down to 1 micron 99.925% 12 months WS (for bulk liquid)
0.5 ppm(w)

Technical Data
Minimum Operating Maximum Operating Minimum Operating Maximum Operating
Filtration Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature
Filter Models
Grade
bar g psi g bar g psi g ºC ºF ºC ºF
AO PX010 - PX055 (Float Drain) 1.5 22 16 232 2 35 65 149
AO PX010 - PX055 (Manual Drain) 1 15 20 290 2 35 80 176

Flow Rates Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
Initial Saturated Differential Pressure
Pipe Replacement 100% Flow 75% Flow 50% Flow 25% Flow
Model L/S m³/min m³/hr cfm No.
Size Element
mbar psi mbar psi mbar psi mbar psi
AOPX010A G FX 1/4" 10 0.6 36 21 P010AO 1 123 1.8 84 1.2 53 0.8 27 0.4
AOPX010B G FX 3/
8 " 10 0.6 36 21 P010AO 1 124 1.8 85 1.2 55 0.8 30 0.4
AOPX010C G FX 1/2" 10 0.6 36 21 P010AO 1 121 1.8 82 1.2 44 0.6 15 0.2
AOPX015B G FX 3/
8 " 20 1.2 72 42 P015AO 1 122 1.8 84 1.2 46 0.7 20 0.3
AOPX015C G FX 1/2" 20 1.2 72 42 P015AO 1 91 1.3 53 0.8 31 0.4 13 0.2
AOPX020C G FX 1/2" 30 1.8 108 64 P020AO 1 124 1.8 82 1.2 45 0.7 20 0.3
AOPX020D G FX 3/4" 30 1.8 108 64 P020AO 1 113 1.6 72 1.0 34 0.5 10 0.1
AOPX025D G FX 3/4" 60 3.6 216 127 P025AO 1 125 1.8 80 1.2 43 0.6 21 0.3
AOPX025E G FX 1" 60 3.6 216 127 P025AO 1 80 1.2 50 0.7 27 0.4 11 0.2
AOPX030E G FX 1" 110 6.6 396 233 P030AO 1 125 1.8 80 1.2 42 0.6 30 0.4
AOPX030G G FX 11/2" 110 6.6 396 233 P030AO 1 90 1.3 49 0.7 27 0.4 9 0.1
AOPX035G G FX 11/2" 160 9.6 576 339 P035AO 1 81 1.2 44 0.6 18 0.3 5 0.1
AOPX040H G FX 2" 220 13.2 792 466 P040AO 1 113 1.6 69 1.0 40 0.6 20 0.3
AOPX045H G FX 2" 330 19.8 1188 699 P045AO 1 123 1.8 81 1.2 44 0.6 21 0.3
AOPX045I G FX 21/2" 330 19.8 1188 699 P045AO 1 95 1.4 64 0.9 35 0.5 15 0.2
AOPX050I G FX 21/2" 430 25.9 1548 911 P050AO 1 116 1.7 75 1.1 42 0.6 17 0.2
AOPX055I G FX 21/2" 620 37.3 2232 1314 P055AO 1 123 1.8 81 1.2 45 0.7 24 0.3
AOPX055J G FX 3" 620 37.3 2232 1314 P055AO 1 112 1.6 55 0.8 32 0.5 17 0.2

Select G for BSPP Threads / Select N for NPT Threads

When selecting a coalescing filter for pressures above 16 bar g (232 psi g), use manual drain version
and fit an external automatic drain.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

To correctly select a filter model, the flow rate of the filter must be adjusted for the minimum operating (inlet) pressure at the point of installation.
1. Obtain the minimum operating (inlet) pressure and maximum compressed air flow rate at the inlet of the filter.
2. Select the correction factor for minimum inlet pressure from the CFMIP table (always round down e.g. for 5.3 bar, use 5 bar correction factor)
3. Calculate the minimum filtration capacity. Minimum Filtration Capacity = Compressed Air Flow Rate x CFMIP
4. Using the minimum filtration capacity, select a filter model from the flow rate tables above (filter selected must have a flow rate equal to or greater than
the minimum filtration capacity).

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum bar g 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Inlet
Pressure psi g 15 29 44 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232 248 263 277 290

Correction Factor 2.65 1.87 1.53 1.32 1.18 1.08 1.00 0.94 0.88 0.84 0.80 0.76 0.73 0.71 0.68 0.66 0.64 0.62 0.61 0.59
14
 www.parker.com/gsfe

Grade AA High Efficiency Coalescing Filter

Filtration Performance
Particle Reduction Max Remaining
Filtration Filter Filtration Change Precede with
(inc water & oil Oil Content
Grade Type Efficiency Element Every Filtration Grade
aerosols) at 21°C (70°F)
Down to 0.01 0.01 mg/m³
AA Coalescing 99.9999% 12 months AO
micron 0.01 ppm(w)

Technical Data
Min Operating Max Operating Min Operating Max Operating
Filtration Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature
Filter Models
Grade
bar g psi g bar g psi g ºC ºF ºC ºF
AA PX010 - PX055 (Float Drain) 1.5 22 16 232 2 35 65 149
AA PX010 - PX055 (Manual Drain) 1 15 20 290 2 35 80 176

Flow Rates Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
Initial Saturated Differential Pressure
Pipe Replacement 100% Flow 75% Flow 50% Flow 25% Flow
Model L/S m³/min m³/hr cfm No.
Size Element
mbar psi mbar psi mbar psi mbar psi
AAPX010A G FX 1/4" 10 0.6 36 21 P010AA 1 117 1.7 83 1.2 50 0.7 25 0.4
AAPX010B G FX 3/
8 " 10 0.6 36 21 P010AA 1 121 1.8 85 1.2 52 0.8 27 0.4
AAPX010C G FX 1/2" 10 0.6 36 21 P010AA 1 111 1.6 75 1.1 41 0.6 20 0.3
AAPX015B G FX 3/
8" 20 1.2 72 42 P015AA 1 115 1.7 79 1.1 44 0.6 24 0.3
AAPX015C G FX 1/2" 20 1.2 72 42 P015AA 1 80 1.2 51 0.7 27 0.4 12 0.2
AAPX020C G FX 1/2" 30 1.8 108 64 P020AA 1 122 1.8 80 1.2 41 0.6 18 0.3
AAPX020D G FX 3/4" 30 1.8 108 64 P020AA 1 100 1.5 60 0.9 37 0.5 24 0.3
AAPX025D G FX 3/4" 60 3.6 216 127 P025AA 1 86 1.2 57 0.8 33 0.5 10 0.1
AAPX025E G FX 1" 60 3.6 216 127 P025AA 1 66 1.0 45 0.7 25 0.4 10 0.1
AAPX030E G FX 1" 110 6.6 396 233 P030AA 1 122 1.8 82 1.2 42 0.6 11 0.2
AAPX030G G FX 11/2" 110 6.6 396 233 P030AA 1 104 1.5 55 0.8 30 0.4 10 0.1
AAPX035G G FX 11/2" 160 9.6 576 339 P035AA 1 75 1.1 45 0.7 20 0.3 5 0.1
AAPX040H G FX 2" 220 13.2 792 466 P040AA 1 90 1.3 60 0.9 40 0.6 20 0.3
AAPX045H G FX 2" 330 19.8 1188 699 P045AA 1 108 1.6 71 1.0 35 0.5 12 0.2
AAPX045I G FX 21/2" 330 19.8 1188 699 P045AA 1 108 1.6 70 1.0 32 0.5 15 0.2
AAPX050I G FX 21/2" 430 25.9 1548 911 P050AA 1 90 1.3 66 1.0 43 0.6 18 0.3
AAPX055I G FX 21/2" 620 37.3 2232 1314 P055AA 1 119 1.7 78 1.1 44 0.6 21 0.3
AAPX055J G FX 3" 620 37.3 2232 1314 P055AA 1 104 1.5 52 0.8 25 0.4 17 0.2

Select G for BSPP Threads / Select N for NPT Threads

When selecting a coalescing filter for pressures above 16 bar g (232 psi g), use manual drain
version and fit an external automatic drain.

Filtration Tested In Accordance With OIL-X Grade AO & AA Oil Carryover versus Flow

Filtration Grade AO AA
with float drain with float drain 1
Oil Carryover (mg/m³)

Filter Type Coalescing Coalescing 0.5

Grade AO (ISO 12500-1 Inlet Challenge 40mg/m³)

ISO 8573-2:2018 ISO 8573-2:2018 0.01

Test Methods Grade AA (ISO 12500-1 Inlet Challenge 10mg/m³)
ISO 8573-4: 2019 ISO 8573-4: 2019
Used
ISO 12500-1:2007 ISO 12500-1:2007 0.001

ISO12500-1 40 mg of oil aerosol 10 mg of oil aerosol 0.0001

Inlet Challenge per cubic metre of per cubic metre of 10 25 50 75 100
Concentration compressed air compressed air
Percentage of Rated Flow
 Compressed Air Filters

Grade AO General Purpose Dry Particulate Filter

Filtration Performance
Particle Reduction Max Remaining
Filtration Filter Filtration Change Precede with
(inc water & oil Oil Content
Grade Type Efficiency Element Every Filtration Grade
aerosols) at 21°C (70°F)

AO Dry Particulate Down to 1 micron Not Applicable 99.925% 12 months Not Applicable

Technical Data
Minimum Operating Maximum Operating Minimum Operating Maximum Operating
Filtration Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature
Filter Models
Grade
bar g psi g bar g psi g ºC ºF ºC ºF
AO PX010 - PX055 (Float Drain) 1.5 22 16 232 2 35 65 149
AO PX010 - PX055 (Manual Drain) 1 15 20 290 2 35 80 176

Flow Rates Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
Initial Dry Differential Pressure
Pipe Replacement 100% Flow 75% Flow 50% Flow 25% Flow
Model L/S m³/min m³/hr cfm No.
Size Element
mbar psi mbar psi mbar psi mbar psi
AOPX010A G MX 1/4" 10 0.6 36 21 P010AO 1 61 0.9 40 0.6 20 0.3 9 0.1
AOPX010B G MX 3/
8 " 10 0.6 36 21 P010AO 1 63 0.9 43 0.6 22 0.3 11 0.2
AOPX010C G MX 1/2" 10 0.6 36 21 P010AO 1 58 0.8 35 0.5 20 0.3 11 0.2
AOPX015B G MX 3/
8" 20 1.2 72 42 P015AO 1 60 0.9 38 0.6 23 0.3 12 0.2
AOPX015C G MX 1/2" 20 1.2 72 42 P015AO 1 27 0.4 15 0.2 10 0.1 5 0.1
AOPX020C G MX 1/2" 30 1.8 108 64 P020AO 1 58 0.8 35 0.5 15 0.2 8 0.1
AOPX020D G MX 3/4" 30 1.8 108 64 P020AO 1 38 0.6 20 0.3 10 0.1 5 0.1
AOPX025D G MX 3/4" 60 3.6 216 127 P025AO 1 54 0.8 39 0.6 21 0.3 8 0.1
AOPX025E G MX 1" 60 3.6 216 127 P025AO 1 22 0.3 15 0.2 9 0.1 5 0.1
AOPX030E G MX 1" 110 6.6 396 233 P030AO 1 56 0.8 38 0.6 20 0.3 7 0.1
AOPX030G G MX 11/2" 110 6.6 396 233 P030AO 1 42 0.6 26 0.4 12 0.2 6 0.1
AOPX035G G MX 11/2" 160 9.6 576 339 P035AO 1 19 0.3 9 0.1 5 0.1 2 0.0
AOPX040H G MX 2" 220 13.2 792 466 P040AO 1 31 0.4 19 0.3 16 0.2 7 0.1
AOPX045H G MX 2" 330 19.8 1188 699 P045AO 1 51 0.7 36 0.5 18 0.3 8 0.1
AOPX045I G MX 21/2" 330 19.8 1188 699 P045AO 1 40 0.6 27 0.4 12 0.2 6 0.1
AOPX050I G MX 21/2" 430 25.9 1548 911 P050AO 1 36 0.5 23 0.3 16 0.2 7 0.1
AOPX055I G MX 21/2" 620 37.3 2232 1314 P055AO 1 38 0.6 25 0.4 17 0.2 10 0.1
AOPX055J G MX 3" 620 37.3 2232 1314 P055AO 1 51 0.7 32 0.5 17 0.2 8 0.1

Select G for BSPP Threads / Select N for NPT Threads

When selecting a coalescing filter for pressures above 16 bar g (232 psi g), use manual drain
version and fit an external automatic drain.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

To correctly select a filter model, the flow rate of the filter must be adjusted for the minimum operating (inlet) pressure at the point of installation.
1. Obtain the minimum operating (inlet) pressure and maximum compressed air flow rate at the inlet of the filter.
2. Select the correction factor for minimum inlet pressure from the CFMIP table (always round down e.g. for 5.3 bar, use 5 bar correction factor)
3. Calculate the minimum filtration capacity. Minimum Filtration Capacity = Compressed Air Flow Rate x CFMIP
4. Using the minimum filtration capacity, select a filter model from the flow rate tables above (filter selected must have a flow rate equal to or greater
than the minimum filtration capacity).

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum bar g 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Inlet
Pressure psi g 15 29 44 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232 248 263 277 290

Correction Factor 2.65 1.87 1.53 1.32 1.18 1.08 1.00 0.94 0.88 0.84 0.80 0.76 0.73 0.71 0.68 0.66 0.64 0.62 0.61 0.59

16
 www.parker.com/gsfe

Grade AA High Efficiency Dry Particulate Filter

Filtration Performance
Particle Reduction Max Remaining
Filtration Filter Filtration Change Precede with
(inc water & oil Oil Content
Grade Type Efficiency Element Every Filtration Grade
aerosols) at 21°C (70°F)
Down to 0.01
AA Not Applicable Not Applicable 99.9999% 12 months AO Dry Particulate
micron

Technical Data
Min Operating Max Operating Min Operating Max Operating
Filtration Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature
Filter Models
Grade
bar g psi g bar g psi g ºC ºF ºC ºF
AA PX010 - PX055 (Float Drain) 1.5 22 16 232 2 35 65 149
AA PX010 - PX055 (Manual Drain) 1 15 20 290 2 35 80 176

Flow Rates Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
Initial Dry Differential Pressure
Pipe Replacement
Model L/S m³/min m³/hr cfm No. 100% Flow 75% Flow 50% Flow 25% Flow
Size Element
mbar psi mbar psi mbar psi mbar psi
AAPX010A G MX 1/4" 10 0.6 36 21 P010AA 1 64 0.9 36 0.5 21 0.3 10 0.1
AAPX010B G MX 3/
8 " 10 0.6 36 21 P010AA 1 65 0.9 38 0.6 22 0.3 11 0.2
AAPX010C G MX 1/2" 10 0.6 36 21 P010AA 1 63 0.9 39 0.6 20 0.3 10 0.1
AAPX015B G MX 3/
8" 20 1.2 72 42 P015AA 1 66 1.0 41 0.6 21 0.3 12 0.2
AAPX015C G MX 1/2" 20 1.2 72 42 P015AA 1 22 0.3 51 0.7 27 0.4 11 0.2
AAPX020C G MX 1/2" 30 1.8 108 64 P020AA 1 64 0.9 41 0.6 18 0.3 8 0.1
AAPX020D G MX 3/4" 30 1.8 108 64 P020AA 1 42 0.6 22 0.3 10 0.1 5 0.1
AAPX025D G MX 3/4" 60 3.6 216 127 P025AA 1 27 0.4 19 0.3 10 0.1 4 0.1
AAPX025E G MX 1" 60 3.6 216 127 P025AA 1 29 0.4 19 0.3 10 0.1 5 0.1
AAPX030E G MX 1" 110 6.6 396 233 P030AA 1 62 0.9 49 0.7 25 0.4 8 0.1
AAPX030G G MX 11/2" 110 6.6 396 233 P030AA 1 45 0.7 27 0.4 13 0.2 5 0.1
AAPX035G G MX 11/2" 160 9.6 576 339 P035AA 1 22 0.3 10 0.1 5 0.1 2 0.0
AAPX040H G MX 2" 220 13.2 792 466 P040AA 1 36 0.5 24 0.3 15 0.2 8 0.1
AAPX045H G MX 2" 330 19.8 1188 699 P045AA 1 47 0.7 25 0.4 18 0.3 15 0.2
AAPX045I G MX 21/2" 330 19.8 1188 699 P045AA 1 47 0.7 30 0.4 17 0.2 8 0.1
AAPX050I G MX 21/2" 430 25.9 1548 911 P050AA 1 40 0.6 27 0.4 16 0.2 8 0.1
AAPX055I G MX 21/2" 620 37.3 2232 1314 P055AA 1 45 0.7 27 0.4 17 0.2 10 0.1
AAPX055J G MX 3" 620 37.3 2232 1314 P055AA 1 54 0.8 35 0.5 17 0.2 9 0.1

Select G for BSPP Threads / Select N for NPT Threads

When selecting a coalescing filter for pressures above 16 bar g (232 psi g), use manual drain version
and fit an external automatic drain.

Multi-box Replacement Filter Elements

Multi-Box Part Number
OIL-X Housing Box Quantity
Grade AO Grade AO
PX010 & P010 P010AOX25 P010AAX25 25
PX015 & P015 P015AOX25 P015AAX25 25
PX020 & P020 P020AOX25 P020AAX25 25
PX025 & P025 P025AOX12 P025AAX12 12
PX030 & P030 P030AOX12 P030AAX12 12
PX035 & P035 P035AOX15 P035AAX15 15
PX040 & P040 P040AOX15 P040AAX15 15
PX045 & P045 P045AOX15 P045AAX15 15

17
 Compressed Air Filters

OIL-X Grades AO & AA - Differential Pressure Curves

OIL-X Grade AO Coalescing Filter OIL-X Grade AA Coalescing Filter

Initial Saturated Differential Pressure (25% - 100% Rated Flow) Initial Saturated Differential Pressure (25% - 100% Rated Flow)
ISO12500-1 Challenge - 40mg/m³ ISO12500-1 Challenge - 10mg/m³

140 140

120 120
AOPX010 AAPX010
AOPX015 & AOPX020 AAPX015 & AAPX020
Differential Pressure [mbar]

Differential Pressure [mbar]

100 100
AOPX025 & AOPX030 AAPX025 & AAPX030
AOPX035, AOPX040 & AOPX045 AAPX035, AAPX040 & AAPX045
80 80
AOPX050 & AOPX055 AAPX050 & AAPX055
60 60

40 40

20 20

0 25% 50% 75% 100% 0 25% 50% 75% 100%

Percentage of Rated Flow Percentage of Rated Flow

OIL-X Grade AO Dry Particulate Filter OIL-X Grade AA Dry Particulate Filter
Initial Dry Differential Pressure (25% - 100% Rated Flow) Initial Dry Differential Pressure (25% - 100% Rated Flow)

70 70

60 60
AOPX010 AAPX010
AOPX015 & AOPX020 AAPX015 & AAPX020
Differential Pressure [mbar]
Differential Pressure [mbar]

50 50
AOPX025 & AOPX030 AAPX025 & AAPX030
AOPX035, AOPX040 & AOPX045 AAPX035, AAPX040 & AAPX045
40 40
AOPX050 & AOPX055 AAPX050 & AAPX055
30 30

20 20

10 10

0 25% 50% 75% 100% 0 25% 50% 75% 100%

Percentage of Rated Flow Percentage of Rated Flow

18
 www.parker.com/gsfe

W D

W D

Weight & Dimensions

Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Weight
Model
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
PX010 180 7.09 76 2.99 65 2. 56 0.81 1.78
PX015 238 9.37 89 3.50 84 3.31 1.41 3.10
PX020 238 9.37 89 3.50 84 3.31 1.41 3.10
PX025 277 10.91 120 4.72 115 4.53 2.66 5.86
PX030 367 14.45 120 4.72 115 4.53 3.01 6.63
PX035 440 17.32 164 6.46 157 6.18 6.87 15.14
PX040 532 20.94 164 6.46 157 6.18 7.18 15.82
PX045 532 20.94 164 6.46 157 6.18 7.18 15.82
PX050 654 25.75 192 7.56 183 7.20 10.18 22.43
PX055 844 33.23 192 7.56 183 7.20 15.78 34.78

Parker Catalogue Numbers (BSPP Models)

General Purpose General Purpose High Efficiency High Efficiency
Model
Coalescing Filters Dry Particulate Filters Coalescing Filters Dry Particulate Filters
PX010A AOPX010AGFX AOPX010AGMX AAPX010AGFX AAPX010AGMX
PX010B AOPX010BGFX AOPX010BGMX AAPX010BGFX AAPX010BGMX
PX010C AOPX010CGFX AOPX010CGMX AAPX010CGFX AAPX010CGMX
PX015C AOPX015CGFX AOPX015CGMX AAPX015CGFX AAPX015CGMX
PX020C AOPX020CGFX AOPX020CGMX AAPX020CGFX AAPX020CGMX
PX020D AOPX020DGFX AOPX020DGMX AAPX020DGFX AAPX020DGMX
PX025D AOPX025DGFX AOPX025DGMX AAPX025DGFX AAPX025DGMX
PX025E AOPX025EGFX AOPX025EGMX AAPX025EGFX AAPX025EGMX
PX030G AOPX030GGFX AOPX030GGMX AAPX030GGFX AAPX030GGMX
PX035G AOPX035GGFX AOPX035GGMX AAPX035GGFX AAPX035GGMX
PX040H AOPX040HGFX AOPX040HGMX AAPX040HGFX AAPX040HGMX
PX045I AOPX045IGFX AOPX045IGMX AAPX045IGFX AAPX045IGMX
PX050I AOPX050IGFX AOPX050IGMX AAPX050IGFX AAPX050IGMX
PX055I AOPX055IGFX AOPX055IGMX AAPX055IGFX AAPX055IGMX
PX055J AOPX055JGFX AOPX055JGMX AAPX055JGFX AAPX055JGMX

19
 Compressed Air Filters

OIL-X Coalescing / Dry Particulate / Oil Vapour Reduction

Filters (Carbon Steel)
Filtration Performance
Particle Reduction Max. Remaining Initial Dry Initial Saturated Change Precede with
Filtration Filter Filtration
(inc water & oil Oil Content Differential Differential Element Filtration
Grade Type Efficiency
aerosols) at 21°C (70°F) Pressure Pressure Every Grade

Coalescing & 0.5 mg/m³ <70 mbar <125 mbar WS (for bulk
AO Down to 1 micron 99.925% 12 months
Dry Particulate 0.5 ppm(w) (1 psi) (1.8 psi) liquid)

Coalescing & Down to 0.01 mg/m³ <70 mbar <125 mbar

AA 99.9999% 12 months AO
Dry Particulate 0.01 micron 0.01 ppm(w) (1 psi) (1.8 psi)

When oil
Oil Vapour 0.003 mg/m³ <140 mbar
ACS N/A N/A N/A vapour is AO+AA
Reduction 0.003 ppm(w) (2 psi)
detected
Important Note:
Using the same filter housings as their coalescing and dry particulate counterparts in the OIL-X range, Grade ACS filter elements differ in that they utilise a
deep wrapped bed of carbon cloth to adsorb oil vapour.
It is important to note, in-line adsorption filter elements have a different life span compared to coalescing and dry particulate filters and require more
frequent element changes. Should a 12 month service period be required, Parker OIL-X Grade OVR oil vapour reduction filters are recommended.

Technical Data
Minimum Operating Maximum Operating Minimum Operating Maximum Operating
Filtration Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature
Filter Models
Grade
bar g psi g bar g psi g ºC ºF ºC ºF
065 - 095 (Electronic Drain) 1 15 16 232 2 35 60 140
AO/AA
065 - 095 (Manual Drain) 1 15 16 232 2 35 100 212
ACS 065 - 095 (Manual Drain) 1 15 16 232 2 35 50 122

Flow Rates Filter Coding Example

Incident
Pipe Replacement Grade Model
Pipe
Thread
Drain
Monitor
Model L/S m³/min m³/hr cfm No. Size Option
Size Element Option

Grade
065ND X DN80 620 37.2 2232 1312 200 Grade 1
3 digit

Grade 070OD X DN100 1240 74.4 4464 2625 200 Grade 2 code Letter
AO denotes denotes D = Din E = Electronic I = Indicator
Grade
075PD X DN150 1860 111.6 6696 3938 200 Grade 3 AA filter pipe Flange M = Manual X = None
ACS
housing size
Grade
080PD X DN150 2480 148.8 8928 5251 200 Grade 4 size

Grade 085QD X DN200 3720 223.2 13392 7877 200 Grade 6

Grade 090RD X DN250 6200 372 22320 13129 200 Grade 10 Example code

Grade 095SD X DN300 8680 520.8 31248 18380 200 Grade 14 AO 090 P D E X

= Replace with drain type - E (electronic) or M (manual)

Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
For flows at other pressures, apply the correction factors shown below.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

To correctly select a filter model, the flow rate of the filter must be adjusted for the minimum operating (inlet) pressure at the point of installation.
1. Obtain the minimum operating (inlet) pressure and maximum compressed air flow rate at the inlet of the filter.
2. Select the correction factor for minimum inlet pressure from the CFMIP table (always round down e.g. for 5.3 bar, use 5 bar correction factor)
3. Calculate the minimum filtration capacity. Minimum Filtration Capacity = Compressed Air Flow Rate x CFMIP
4. Using the minimum filtration capacity, select a filter model from the flow rate tables above (filter selected must have a flow rate equal to or
greater than the minimum filtration capacity).

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum bar g 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Inlet
Pressure psi g 15 29 44 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232

Correction Factor 2.65 1.87 1.53 1.32 1.18 1.08 1.00 0.94 0.88 0.84 0.80 0.76 0.73 0.71 0.68 0.66

20
 www.parker.com/gsfe

H
D

Approx
170mm

Weight & Dimensions

Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Weight
Model
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
065ND 1065 42 440 17.3 340 13.4 70 154
070OD 1152 45.4 500 19.7 405 16 97 214
075PD 1256 49.5 600 23.6 520 20.5 148 326
080PD 1332 52.4 650 25.6 580 22.8 187 412
085QD 1415 55.7 750 29.5 640 25.2 240 529
090RD 1603 63.1 1000 39.4 840 33 470 1036
095SD 1706 67.2 1050 41.3 910 35.8 580 1279

Parker Catalogue Numbers (No DPI)

Catalogue Number Catalogue Number Catalogue Number Catalogue Number Catalogue Number
Model General Purpose General Purpose High Efficiency High Efficiency Oil Vapour Reduction
Coalescing Filters Dry Particulate Filters Coalescing Filters Dry Particulate Filters Filters
065N AO065NDEX AO065NDMX AA065NDEX AA065NDMX ACS065NDMX
070O AO070ODEX AO070ODMX AA070ODEX AA070ODMX ACS070ODMX
075P AO075PDEX AO075PDMX AA075PDEX AA075PDMX ACS075PDMX
080P AO080PDEX AO080PDMX AA080PDEX AA080PDMX ACS080PDMX
085Q AO085QDEX AO085QDMX AA085QDEX AA085QDMX ACS085QDMX
090P AO090RDEX AO090RDMX AA090RDEX AA090RDMX ACS090RDMX
095S AO095SDEX AO095SDMX AA095SDEX AA095SDMX ACS095SDMX

Parker Catalogue Numbers (With DPI)

Catalogue Number Catalogue Number Catalogue Number Catalogue Number
Model General Purpose General Purpose High Efficiency High Efficiency
Coalescing Filters Dry Particulate Filters Coalescing Filters Dry Particulate Filters
065N AO065NDEI AO065NDMI AA065NDEI AA065NDMI
070O AO070ODEI AO070ODMI AA070ODEI AA070ODMI
075P AO075PDEI AO075PDMI AA075PDEI AA075PDMI
080P AO080PDEI AO080PDMI AA080PDEI AA080PDMI
085Q AO085QDEI AO085QDMI AA085QDEI AA085QDMI
090P AO090RDEI AO090RDMI AA090RDEI AA090RDMI
095S AO095SDEI AO095SDMI AA095SDEI AA095SDMI

21
 Compressed Air Filters

OIL-X Point Of Use Oil Vapour Reduction Filters

Filtration Performance
Particle Reduction Max Remaining
Filtration Filter Filtration Change Precede with
(inc water & oil Oil Content
Grade Type Efficiency Element Every Filtration Grade
aerosols) at 21°C (70°F)

Oil Vapour 0.003 mg/m³ When oil vapour is

ACS N/A N/A A0+AA
Reduction 0.003 ppm(w) detected

Technical Data
Minimum Operating Maximum Operating Minimum Operating Maximum Operating
Filtration Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature
Filter Models
Grade
bar g psi g bar g psi g ºC ºF ºC ºF
ACS PX010 - PX055 (Manual Drain) 1 15 20 290 2 35 50 122

Flow Rates Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
Initial Dry Differential Pressure
Pipe Replacement 100% Flow 75% Flow 50% Flow 25% Flow
Model L/S m³/min m³/hr cfm No.
Size Element
mbar psi mbar psi mbar psi mbar psi
ACSPX010A G MX 1/4" 10 0.6 36 21 P010ACS 1 61 0.9 35 0.5 15 0.2 9 0.1
ACSPX010B G MX 3/
8 " 10 0.6 36 21 P010ACS 1 53 0.8 32 0.5 19 0.3 8 0.1
ACSPX010C G MX 1/2" 10 0.6 36 21 P010ACS 1 55 0.8 31 0.4 18 0.3 7 0.1
ACSPX015B G MX 3/
8" 20 1.2 72 42 P015ACS 1 65 0.9 33 0.5 13 0.2 5 0.1
ACSPX015C G MX 1/2" 20 1.2 72 42 P015ACS 1 46 0.7 37 0.5 20 0.3 9 0.1
ACSPX020C G MX 1/2" 30 1.8 108 64 P020ACS 1 77 1.1 35 0.5 15 0.2 7 0.1
ACSPX020D G MX 3/4" 30 1.8 108 64 P020ACS 1 79 1.1 37 0.5 17 0.2 8 0.1
ACSPX025D G MX 3/4" 60 3.6 216 127 P025ACS 1 66 1.0 34 0.5 14 0.2 4 0.1
ACSPX025E G MX 1" 60 3.6 216 127 P025ACS 1 46 0.7 24 0.3 13 0.2 4 0.1
ACSPX030E G MX 1" 110 6.6 396 233 P030ACS 1 57 0.8 27 0.4 16 0.2 8 0.1
ACSPX030G G MX 11/2" 110 6.6 396 233 P030ACS 1 65 0.9 35 0.5 15 0.2 5 0.1
ACSPX035G G MX 11/2" 160 9.6 576 339 P035ACS 1 26 0.4 12 0.2 8 0.1 4 0.1
ACSPX040H G MX 2" 220 13.2 792 466 P040ACS 1 36 0.5 23 0.3 13 0.2 4 0.1
ACSPX045H G MX 2" 330 19.8 1188 699 P045ACS 1 49 0.7 34 0.5 17 0.2 6 0.1
ACSPX045I G MX 21/2" 330 19.8 1188 699 P045ACS 1 68 1.0 40 0.6 20 0.3 6 0.1
ACSPX050I G MX 21/2" 430 25.9 1548 911 P050ACS 1 50 0.7 30 0.4 15 0.2 5 0.1
ACSPX055I G MX 21/2" 620 37.3 2232 1314 P055ACS 1 61 0.9 36 0.5 16 0.2 12 0.2
ACSPX055J G MX 3" 620 37.3 2232 1314 P055ACS 1 50 0.7 35 0.5 17 0.2 5 0.1

Select G for BSPP Threads / Select N for NPT Threads

When selecting a coalescing filter for pressures above 16 bar g (232 psi g), use manual drain version
and fit an external automatic drain.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

To correctly select a filter model, the flow rate of the filter must be adjusted for the minimum operating (inlet) pressure at the point of installation.
1. Obtain the minimum operating (inlet) pressure and maximum compressed air flow rate at the inlet of the filter.
2. Select the correction factor for minimum inlet pressure from the CFMIP table (always round down e.g. for 5.3 bar, use 5 bar correction factor)
3. Calculate the minimum filtration capacity. Minimum Filtration Capacity = Compressed Air Flow Rate x CFMIP
4. Using the minimum filtration capacity, select a filter model from the flow rate tables above (filter selected must have a flow rate equal to or greater than
the minimum filtration capacity).

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum bar g 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Inlet
Pressure psi g 15 29 44 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232 248 263 277 290

Correction Factor 2.65 1.87 1.53 1.32 1.18 1.08 1.00 0.94 0.88 0.84 0.80 0.76 0.73 0.71 0.68 0.66 0.64 0.62 0.61 0.59

22
 www.parker.com/gsfe

W D

W D

010 - 030 040 - 055

Weights & Dimensions

Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Weight
Model
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
PX010 180 7.09 76 2.99 65 2. 56 0.81 1.78
PX015 238 9.37 89 3.50 84 3.31 1.41 3.10
PX020 238 9.37 89 3.50 84 3.31 1.41 3.10
PX025 277 10.91 120 4.72 115 4.53 2.66 5.86
PX030 367 14.45 120 4.72 115 4.53 3.01 6.63
PX035 440 17.32 164 6.46 157 6.18 6.87 15.14
PX040 532 20.94 164 6.46 157 6.18 7.18 15.82
PX045 532 20.94 164 6.46 157 6.18 7.18 15.82
PX050 654 25.75 192 7.56 183 7.20 10.18 22.43
PX055 844 33.23 192 7.56 183 7.20 15.78 34.78

Parker Catalogue Numbers (BSPP Models) Multi-box Replacement Filter Elements

Multi-Box Box
Catalogue Number OIL-X Housing
Model Part Number Quantity
Oil Vapour Reduction Filters
PX010 & P010 P010ACSX25 25
PX010A ACSPX010AGMX
PX015 & P015 P015ACSX25 25
PX010B ACSPX010BGMX
PX020 & P020 P020ACSX25 25
PX010C ACSPX010CGMX
PX025 & P025 P025ACSX12 12
PX015C ACSPX015CGMX
PX030 & P030 P030ACSX12 12
PX020C ACSPX020CGMX PX035 & P035 P035ACSX15 15
PX020D ACSPX020DGMX PX040 & P040 P040ACSX15 15
PX025D ACSPX025DGMX PX045 & P045 P045ACSX15 15
PX025E ACSPX025EGMX
PX030G ACSPX030GGMX
PX035G ACSPX035GGMX
PX040H ACSPX040HGMX
PX045I ACSPX045IGMX
PX050I ACSPX050IGMX
PX055I ACSPX055IGMX
PX055J ACSPX055JGMX

23
 Compressed Air Filters

OIL-X OVR Plant Scale Oil Vapour Reduction

Filtration Performance
Particle Reduction Max Initial Dry Initial Saturated Precede
Filtration Filter Filtration Adsorbent
(inc Water & Oil Remaining Differential Differential with
Grade Type Efficiency Life
Aerosols) Oil Content* Pressure Pressure Grade

Oil Vapour ≤ 0.003 mg/m3 <350 mbar

OVR N/A N/A N/A *12 months AO + AA
Reduction ≤ 0.003 ppm (w) <5 psi

*At system operating temperature and when corrected to match systems conditions.

Technical Data
Minimum Operating Maximum Operating Minimum Operating Maximum Operating
Filtration Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature
Filter Models
Grade
bar g psi g bar g psi g ºC ºF ºC ºF
OVR P300H - P550I 1 15 16 232 2 35 50 122

Flow Rates Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
Differential Pressure (OVR Only)
Pipe Replacement 100% Flow 75% Flow 50% Flow 25% Flow
Model L/s m /min m /hr
3 3
cfm No.
Size Cartridge
mbar psi mbar psi mbar psi mbar psi
OVRP300H G XX 2 80 4.8 289 170 P300OVR 1 350 5.1 198 2.9 46 0.7 11 0.2
OVRP350H G XX 2 163 9.8 586 345 P350OVR 1 350 5.1 198 2.9 46 0.7 11 0.2
OVRP400I G XX 21/2” 326 19.6 1172 690 P400OVR 1 350 5.1 198 2.9 46 0.7 11 0.2
OVRP450I G XX 21/2” 488 29.4 1758 1035 P450OVR 1 350 5.1 198 2.9 46 0.7 11 0.2
OVRP500I G XX 21/2” 651 39.2 2345 1380 P500OVR 1 350 5.1 198 2.9 46 0.7 11 0.2
OVRP550I G XX 21/2” 814 48.9 2931 1725 P550OVR 1
2 x OVRP550I G XX 21/2” 1629 97.9 5862 3451 P550OVR 2
3 x OVRP550I G XX 21/2” 2443 146.8 8793 5176 P550OVR 3
4 x OVRP550I G XX 21/2” 3257 195.8 11724 6901 P550OVR 4
5 x OVRP550I G XX 21/2” 4071 244.7 14656 8626 P550OVR 5
Select G for BSPP Threads / Select N for NPT Threads

1 System Information Required for 2 Select correction factors

OVR Sizing & Selection • For minimum inlet pressure, select a correction factor from the CFIP table
• Minimum pressure at the inlet of the OVR that corresponds to the minimum inlet pressure of the compressed air
• Compressor type (oil lubricated or oil free) system, remembering to always round down e.g. for 5.3 bar g use the 5 bar g
correction factor.
• Maximum inlet temperature at the inlet of the OVR
(highest summer inlet temp) • For maximum inlet temperature there are two tables, one for use with an oil
lubricated compressor, the other for oil free compressor. Select a correction
• Maximum compressed air flow rate factor from the CFIT table for the relevant compressor type, remembering to
• Dewpoint of the compressed air always round up e.g. for 37 °C use the 40 °C correction factor.
(i.e. is the proposed location of the unit before or • For pressure dewpoint, select a correction factor from the CFID table.
after a compressed air dryer)
• For oil vapour concentration, select a correction factor from the CFIV table,
• Oil vapour concentration expected at the inlet of remembering to always round up e.g. for 3.25g/m3 use the correction factor
the OVR (default is 0.05 mg/m³) for 4mg/m3.

3 Calculate minimum filtration capacity

Minimum filtration Capacity = Compressed Air Flow x CFIT x CFMIP x CFID x CFIV
• Using the minimum filtration capacity, select an OVR model from the flow rate tables.
• The OVR model selected must have a flow rate equal to or greater than the minimum filtration capacity.
• If the minimum filtration capacity exceeds the maximum values of the models shown within the tables,
please contact Parker for advice regarding larger multi-banked units.

24
 www.parker.com/gsfe

W D

H
H

OVR 300 OVR 350 - OVR 550

Correction Factors Inlet Temperature (CFIT) Correction Factors Inlet Temperature (CFIT)
Oil lubricated compressors Oil free compressors
°C °F Correction Factor °C °F Correction Factor
25 77 1.00 25 77 1.00
30 86 1.00 30 86 1.00
35 95 1.00 35 95 1.00
40 104 1.25 40 104 1.02
45 113 1.55 45 113 1.04
50 122 1.90 50 122 1.05

Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure (CFMIP)

bar g 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Minimum
Inlet Pressure
psi g 44 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232

Correction Factor 2.00 1.60 1.33 1.14 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

Correction Factor - Dewpoint (CFID) Correction Factor Inlet Vapour Content (CFIV)
Inlet Vapour
Installation Correction Factor Concentration 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0
mg/m3
After Dryer 1.00
Correction Factor 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 40 60 80 100
Before Dryer 4.00

Weight & Dimensions

Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Weight
Models
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
OVRP300 998 39.3 534 21.0 350 13.8 38 84
OVRP350 1062 41.8 538 21.2 550 21.7 67 147
OVRP400 1062 41.8 682 26.9 550 21.7 93 205
OVRP450 1062 41.8 836 32.9 550 21.7 121 267
OVRP500 1062 41.8 1005 39.6 550 21.7 144 318
OVRP550 1062 41.8 1174 46.2 550 21.7 171 377

Parker Catalogue Numbers

Catalogue Number Catalogue Number
Model
Plant Scale Oil Vapour Reduction (BSPP) Plant Scale Oil Vapour Reduction (NPT)

OVRP300 OVRP300HGXX OVRP300HNXX

OVRP350 OVRP350HGXX OVRP350HNXX
OVRP400 OVRP400HGXX OVRP400HNXX
OVRP450 OVRP450IGXX OVRP450INXX
OVRP500 OVRP500IGXX OVRP500INXX
OVRP550 OVRP550IGXX OVRP550INXX
25
 Compressed Air Filters

OIL-X Combination Filters

Filtration Performance
Particle Reduction Max. Remaining Initial Dry Initial Saturated Precede with
Filtration Filter Filtration Change
(inc water & oil Oil Content Differential Differential Filtration
Grade Type Efficiency Element Every
aerosols) at 21°C (70°F) Pressure Pressure Grade
Coalescing
Aerosols Element
High Efficiency 0.01 mg/m³ 12 Months
Coalescing 0.01 ppm(w)
Down to <618 mbar <773 mbar
AC & N/A Oil Vapour AO
0.01 micron (9 psi) (11 psi)
Oil Vapour Vapour Reduction
Reduction 0.003 mg/m³ Element
0.003 ppm(w) When oil vapour
is detected

Technical Data
Minimum Operating Maximum Operating Minimum Operating Maximum Operating
Filtration Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature
Filter Models
Grade
bar g psi g bar g psi g ºC ºF ºC ºF
010 - 030 (Float Drain) 1 15 16 232 2 35 30 86
AC
010 - 030 (Manual Drain) 1 15 20 290 2 35 30 86

Flow Rates Filter Coding Example

Incident
Pipe Grade Model
Pipe Thread Drain Monitor
Model L/S m³/min m³/hr cfm Replacement Elements Size Option
Size Option
AC010A FX 1/4" 6 0.4 22 13 010AA 010AC 3 digit
code Letter G= F=
AC010B FX 3
/8" 6 0.4 22 13 010AA 010AC AC denotes denotes BSPP Float X = None
filter pipe N= M=
AC010C FX 1/2" 6 0.4 22 13 010AA 010AC housing size NPT Manual
size
AC015B FX 3
/8" 13 0.8 46 27 015AA 015AC
Example code
AC015C FX ½" 13 0.8 46 27 015AA 015AC
AC 010 A G F X
AC020C FX ½" 25 1.5 90 53 020AA 020AC
AC020D FX 3/4" 25 1.5 90 53 020AA 020AC
AC020E FX 1" 25 1.5 90 53 020AA 020AC
AC025D FX 3/4" 40 2.4 143 84 025AA 025AC
AC025E FX 2" 65 3.9 231 136 025AA 025AC
AC030E FX 1" 85 5.1 305 180 030AA 030AC
AC030F FX 11/4" 85 5.1 305 180 030AA 030AC
AC030F FX 11/2" 85 5.1 305 180 030AA 030AC
G = BSPP / N=NPT
Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water
vapour pressure. For flows at other pressures, apply the correction factors shown below.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

To correctly select a filter model, the flow rate of the filter must be adjusted for the minimum operating (inlet) pressure at the point of installation.
1. Obtain the minimum operating (inlet) pressure and maximum compressed air flow rate at the inlet of the filter.
2. Select the correction factor for minimum inlet pressure from the CFMIP table (always round down e.g. for 5.3 bar, use 5 bar correction factor)
3. Calculate the minimum filtration capacity. Minimum Filtration Capacity = Compressed Air Flow Rate x CFMIP
4. Using the minimum filtration capacity, select a filter model from the flow rate tables above (filter selected must have a flow rate equal to or greater than the
minimum filtration capacity).

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum bar g 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Inlet
Pressure psi g 15 29 44 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232 248 263 277 290

Correction Factor 2.65 1.87 1.53 1.32 1.18 1.08 1.00 0.94 0.88 0.84 0.80 0.76 0.73 0.71 0.68 0.66 0.64 0.62 0.61 0.59

When ordering a filter for pressures above 16 bar g (232 psi g), use a manual drain. Replace F with M in product code. e.g. AC015BGFX becomes AC015BGMX.

26
 www.parker.com/gsfe

W D

Weight & Dimensions

Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Weight
Model
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
AC010A 311 12.3 76 3.0 65 2.6 0.8 1.8
AC010B 311 12.3 76 3.0 65 2.6 0.8 1.8
AC010C 311 12.3 76 3.0 65 2.6 0.8 1.8
AC015B 474 18.7 97 3.8 84 3.3 1.6 3.5
AC015C 474 18.7 97 3.8 84 3.3 1.6 3.5
AC020C 474 18.7 97 3.8 84 3.3 1.4 3.2
AC020D 474 18.7 97 3.8 84 3.3 1.4 3.2
AC020E 474 18.7 97 3.8 84 3.3 1.4 3.2
AC025D 554 21.8 129 5.1 115 4.5 3.5 7.8
AC025E 554 21.8 129 5.1 115 4.5 3.4 7.6
AC030E 733 28.9 129 5.1 115 4.5 4.1 9.0
AC030F 733 28.9 129 5.1 115 4.5 4.1 9.0
AC030F 733 28.9 129 5.1 115 4.5 4.1 9.0

Parker Catalogue Numbers

(BSPP Models)
Catalogue Number
Model Double Stage Oil Vapour
Reduction Filers
AC010A AC010AGFX
AC010B AC010BGFX
AC010C AC010CGFX
AC015B AC015BGFX
AC015C AC015CGFX
AC020C AC020CGFX
AC020D AC020DGFX
AC020E AC020EGFX
AC025D AC025DGFX
AC025E AC025EGFX
AC030FG AC030FGFX
AC030G AC030GGFX

27
 Compressed Air Filters

0003G Micro Filters

Filtration Performance
Particle Reduction Max Remaining Initial Dry Initial Saturated Change Precede with
Filtration Filter Filtration
(inc water & oil Oil Content Differential Differential Element Filtration
Grade Type Efficiency
aerosols) at 21°C (70°F) Pressure Pressure Every Grade

Coalescing & 0.5 mg/m³ <70 mbar <140 mbar

AO Down to 1 micron 99.925% 12 months -
Dry Particulate 0.5 ppm(w) (<1 psi) (<2 psi)

Coalescing & 0.01 mg/m³ <140 mbar <200 mbar

AA Down to 0.01 micron 99.9999% 12 months AO
Dry Particulate 0.01 ppm(w) (<1.5 psi) (<3 psi)

When oil
Oil Vapour 0.003 mg/m³ <140 mbar
ACS N/A N/A N/A vapour is AO+AA
Reduction 0.003 ppm(w) (<1.5 psi)
detected

Important Note:
Using the same filter housings as their coalescing and dry particulate counterparts, Grade ACS filter elements differ in that they utilise a wrapped bed
of carbon cloth to adsorb oil vapour. It is important to note, in-line adsorption filter elements have a different life span compared to coalescing and dry
particulate filters and require more frequent element changes.

Technical Data
Minimum Operating Maximum Operating Minimum Operating Maximum Operating
Filtration Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature
Filter Models
Grade
bar g psi g bar g psi g ºC ºF ºC ºF
AO/AA 0003G 1 14.5 10 145 2 35 50 122
ACS 0003G 1 14.5 10 145 2 35 30 86

Flow Rates
Pipe
Model L/S m³/min m³/hr cfm Replacement Element No.
Size

AO-0003G 8mm Push In 3 0.18 11 6 K003AO 1

AA-0003G 8mm Push In 3 0.18 11 6 K003AA 1
ACS-0003G 8mm Push In 3 0.18 11 6 K003ACS 1
All models include a manual / constant bleed drain
Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure. For flows at other pressures,
apply the correction factors shown below.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

To correctly select a filter model, the flow rate of the filter must be adjusted for the minimum operating (inlet) pressure at the point of installation.
1. Obtain the minimum operating (inlet) pressure and maximum compressed air flow rate at the inlet of the filter.
2. Select the correction factor for minimum inlet pressure from the CFMIP table (always round down e.g. for 5.3 bar, use 5 bar correction factor)
3. Calculate the minimum filtration capacity. Minimum Filtration Capacity = Compressed Air Flow Rate x CFP
4. Using the minimum filtration capacity, select a filter model from the flow rate tables above (filter selected must have a flow rate equal to or greater than the
minimum filtration capacity).

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum bar g 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Inlet
Pressure psi g 15 29 44 58 73 87 100 116 131 145

Correction Factor 2.65 1.87 1.53 1.32 1.18 1.08 1.00 0.94 0.88 0.84

28
 www.parker.com/gsfe

Weight & Dimensions

Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Weight
Model
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
0003G 89 3.5 58 2.3 56 2.2 0.1 0.2

Parker Catalogue Numbers

Catalogue Number Catalogue Number
Model General Purpose General Purpose
Coalescing Filters Dry Particulate Filters
0003G AO-0003G AA-0003G

OIL-X Filter Accessories

Filter Wall Mount Brackets
(for single filters) Automatic Float and Manual Drains
Part Number Filter Model / Number of Part Number Description
MBK1-1 010 x 1 M12.FD.0001 Float Auto 010-055
MBK2-1 015-020 x 1 Manual Drain 010-055
EM1
MBK3-1 025-030 x 1 (Maximum Operating Pressure 20 bar g)

MBK4-1 035-045 x 1 HDF120A Float Auto 060

MBK5-1 050-055 x 1 605006470 Manual Drain 060

Filter Wall Mount Brackets

(for 2 or 3 in series) Zero Loss ED Electronic Drains
Part Number Filter Model / Number of Part Number Filter Model
MBK1-2 010 x 2 and x 3 ED3002-G230 010 to 030
MBK2-2 015-020 x 2 and x 3 ED3004-G230 035 to 055
MBK3-2 025 - 030 x 2 and x 3 ED3007-G230 60
MBK4-2 035 - 045 x 2 and x 3 MK-G15-G10I ED3002 Mounting kit G1/2
MBK5-2 050 - 055 x 2 and x 3 MK-G25-G15 ED3004-3100 Mounting kit G1/2
Unless stated otherwise all differential pressure monitors, gauges and drains have a maximum operating pressure of 16 bar g.

Tie Rods Blanking Plate Kit

(for 2 or 3 in series) OIL-X 010 - 055 (AO, AA)
Part Number Filter Model / Number of Part Number 601181213
TRK1-2 010 x 2 and x 3 Contents
Blanking Plate (x1)
TRK3-2 015 to 020 x 2 and x 3 M5 x 16mm bolts (x4)
TRK2-2 025 to 030 x 2 and x 3 M5 Washer (x4)
O-Ring (x2)
TRK4-2 035 to 045 x 2 and x 3 Direction of Flow Label (x1)
TRK5-2 050 to 055 x 2 and x 3 1/8" Blanking Plug (x2)

29
 Modular Aluminium Compressed Air Dryers

K-MT Small Flow Heatless Adsorption Dryers

Dryer Performance
Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010
Dryer Models (Standard) Classification (Option 1) Classification (Option 2) Classification
°C °F (Standard) °C °F (Option 1) °C °F (Option 2)

K-MT 1 - 4 -40 -40 Class 2.2.2 -70 -100 Class 2.1.2 -25 -13 Class 2.3.2

ISO8573-1 Classifications when used with Parker OIL-X pre / post filtration

Technical Data
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Maximum
Electrical Electrical Noise
Operating Operating Operating Operating Ambient Thread
Dryer Models Supply Supply Level
Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Type
(Standard) (Optional)
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F dB(A)
115V 1ph
230V 1ph
K-MT 1 - 4 4 58 16 232 5 41 50 122 50 122 50/60Hz BSPP 65-86
50/60Hz
or 24V DC

Flow Rates
Pipe Size Inlet Flow Rate
Model
BSPP L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
K-MT 1 1/4" 2 0.13 8 5
Inlet flow rate relating to 1 bar(a) and 20°C;
K-MT 2 1/4" 4 0.25 15 9 relating to the suction performance of the
K-MT 3 1/4" 7 0.42 25 15 compressor, compression at 7 bar(g) and
35°C dryer inlet temperature, at 25°C ambient
K-MT 4 1/4" 10 0.58 35 21 temperature, 60 % relative humidity.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the maximum (summer) inlet temperature, maximum (summer)
ambient temperature, minimum inlet pressure, required outlet dewpoint and maximum flow rate of the installation.

To select a dryer, first calculate the MDC (Minimum Drying Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow rate table
above with a flow rate equal to or above the MDC.

Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFIT x CFAT x CFMIP x CFOD

CFIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

°C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Maximum Inlet Temperature
°F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor 0.94 0.95 1.00 1.15 1.22 1.28

CFAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature

°C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Maximum Ambient Temperature
°F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Minimum Inlet Pressure
psi g 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232
Correction Factor 1.60 1.33 1.12 1.00 0.88 0.79 0.76 0.74 0.67 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.53

CFOD - Correction Factor Outlet Dewpoint

°C -25 -40 -70
Outlet Dewpoint
°F -13 -40 -100
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 2.00

30
 www.parker.com/gsfe

W D

Weights & Dimensions

Dimensions
Model Weight
Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D)
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
K-MT 1 403 16 345 14 210 8 11.5 25
K-MT 2 578 23 345 14 210 8 15.5 34
K-MT 3 828 33 345 14 210 8 20.0 44
K-MT 4 1078 42 345 14 210 8 25.0 55

Included Filtration
Dryer Inlet Dryer Outlet

Model General Purpose Oil Vapour High Efficiency Dry

High Efficiency
Dry Particulate Reduction Filter Particulate Filter
Filter
Filter (Option) (Option)
K-MT 1 AAPX010A AOPX010A ACSPX010A AAPX010A
K-MT 2 AAPX010A AOPX010A ACSPX010A AAPX010A
K-MT 3 AAPX010A AOPX010A ACSPX010A AAPX010A
K-MT 4 AAPX010A AOPX010A ACSPX010A AAPX010A

Parker Catalogue Numbers

230V/1ph/50Hz-60Hz

For Dryer Catalogue Number Catalogue Number

Model No Dewpoint Sensor With Dewpoint Sensor

K-MT 1 K1/16D3-G230M K1/16D3-G230MT

K-MT 2 K2/16D3-G230M K2/16D3-G230MT
K-MT 3 K3/16D3-G230M K3/16D3-G230MT
K-MT 4 K4/16D3-G230M K4/16D3-G230MT

31
 Modular Aluminium Compressed Air Dryers

KA-MT Small Flow Heatless Adsorption Dryers

Dryer Performance
Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010
Dryer Models (Standard) Classification (Option 1) Classification (Option 2) Classification
°C °F (Standard) °C °F (Option 1) °C °F (Option 2)

KA-MT 1 - 4 -40 -40 Class 2.2.1 -70 -100 Class 2.1.1 -25 -13 Class 2.3.1

Technical Data
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Maximum
Electrical Electrical Noise
Operating Operating Operating Operating Ambient Thread
Dryer Models Supply Supply Level
Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Type
(Standard) (Optional)
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F dB(A)
115V 1ph
230V 1ph
KA-MT 1 - 4 4 58 16 232 5 41 50 122 50 122 50/60Hz BSPP 65-86
50/60Hz
or 24V DC

Flow Rates
Pipe Size Inlet Flow Rate
Model
BSPP L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
KA-MT 1 1/4" 2 0.13 8 5
Inlet flow rate relating to 1 bar(a) and 20 °C;
KA-MT 2 1/4" 4 0.25 15 9 relating to the suction performance of the
KA-MT 3 1/4" 7 0.42 25 15 compressor, compression at 7 bar(g) and
35 °C dryer inlet temperature, at 25 °C ambient
KA-MT 4 1/4" 10 0.58 35 21 temperature, 60 % relative humidity.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the maximum (summer) inlet temperature, maximum (summer)
ambient temperature, minimum inlet pressure, required outlet dewpoint and maximum flow rate of the installation.

To select a dryer, first calculate the MDC (Minimum Drying Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow rate table
above with a flow rate equal to or above the MDC.

Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFIT x CFAT x CFMIP x CFOD

CFIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

°C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Maximum Inlet Temperature
°F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor 0.94 0.95 1.00 1.15 1.22 1.28

CFAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature

°C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Maximum Ambient Temperature
°F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Minimum Inlet Pressure
psi g 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232
Correction Factor 1.60 1.33 1.12 1.00 0.88 0.79 0.76 0.74 0.67 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.53

CFOD - Correction Factor Outlet Dewpoint

°C -25 -40 -70
Outlet Dewpoint
°F -13 -40 -100
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 2.00

32
 www.parker.com/gsfe

W
D

Weights & Dimensions

Dimensions
Model Weight
Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D)
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
KA-MT 1 403 16 486 19 210 8 15 33
KA-MT 2 578 23 477 19 210 8 20 44
KA-MT 3 828 33 577 23 210 8 28 62
KA-MT 4 1078 42 577 23 210 8 35 77

Included Filtration
Dryer Inlet Dryer Outlet
Model High Efficiency Dry
General Purpose Dry
High Efficiency Filter Particulate Filter
Particulate Filter
(Option)
KA-MT 1 AAPX010A AOPX010A AAPX010A
KA-MT 2 AAPX010A AOPX010A AAPX010A
KA-MT 3 AAPX010A AOPX010A AAPX010A
KA-MT 4 AAPX010A AOPX010A AAPX010A

Parker Catalogue Numbers

230V/1ph/50Hz-60Hz

For Dryer Catalogue Number Catalogue Number

Model No Dewpoint Sensor With Dewpoint Sensor

KA-MT 1 K1/16DA3-G230M K1/16DA3-G230MT

KA-MT 2 K2/16DA3-G230M K2/16DA3-G230MT
KA-MT 3 K3/16DA3-G230M K3/16DA3-G230MT
KA-MT 4 K4/16DA3-G230M K4/16DA3-G230MT

33
 Modular Aluminium Compressed Air Dryers

CDAS Medium Flow Heatless Adsorption Dryers

Dryer Performance
Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010
Dryer Models (Standard) Classification (Option 1) Classification (Option 2) Classification
°C °F (Standard) °C °F (Option 1) °C °F (Option 2)

CDAS HL -40 -40 Class 2.2.2 -70 -100 Class 2.1.2 -20 -4 Class 2.3.2
ISO8573-1 Classifications when used with OIL-X pre / post filtration

Technical Data
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Maximum
Electrical Electrical Noise
Operating Operating Operating Operating Ambient Thread
Dryer Models Supply Supply Level
Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Type
(Standard) (Optional)
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F dB(A)
100-240V
CDAS HL BSPP or
4 58 16 232 5 41 50 122 55 131 (+/-10%) 1ph 24V DC <75
050 - 085 NPT
50/60Hz

Flow Rates
Pipe Size Inlet Flow Rate
Model BSPP or
NPT L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
CDAS HL 050 1/2" 15 0.92 55 32
CDAS HL 055 1/2" 19 1.17 70 41
CDAS HL 060 1/2" 25 1.50 90 53
CDAS HL 065 1/2" 31 1.84 110 65
CDAS HL 070 3/4" 42 2.51 150 88
CDAS HL 075 1" 51 3.09 185 109 Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with
CDAS HL 080 1" 61 3.67 220 129 reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour
pressure. For flows at other pressures, apply the correction
CDAS HL 085 11/2" 83 5.01 300 177 factors shown below.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the maximum (summer) inlet temperature, maximum (summer) ambient
temperature, minimum inlet pressure, required outlet dewpoint and maximum flow rate of the installation.

To select a dryer, first calculate the MDC (Minimum Drying Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow rate table above with a
flow rate equal to or above the MDC.

Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFMIT x CFMAT x CFMIP x CFOD

CFMIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

Maximum Inlet °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.04 1.14 1.37

CFMAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature

Maximum Ambient °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum Inlet bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Pressure psi g 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232
Correction Factor 1.60 1.33 1.14 1.00 0.89 0.80 0.73 0.67 0.62 0.57 0.53 0.50 0.47

CFOD - Correction Factor Outlet Dewpoint

°C -20 -40 -70
Outlet Dewpoint
°F -4 -40 -100
Correction Factor 0.91 1.00 2.00

34
 www.parker.com/gsfe

W D

Weights & Dimensions

Dimensions
Weight
Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D)
Model
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
CDAS HL 050 1133 45 559 22 490 19 76 168
CDAS HL 055 1313 52 559 22 490 19 84 185
CDAS HL 060 1510 59 559 22 490 19 93 205
CDAS HL 065 1660 65 559 22 490 19 100 220
CDAS HL 070 2020 80 559 22 490 19 120 265
CDAS HL 075 1595 63 559 22 682 27 165 364
CDAS HL 080 1745 69 559 22 682 27 180 397
CDAS HL 085 2105 83 559 22 682 27 210 463

Included Filtration
Dryer Inlet Dryer Outlet

Pipe Size General Purpose High Efficiency

Model General Purpose High Efficiency Oil Vapour
BSPP or NPT Dry Particulate Dry Particulate
Pre-filter Filter Reduction Filter
Filter Filter

CDAS HL 050 1/2” AOPX015C AAPX015C - AOPX015C -

CDAS HL 055 1/2” AOPX015C AAPX015C - AOPX015C -
CDAS HL 060 1/2” AOPX020C AAPX020C - AOPX020C -
CDAS HL 065 1/2” AOPX020C AAPX020C - AOPX020C -
CDAS HL 070 3/4” AOPX025D AAPX025D - AOPX025D -
CDAS HL 075 1” AOPX025E AAPX025E - AOPX025E -
CDAS HL 080 1” AOPX025E AAPX025E - AOPX025E -
CDAS HL 085 11/2” AOPX030G AAPX030G - AOPX030G -

Parker Catalogue Numbers

Catalogue Number Catalogue Number Catalogue Number Catalogue Number
Model -20°C PDP / -40°C PDP -70°C PDP -20°C PDP / -40°C PDP -70°C PDP
BSPP BSPP NPT NPT
CDAS HL 50 CDASHL050-40G16AE CDASHL050-70G16AE CDASHL050-40N16AE CDASHL050-70N16AE
CDAS HL 55 CDASHL055-40G16AE CDASHL055-70G16AE CDASHL055-40N16AE CDASHL055-70N16AE
CDAS HL 60 CDASHL060-40G16AE CDASHL060-70G16AE CDASHL060-40N16AE CDASHL060-70N16AE
CDAS HL 65 CDASHL065-40G16AE CDASHL065-70G16AE CDASHL065-40N16AE CDASHL065-70N16AE
CDAS HL 70 CDASHL070-40G16AE CDASHL070-70G16AE CDASHL070-40N16AE CDASHL070-70N16AE
CDAS HL 75 CDASHL075-40G16AE CDASHL075-70G16AE CDASHL075-40N16AE CDASHL075-70N16AE
CDAS HL 80 CDASHL080-40G16AE CDASHL080-70G16AE CDASHL080-40N16AE CDASHL080-70N16AE
CDAS HL 85 CDASHL085-40G16AE CDASHL085-70G16AE CDASHL085-40N16AE CDASHL085-70N16AE

35
 Modular Aluminium Compressed Air Dryers

OFAS Medium Flow Heatless Adsorption Dryers

Dryer Performance
Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010
Dryer Models (Standard) Classification (Option 1) Classification (Option 2) Classification
°C °F (Standard) °C °F (Option 1) °C °F (Option 2)

OFAS HL -40 -40 Class 2.2.0 -70 -100 Class 2.1.0 -20 -4 Class 2.3.0

ISO8573-1 Classifications when used with OIL-X pre / post filtration

Technical Data
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Maximum
Electrical Electrical Noise
Dryer Operating Operating Operating Operating Ambient Thread
Supply Supply Level
Models Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Type
(Standard) (Optional)
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F dB(A)
100-240V
OFAS HL BSPP or
4 58 16 232 5 41 50 122 55 131 (+/-10%) 1ph 24V DC <75
050 ~ 085 NPT
50/60Hz

Flow Rates
Pipe Size Inlet Flow Rate
Model
BSPP or NPT L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
OFAS HL 050 1/2" 15 0.92 55 32
OFAS HL 055 1/2" 19 1.17 70 41
OFAS HL 060 1/2" 25 1.50 90 53
OFAS HL 065 1/2" 31 1.84 110 65
OFAS HL 070 3/4" 42 2.51 150 88
OFAS HL 075 1" 51 3.09 185 109 Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with
OFAS HL 080 1" 61 3.67 220 129 reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour
pressure. For flows at other pressures, apply the correction
OFAS HL 085 11/2" 83 5.01 300 177 factors shown below.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the maximum (summer) inlet temperature, maximum (summer) ambient
temperature, minimum inlet pressure, required outlet dewpoint and maximum flow rate of the installation.

To select a dryer, first calculate the MDC (Minimum Drying Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow rate table above with a
flow rate equal to or above the MDC.

Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFMIT x CFMAT x CFMIP x CFOD

CFMIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

Maximum Inlet °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.04 1.14 1.37

CFMAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature

Maximum Ambient °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum Inlet bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Pressure psi g 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232
Correction Factor 1.60 1.33 1.14 1.00 0.89 0.80 0.73 0.67 0.62 0.57 0.53 0.50 0.47

CFOD - Correction Factor Outlet Dewpoint

°C -20 -40 -70
Outlet Dewpoint
°F -4 -40 -100
Correction Factor 0.91 1.00 2.00

36
 www.parker.com/gsfe

W D

Weights & Dimensions

Dimensions
Model Weight
Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D)
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
OFAS HL 050 1133 45 559 22 512 20.2 90 198
OFAS HL 055 1313 52 559 22 512 20.2 97 214
OFAS HL 060 1510 59 559 22 496 19.5 106 234
OFAS HL 065 1660 65 559 22 496 19.5 112 247
OFAS HL 070 2020 80 559 22 496 19.5 132 291
OFAS HL 075 1595 63 559 22 682 27 184 406
OFAS HL 080 1745 69 559 22 682 27 196 432
OFAS HL 085 2105 83 559 22 682 27 232 511

Included Filtration
Dryer Inlet Dryer Outlet

Pipe Size General Purpose High Efficiency

Model General Purpose High Efficiency Oil Vapour
BSPP or NPT Dry Particulate Dry Particulate
Pre-filter Filter Reduction Filter
Filter Filter

OFAS HL 050 1/2” AOPX015C AAPX015C Included AOPX015C -

OFAS HL 055 1/2” AOPX015C AAPX015C Included AOPX015C -
OFAS HL 060 1/2” AOPX020C AAPX020C Included AOPX020C -
OFAS HL 065 1/2” AOPX020C AAPX020C Included AOPX020C -
OFAS HL 070 3/4” AOPX025D AAPX025D Included AOPX025D -
OFAS HL 075 1” AOPX025E AAPX025E Included AOPX025E -
OFAS HL 080 1” AOPX025E AAPX025E Included AOPX025E -
OFAS HL 085 1 1/2” AOPX030G AAPX030G Included AOPX030G -

Parker Catalogue Numbers

Catalogue Number Catalogue Number Catalogue Number Catalogue Number
Model -20°C PDP / -40°C PDP -70°C PDP -20°C PDP / -40°C PDP -70°C PDP
BSPP BSPP NPT NPT
OFAS HL 50 OFASHL050-40G16AE OFASHL050-70G16AE OFASHL050-40N16AE OFASHL050-70N16AE
OFAS HL 55 OFASHL055-40G16AE OFASHL055-70G16AE OFASHL055-40N16AE OFASHL055-70N16AE
OFAS HL 60 OFASHL060-40G16AE OFASHL060-70G16AE OFASHL060-40N16AE OFASHL060-70N16AE
OFAS HL 65 OFASHL065-40G16AE OFASHL065-70G16AE OFASHL065-40N16AE OFASHL065-70N16AE
OFAS HL 70 OFASHL070-40G16AE OFASHL070-70G16AE OFASHL070-40N16AE OFASHL070-70N16AE
OFAS HL 75 OFASHL075-40G16AE OFASHL075-70G16AE OFASHL075-40N16AE OFASHL075-70N16AE
OFAS HL 80 OFASHL080-40G16AE OFASHL080-70G16AE OFASHL080-40N16AE OFASHL080-70N16AE
OFAS HL 85 OFASHL085-40G16AE OFASHL085-70G16AE OFASHL085-40N16AE OFASHL085-70N16AE

37
 Modular Aluminium Compressed Air Dryers

FBP Medium Flow Heatless Adsorption Dryers

Dryer Performance
Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010
Dryer Models (Standard) Classification (Option 1) Classification (Option 2) Classification
°C °F (Standard) °C °F (Option 1) °C °F (Option 2)

FBP HL -40 -40 Class 1.2.0 -70 -100 Class 2.1.0 -20 -4 Class 1.3.0
ISO8573-1 Classifications when used with OIL-X pre / post filtration

Technical Data
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Maximum
Electrical Electrical Noise
Operating Operating Operating Operating Ambient Thread
Dryer Models Supply Supply Level
Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Type
(Standard) (Optional)
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F dB(A)
100-240V
BSPP
FBP HL 050 ~ 085 4 58 16 232 5 41 50 122 55 131 (+/-10%) 24V DC <75
or NPT
1ph 50/60Hz

Flow Rates
Pipe Size Inlet Flow Rate
Model BSPP or
NPT L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
FBP HL 050 1/2" 15 0.92 55 32
FBP HL 055 1/2" 19 1.17 70 41
FBP HL 060 1/2" 25 1.50 90 53
FBP HL 065 1/2" 31 1.84 110 65
FBP HL 070 3/4" 42 2.51 150 88
FBP HL 075 1" 51 3.09 185 109 Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with
reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
FBP HL 080 1" 61 3.67 220 129
For flows at other pressures, apply the correction factors shown
FBP HL 085 11/2" 83 5.01 300 177 below.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the maximum (summer) inlet temperature, maximum (summer) ambient
temperature, minimum inlet pressure, required outlet dewpoint and maximum flow rate of the installation.

To select a dryer, first calculate the MDC (Minimum Drying Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow rate table above with a
flow rate equal to or above the MDC.

Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFMIT x CFMAT x CFMIP x CFOD

CFMIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

Maximum Inlet °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.04 1.14 1.37

CFMAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature

Maximum Ambient °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum Inlet bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Pressure psi g 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232
Correction Factor 1.60 1.33 1.14 1.00 0.89 0.80 0.73 0.67 0.62 0.57 0.53 0.50 0.47

CFOD - Correction Factor Outlet Dewpoint

°C -20 -40 -70
Outlet Dewpoint
°F -4 -40 -100
Correction Factor 0.91 1.00 2.00

38
 www.parker.com/gsfe

W
D

Weights & Dimensions

Dimensions
Model Weight
Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D)
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
FBP HL 050 1133 45 559 22 512 20.2 91 201
FBP HL 055 1313 52 559 22 512 20.2 98 216
FBP HL 060 1510 59 559 22 496 19.5 108 238
FBP HL 065 1660 65 559 22 496 19.5 114 251
FBP HL 070 2020 80 630 24.8 496 19.5 136 300
FBP HL 075 1595 63 630 24.8 682 27 184 406
FBP HL 080 1745 69 630 24.8 682 27 196 432
FBP HL 085 2105 83 630 24.8 682 27 232 511

Included Filtration
Dryer Inlet Dryer Outlet

Pipe Size General Purpose

Model General Purpose High Efficiency Oil Vapour High Efficiency Dry
BSPP or NPT Dry Particulate
Pre-filter Filter Reduction Filter Particulate Filter
Filter

FBP HL 050 1/2" AOPX015C AAPX015C Included AOPX015C AAPX015C

FBP HL 055 1/2" AOPX015C AAPX015C Included AOPX015C AAPX015C
FBP HL 060 1/2" AOPX020C AAPX020C Included AOPX020C AAPX020C
FBP HL 065 1/2" AOPX020C AAPX020C Included AOPX020C AAPX020C
FBP HL 070 3/4" AOPX025D AAPX025D Included AOPX025D AAPX025D
FBP HL 075 1" AOPX025E AAPX025E Included AOPX025E AAPX025E
FBP HL 080 1" AOPX025E AAPX025E Included AOPX025E AAPX025E
FBP HL 085 11/2" AOPX030G AAPX030G Included AOPX030G AAPX030G

Parker Catalogue Numbers

Catalogue Number Catalogue Number
Model -20°C PDP / -40°C PDP -70°C PDP
BSPP BSPP
FBP HL 050 FBPHL050-40G16AE FBPHL050-70G16AE
FBP HL 055 FBPHL055-40G16AE FBPHL055-70G16AE
FBP HL 060 FBPHL060-40G16AE FBPHL060-70G16AE
FBP HL 065 FBPHL065-40G16AE FBPHL065-70G16AE
FBP HL 070 FBPHL070-40G16AE FBPHL070-70G16AE
FBP HL 075 FBPHL075-40G16AE FBPHL075-70G16AE
FBP HL 080 FBPHL080-40G16AE FBPHL080-70G16AE
FBP HL 085 FBPHL085-40G16AE FBPHL085-70G16AE

39
 Modular Aluminium Compressed Air Dryers

CDAS HL ATEX Medium Flow Heatless Adsorption Dryers

Dryer Performance
Dewpoint (Standard) ISO8573-1:2010
Dryer Models Classification
°C °F (Standard)

CDAS HL ATEX -40 -40 Class 2.2.2

ISO8573-1 Classifications when used with OIL-X pre / post filtration

Technical Data
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Maximum
Noise
Operating Operating Operating Operating Ambient Thread
Dryer Models Electrical Supply Level
Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Type
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F dB(A)
Not Applicable - Fully BSPP or
CDAS HL ATEX 4 58 16 232 5 41 50 122 55 131 <75
Pneumatic Operation NPT

Flow Rates
Pipe Size Inlet Flow Rate
Model BSPP or
NPT L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
CDAS HL 050 ATEX 1/2" 15 0.92 55 32
CDAS HL 055 ATEX 1/2" 19 1.17 70 41
CDAS HL 060 ATEX 1/2" 25 1.50 90 53
CDAS HL 065 ATEX 1/2" 31 1.84 110 65
CDAS HL 070 ATEX 3/4" 42 2.51 150 88
CDAS HL 075 ATEX 1" 51 3.09 185 109 Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with
reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
CDAS HL 080 ATEX 1" 61 3.67 220 129
For flows at other pressures, apply the correction factors shown
CDAS HL 085 ATEX 11/2" 83 5.01 300 177 below.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the maximum (summer) inlet temperature, maximum (summer) ambient
temperature, minimum inlet pressure, required outlet dewpoint and maximum flow rate of the installation.

To select a dryer, first calculate the MDC (Minimum Drying Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow rate table above with a
flow rate equal to or above the MDC.

Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFMIT x CFMAT x CFMIP x CFOD

CFMIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

Maximum Inlet °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.04 1.14 1.37

CFMAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature

Maximum Ambient °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum Inlet bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Pressure psi g 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232
Correction Factor 1.60 1.33 1.14 1.00 0.89 0.80 0.73 0.67 0.62 0.57 0.53 0.50 0.47

CFOD - Correction Factor Outlet Dewpoint

°C -20 -40 -70
Outlet Dewpoint
°F -4 -40 -100
Correction Factor 0.91 1.00 2.00

40
 www.parker.com/gsfe

W D

Weights & Dimensions

Dimensions
Model Weight
Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D)
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
CDAS HL 050 ATEX 1133 45 559 22 490 19 76 168
CDAS HL 055 ATEX 1313 52 559 22 490 19 84 185
CDAS HL 060 ATEX 1510 59 559 22 490 19 93 205
CDAS HL 065 ATEX 1660 65 559 22 490 19 100 220
CDAS HL 070 ATEX 2020 80 559 22 490 19 120 265
CDAS HL 075 ATEX 1595 63 559 22 682 27 165 364
CDAS HL 080 ATEX 1745 69 559 22 682 27 180 397
CDAS HL 085 ATEX 2105 83 559 22 682 27 210 463

Included Filtration
Dryer Inlet Dryer Outlet

Pipe Size General Purpose High Efficiency

Model General Purpose High Efficiency Oil Vapour
BSPP or NPT Dry Particulate Dry Particulate
Pre-filter Filter Reduction Filter
Filter Filter

CDAS HL 050 ATEX 1/2" AOPX015C AAPX015C - AOPX015C -

CDAS HL 055 ATEX 1/2" AOPX015C AAPX015C - AOPX015C -
CDAS HL 060 ATEX 1/2" AOPX020C AAPX020C - AOPX020C -
CDAS HL 065 ATEX 1/2" AOPX020C AAPX020C - AOPX020C -
CDAS HL 070 ATEX 3/4" AOPX025D AAPX025D - AOPX025D -
CDAS HL 075 ATEX 1" AOPX025E AAPX025E - AOPX025E -
CDAS HL 080 ATEX 1" AOPX025E AAPX025E - AOPX025E -
CDAS HL 085 ATEX 11/2" AOPX030G AAPX030G - AOPX030G -

Parker Catalogue Numbers

Catalogue Number Catalogue Number
Model -20°C PDP / -40°C PDP -70°C PDP
BSPP BSPP
CDAS HL 050 ATEX CDASHL050-40G16PP CDASHL050-70G16PP
CDAS HL 055 ATEX CDASHL055-40G16PP CDASHL055-70G16PP
CDAS HL 060 ATEX CDASHL060-40G16PP CDASHL060-70G16PP
CDAS HL 065 ATEX CDASHL065-40G16PP CDASHL065-70G16PP
CDAS HL 070 ATEX CDASHL070-40G16PP CDASHL070-70G16PP
CDAS HL 075 ATEX CDASHL075-40G16PP CDASHL075-70G16PP
CDAS HL 080 ATEX CDASHL080-40G16PP CDASHL080-70G16PP
CDAS HL 085 ATEX CDASHL085-40G16PP CDASHL085-70G16PP

41
 Modular Aluminium Compressed Air Dryers

MX Large Flow Heatless Adsorption Dryers

Dryer Performance
Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010
Dryer Models (Standard) Classification (Option 1) Classification (Option 2) Classification
°C °F (Standard) °C °F (Option 1) °C °F (Option 2)

MXS DS -40 -40 Class 2.2.2 -70 -100 Class 2.1.2 -20 -4 Class 2.3.2
ISO8573-1 Classifications when used with OIL-X pre / post filtration

Technical Data
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Maximum
Electrical Electrical Noise
Operating Operating Operating Operating Ambient Thread
Dryer Models Supply Supply Level
Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Type
(Standard) (Optional)
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F dB(A)
100-240V
MXS102CDS ~ BSPP
4 58 13 190 5 41 50 122 55 131 (+/-10%) 1ph N/A <75
MXS108DS or NPT
50/60Hz

Flow Rates (Single Banks) Flow Rates (Multi-Banked)

Pipe Inlet Flow Rate Pipe Inlet Flow Rate
Model Model
Size L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm Size L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
MXS102CDS 2" 113 6.81 408 240 2 x MXS105DS 2½" 708 43 2550 1500
MXS103CDS 2" 170 10.22 612 360 2 x MXS106DS 2½" 850 51 3060 1800
MXS103DS 2" 213 12.75 765 450 2 x MXS107DS 2½" 992 60 3570 2100
MXS104DS 2½" 283 17 1020 600 2 x MXS108DS 2½" 1133 68 4080 2400
MXS105DS 2½" 354 21 1275 750 3 x MXS106DS 2½" 1275 77 4590 2700
MXS106DS 2½" 425 26 1530 900 3 x MXS107DS 2½" 1488 89 5355 3150
MXS107DS 2½" 496 30 1785 1050 3 x MXS108DS 2½" 1700 102 6120 3600
MXS108DS 2½" 567 34 2040 1200 For Higher Flow Capacities - Contact Parker

Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
For flows at other pressures, apply the correction factors shown below.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the maximum (summer) inlet temperature, maximum (summer) ambient temperature,
minimum inlet pressure, required outlet dewpoint and maximum flow rate of the installation.

To select a dryer, first calculate the MDC (Minimum Drying Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow rate table above with a flow
rate equal to or above the MDC.

Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFMIT x CFMAT x CFMIP x CFOD

CFMIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

Maximum Inlet °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.04 1.14 1.37

CFMAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature

Maximum Ambient °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum Inlet bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Pressure psi g 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189
Correction Factor 1.60 1.33 1.14 1.00 0.89 0.80 0.73 0.67 0.62 0.57

CFOD - Correction Factor Outlet Dewpoint

°C -20 -40 -70
Outlet Dewpoint
°F -4 -40 -100
Correction Factor 0.91 1.00 1.43
42
 www.parker.com/gsfe

W D

Weights & Dimensions

Dimensions
Model Weight
Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D)
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
MXS102CDS 1647 64.8 687 27.0 550 21.7 235 518
MXS103CDS 1647 64.8 856 33.7 550 21.7 316 696
MXS103DS 1892 74.5 856 33.7 550 21.7 355 782
MXS104DS 1892 74.5 1025 40.3 550 21.7 450 992
MXS105DS 1892 74.5 1194 47.0 550 21.7 543 1197
MXS106DS 1892 74.5 1363 53.6 550 21.7 637 1404
MXS107DS 1892 74.5 1532 60.3 550 21.7 731 1611
MXS108DS 1892 74.5 1701 67.0 550 21.7 825 1818

Recommended Filtration
Dryer Inlet Dryer Outlet

Pipe Size General Purpose High Efficiency

Model General Purpose High Efficiency Oil Vapour
BSPP or NPT Dry Particulate Dry Particulate
Pre-filter Filter Reduction Filter
Filter Filter

MXS102CDS 2" AOPX040H AAPX040H AOPX040H -

MXS103CDS 2" AOPX040H AAPX040H AOPX040H -
Technically ‘Oil Free Air’
MXS103DS 2" AOPX040H AAPX040H AOPX040H -
to ISO8573-1:2010
MXS104DS 2½" AOPX045I AAPX045I Class 0 (<0.003 mg/m3) AOPX045I -
for total oil can be
MXS105DS 2½" AOPX050I AAPX050I easily achieved by AOPX050I -
selecting an optional
MXS106DS 2½" AOPX050I AAPX050I AOPX050I -
OIL-X OVR grade filter.
MXS107DS 2½" AOPX055I AAPX055I AOPX055I -
MXS108DS 2½" AOPX055I AAPX055I AOPX055I -

Parker Catalogue Numbers

Catalogue Number Catalogue Number Dryer catalogue number does not include filtration -
Model
-20°C PDP / -40°C PDP -70°C PDP Please order filters separately

MXS102CDS MXS102CDS-40BP MXS102CDS-70BP Important Notes Regarding the Ordering of MX dryers

MXS103CDS MXS103CDS-40BP MXS103CDS-70BP Please note that when ordering MXS heatless dryers, the following
MXS103DS MXS103DS-40BP MXS103DS-70BP items must also be ordered separately.

MXS104DS MXS104DS-40BP MXS104DS-70BP

• Dryer Model
• Inlet / Outlet Flange kit (BSPP or NPT)
MXS105DS MXS105DS-40BP MXS105DS-70BP
• Pre / Post Filtration (Grades AO / AA/ AO)
MXS106DS MXS106DS-40BP MXS106DS-70BP
• FCD (Flow Control Device) - only required for multi-bank
MXS107DS MXS107DS-40BP MXS107DS-70BP installations
MXS108DS MXS108DS-40BP MXS108DS-70BP • QRV - Part Number 608203833 for operation 9 bar g

43
 Modular Aluminium Compressed Air Dryers

MX ATEX Pneumatic Heatless Adsorption Dryers

Dryer Performance
Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010
Dryer Models (Standard) Classification (Option 1) Classification (Option 2) Classification
°C °F (Standard) °C °F (Option 1) °C °F (Option 2)
ISO8573-1 Classifications when used with Parker OIL-X pre / post filtration
MXP DS -40 -40 Class 2.2.2 -70 -100 Class 2.1.2 -20 -4 Class 2.3.2

ISO8573-1 Classifications when used with OIL-X pre / post filtration

Technical Data
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Maximum
Electrical Electrical Noise
Operating Operating Operating Operating Ambient Thread
Dryer Models Supply Supply Level
Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Type
(Standard) (Optional)
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F dB(A)
MXP102CDS - Not Applicable - Fully
4 58 13 190 5 41 50 122 55 131 BSPP <75
MXP108DS Pneumatic Operation

Flow Rates
Inlet Flow Rate
Model Pipe Size
L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
MXP102C 2" 113 6.81 408 240
MXP103C 2" 170 10.22 612 360
MXP103 2" 213 12.75 765 450
MXP104 2½" 283 17 1020 600
MXP105 2½" 354 21 1275 750
MXP106 2½" 425 26 1530 900 Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with
MXP107 2½" 496 30 1785 1050 reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
For flows at other pressures, apply the correction factors shown
MXP108 2½" 567 34 2040 1200 below.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the maximum (summer) inlet temperature, maximum (summer) ambient temperature,
minimum inlet pressure, required outlet dewpoint and maximum flow rate of the installation.

To select a dryer, first calculate the MDC (Minimum Drying Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow rate table above with a flow
rate equal to or above the MDC.

Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFMIT x CFMAT x CFMIP x CFOD

CFMIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

Maximum Inlet °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.04 1.14 1.37

CFMAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature

Maximum Ambient °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum Inlet bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Pressure psi g 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189
Correction Factor 1.60 1.33 1.14 1.00 0.89 0.80 0.73 0.67 0.62 0.57

CFOD - Correction Factor Outlet Dewpoint

°C -20 -40 -70
Outlet Dewpoint
°F -4 -40 -100
Correction Factor 0.91 1.00 1.43

44
 www.parker.com/gsfe

W D

Weights & Dimensions

Dimensions
Model Weight
Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D)
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
MXP102C 1647 64.8 687 27.0 550 21.7 235 518
MXP103C 1647 64.8 856 33.7 550 21.7 316 696
MXP103 1892 74.5 856 33.7 550 21.7 355 782
MXP104 1892 74.5 1025 40.3 550 21.7 450 992
MXP105 1892 74.5 1194 47.0 550 21.7 543 1197
MXP106 1892 74.5 1363 53.6 550 21.7 637 1404
MXP107 1892 74.5 1532 60.3 550 21.7 731 1611
MXP108 1892 74.5 1701 67.0 550 21.7 825 1818

Recommended Filtration
Dryer Inlet Dryer Outlet

Pipe Size General Purpose High Efficiency

Model General Purpose High Efficiency Oil Vapour
BSPP Dry Particulate Dry Particulate
Pre-filter Filter Reduction Filter
Filter Filter

MXP102C 2" AOPX040H AAPX040H - AOPX040H -

MXP103C 2" AOPX040H AAPX040H - AOPX040H -
MXP103 2" AOPX040H AAPX040H - AOPX040H -
MXP104 2½" AOPX045I AAPX045I - AOPX045I -
MXP105 2½" AOPX050I AAPX050I - AOPX050I -
MXP106 2½" AOPX050I AAPX050I - AOPX050I -
MXP107 2½" AOPX055I AAPX055I - AOPX055I -
MXP108 2½" AOPX055I AAPX055I - AOPX055I -

Parker Catalogue Numbers

Catalogue Number Catalogue Number Dryer catalogue number does not include filtration -
Model
-20°C PDP / -40°C PDP -70°C PDP Please order filters separately

MXP102C MXP102C-40-ATEX MXP102C-70-ATEX Important Notes Regarding the Ordering of MX dryers

MXP103C MXP103C-40-ATEX MXP103C-70-ATEX Please note that when ordering MXP heatless dryers, the following
MXP103 MXP103-40-ATEX MXP103-70-ATEX items must also be ordered separately.

MXP104 MXP104-40-ATEX MXP104-70-ATEX • Dryer Model

MXP105 MXP105-40-ATEX MXP105-70-ATEX
• Inlet / Outlet Flange kit (BSPP or NPT)
• Pre / Post Filtration (Grades AO / AA/ AO)
MXP106 MXP106-40-ATEX MXP106-70-ATEX
• FCD (Flow Control Device) - only required for multi-bank
MXP107 MXP107-40-ATEX MXP107-70-ATEX
installations
MXP108 MXP108-40-ATEX MXP108-70-ATEX • QRV - Part Number 608203833 for operation 9 bar g

45
 Modular Aluminium Compressed Air Dryers

Multi-banking
A unique advantage of modular aluminium dryers is the ability to access the full cross sectional area of the drying columns and fill the
desiccant material with a snowstorm filler, a device which provides maximum packing density of the desiccant material. Snowstorm filling
the desiccant material provides a low and equal resistance to the air flow which allows multiple drying chambers to be used without
preferential flow and provides a consistent outlet dewpoint with less desiccant and in a smaller, more compact and lightweight dryer.
Another advantage of snowstorm filling is that it also allows multiple dryer banks to be used without preferential flow because each
individual dryer will have an equal pressure drop. This is a feature unique to modular dryers and is known as multi-banking.

Flow Control Device (FCD)

Compressed air will flow down a uniform pipe at a constant velocity. For a fixed compressed air flow
rate, reducing the diameter of the pipe will increase the speed of the compressed air. Changing pipe
diameter can therefore be used as a means to control compressed air flow rate, which is the purpose
of an FCD (Flow Control Device).
If the pipe diameter is reduced far enough, the air velocity will increase until it reaches its maximum,
the speed of sound (hence the FCD’s common name of ‘Sonic Nozzle’).
Although not needed for every application, FCDs can be used to prevent significant overflow of a
desiccant dryer and help maintain a constant outlet dewpoint. They are also commonly used on
multi-bank installations (two or more modular aluminium dryers connected in parallel) to prevent
preferential flow if piping is unbalanced.
FCDs are installed in the outlet of a dryer and are sized so the maximum
flow rate of the device is above the outlet flow rate of the dryer.
Below 100% of the dryers outlet capacity, they have minimal impact on
differential pressure (dP) or flow.
Above 100% of the dryer's rated outlet capacity, an increasingly higher
differential pressure will be generated by the FCD.
This will allow a small dryer overflow to occur satisfying temporary
system demand, however if demand were to increase, the line pressure
downstream of the FCD will start to fall indicating to the user the dryer is
being overflowed.
All precautions should be taken from the initial sizing of the dryer to the
installation and operation to ensure the dryer is not overflowed.
It is recommended that FCDs are fitted to the outlet of each modular
dryer when installed in a multi-bank configuration.
MXS & MXLE dryers utilise the same FCDs but have different outlet flow
rates.
FCD max flow rate is therefore equivalent to approximately 105% of the
outlet flow rate for an MXLE dryer and 125% of the outlet flow rate for an
MX dryer.

Benefits of Fitting a Flow Control Device:

• Prevents preferential or significant overflow of the dryer
• Helps to maintain a constant outlet pressure dewpoint
• Indicates by high pressure drop when system demand
exceeds rated capacity
46
 www.parker.com/gsfe

Flanged Connection Kits for MX Dryers

MX dryers do not include an inlet / outlet connection. When ordering
an MX dryer the flanged connection kit must be ordered in addition
to the dryer and must match the connection sizes of the inlet & outlet
filtration.

When more than one dryer is installed (multi-bank installation), a

Flow Control Device (FCD) is also required. The FCD will fit inside the
outlet flange. Please order the appropriate inlet / outlet connection
kit from the list below and FCD from the tables on the following
pages.
608620077 thread connection kit (outlet flange on left)

The MX102c – MX103 dryers have 2" connections

608620076 FCD threaded connection 2" BSPP
608620078 FCD threaded connection 2" NPT

The MX104 – MX108 dryers have 2.5" connections

608620077 FCD threaded connection 2½" BSPP
608620079 FCD threaded connection 2½" NPT

MX Dryer Flow Control Device Flange

(Sonic Nozzle)

Flow Control Device (FCD) Product Selection

For MXS Heatless and MXLE Heatless Low Energy Dryers
To size FCDs correctly, the following information is required:
• Dryer Model
• Dewpoint dryer has been sized to deliver
• Minimum Inlet pressure
• Maximum Inlet Temperature

Sizing Example - MXS

The customer orders 2 x MXS108 and requires BSPP connections. The site parameters are an inlet temperature of 35°C, inlet pressure
of 7 bar g, and a pressure dewpoint of -40°C. The FCD is 608620053, and the correct flange kit is 608620077.

Sizing Example - MXLE

The customer orders 3 x MXLE108 dryers. The site parameters are a maximum inlet temperature of 40°C, minimum inlet pressure of 9
bar g, and a pressure dewpoint of -70°C. The FCD required for each dryer is 608620044.

47
 Modular Aluminium Compressed Air Dryers

Flow Control Device (FCD) Product Selection

For MXS Heatless Dryers & MXLE Heatless Low Energy Dryers
35°C Inlet Temperature -20°C PDP
MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE
Pressure 102c 103c 103 104 105 106 107 108
4 bar 608620009 608620014 608620017 608620021 608620043 608620046 608620049 608620052
5 bar 608620010 608620015 608620018 608620022 608620044 608620048 608620051 608620054
6 bar 608620011 608620015 608620018 608620023 608620045 608620048 608620052 608620055
7 bar 608620011 608620016 608620019 608620023 608620045 608620049 608620052 608620056
8 bar 608620011 608620016 608620019 608620024 608620046 608620050 608620053 608620056
9 bar 608620011 608620016 608620020 608620024 608620046 608620050 608620053 608620057
10 bar 608620012 608620017 608620020 608620024 608620047 608620050 608620054 608620057
11 bar 608620012 608620017 608620020 608620025 608620047 608620051 608620054 608620057
12 bar 608620012 608620017 608620020 608620025 608620047 608620051 608620054 Contact Parker
13 bar 608620012 608620017 608620020 608620025 608620047 608620051 608620054 Contact Parker

35°C Inlet Temperature -40°C PDP

MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE
Pressure 102c 103c 103 104 105 106 107 108
4 bar 608620008 608620012 608620015 608620019 608620040 608620044 608620047 608620049
5 bar 608620009 608620013 608620016 608620020 608620042 608620045 608620048 608620051
6 bar 608620009 608620014 608620017 608620021 608620043 608620046 608620049 608620052
7 bar 608620010 608620014 608620017 608620022 608620043 608620047 608620050 608620053
8 bar 608620010 608620015 608620018 608620022 608620044 608620047 608620050 608620053
9 bar 608620010 608620015 608620018 608620022 608620044 608620048 608620051 608620054
10 bar 608620010 608620015 608620018 608620023 608620044 608620048 608620051 608620054
11 bar 608620011 608620015 608620018 608620023 608620045 608620048 608620052 608620055
12 bar 608620011 608620015 608620019 608620023 608620045 608620049 608620052 608620055
13 bar 608620011 608620016 608620019 608620023 608620045 608620049 608620052 608620055

35°C Inlet Temperature -70°C PDP

MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE
Pressure 102c 103c 103 104 105 106 107 108
4 bar 608620008 608620012 608620015 608620019 608620040 608620044 608620047 608620049
5 bar 608620009 608620013 608620016 608620020 608620042 608620045 608620048 608620051
6 bar 608620009 608620014 608620017 608620021 608620043 608620046 608620049 608620052
7 bar 608620010 608620014 608620017 608620022 608620043 608620047 608620050 608620053
8 bar 608620010 608620015 608620018 608620022 608620044 608620047 608620050 608620053
9 bar 608620010 608620015 608620018 608620022 608620044 608620048 608620051 608620054
10 bar 608620010 608620015 608620018 608620023 608620044 608620048 608620051 608620054
11 bar 608620011 608620015 608620018 608620023 608620045 608620048 608620052 608620055
12 bar 608620011 608620015 608620019 608620023 608620045 608620049 608620052 608620055
13 bar 608620011 608620016 608620019 608620023 608620045 608620049 608620052 608620055

48
 www.parker.com/gsfe

40°C Inlet Temperature -20°C PDP

MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE
Pressure 102c 103c 103 104 105 106 107 108
4 bar 608620009 608620014 608620016 608620021 608620042 608620046 608620049 608620051
5 bar 608620010 608620014 608620017 608620022 608620043 608620047 608620050 608620053
6 bar 608620010 608620015 608620018 608620022 608620044 608620048 608620051 608620054
7 bar 608620011 608620015 608620018 608620023 608620045 608620048 608620052 608620055
8 bar 608620011 608620016 608620019 608620023 608620045 608620049 608620052 608620055
9 bar 608620011 608620016 608620019 608620024 608620046 608620049 608620053 608620056
10 bar 608620011 608620016 608620019 608620024 608620046 608620050 608620053 608620056
11 bar 608620011 608620016 608620020 608620024 608620046 608620050 608620053 608620057
12 bar 608620012 608620017 608620020 608620024 608620047 608620050 608620054 608620057
13 bar 608620011 608620017 608620020 608620025 608620047 608620050 608620054 608620057

40°C Inlet Temperature -40°C PDP

MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE
Pressure 102c 103c 103 104 105 106 107 108
4 bar 608620008 608620012 608620015 608620018 608620040 608620043 608620046 608620048
5 bar 608620009 608620013 608620016 608620020 608620042 608620044 608620047 608620050
6 bar 608620009 608620013 608620016 608620020 608620043 608620045 608620048 608620051
7 bar 608620009 608620014 608620017 608620021 608620043 608620046 608620059 608620052
8 bar 608620010 608620014 608620017 608620021 608620044 608620047 608620050 608620053
9 bar 608620010 608620015 608620017 608620022 608620044 608620047 608620050 608620053
10 bar 608620010 608620015 608620018 608620022 608620044 608620047 608620051 608620054
11 bar 608620010 608620015 608620018 608620022 608620045 608620048 608620051 608620054
12 bar 608620010 608620015 608620018 608620023 608620045 608620048 608620051 608620054
13 bar 608620010 608620015 608620018 608620023 608620045 608620048 608620051 608620054

40°C Inlet Temperature -70°C PDP

MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE
Pressure 102c 103c 103 104 105 106 107 108
4 bar 608620003 608620006 608620008 608620011 608620032 608620034 608620036 608620038
5 bar 608620004 608620007 608620009 608620013 608620033 608620036 608620038 608620040
6 bar 608620005 608620008 608620010 608620014 608620034 608620037 608620039 608620042
7 bar 608620005 608620009 608620011 608620014 608620035 608620038 608620040 608620043
8 bar 608620006 608620009 608620012 608620015 608620036 608620039 608620041 608620043
9 bar 608620006 608620010 608620012 608620015 608620036 608620039 608620042 608620044
10 bar 608620006 608620010 608620012 608620016 608620037 608620040 608620042 608620045
11 bar 608620006 608620010 608620012 608620016 608620037 608620040 608620043 608620045
12 bar 608620006 608620010 608620013 608620016 608620037 608620040 608620043 608620045
13 bar 608620007 608620010 608620013 608620016 608620038 608620041 608620043 608620046

49
 Modular Aluminium Compressed Air Dryers

Flow Control Device (FCD) Product Selection

For MXS Heatless Dryers & MXLE Heatless Low Energy Dryers
45°C Inlet Temperature -20°C PDP
MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE
Pressure 102c 103c 103 104 105 106 107 108
4 bar 608620008 608620012 608620015 608620019 608620040 608620043 608620046 608620049
5 bar 608620009 608620013 608620016 608620020 608620041 608620044 608620047 608620050
6 bar 608620009 608620014 608620016 608620021 608620042 608620045 608620049 608620051
7 bar 608620009 608620014 608620017 608620021 608620043 608620046 608620049 608620052
8 bar 608620010 608620014 608620017 608620022 608620043 608620047 608620050 608620053
9 bar 608620010 608620015 608620018 608620022 608620044 608620047 608620050 608620053
10 bar 608620010 608620015 608620018 608620022 608620044 608620048 608620051 608620054
11 bar 608620010 608620015 608620018 608620022 608620044 608620048 608620051 608620054
12 bar 608620010 608620015 608620018 608620023 608620045 608620048 608620051 608620054
13 bar 608620011 608620015 608620018 608620023 608620045 608620048 608620051 608620054

45°C Inlet Temperature -40°C PDP

MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE
Pressure 102c 103c 103 104 105 106 107 108
4 bar 608620007 608620010 608620013 608620016 608620038 608620041 608620043 608620046
5 bar 608620007 608620011 608620014 608620018 608620039 608620042 608620045 608620047
6 bar 608620008 608620012 608620015 608620019 608620040 608620043 608620046 608620049
7 bar 608620008 608620013 608620015 608620019 608620041 608620044 608620047 608620050
8 bar 608620009 608620013 608620016 608620020 608620041 608620045 608620047 608620050
9 bar 608620009 608620013 608620016 608620020 608620042 608620045 608620048 608620051
10 bar 608620009 608620013 608620016 608620020 608620042 608620045 608620048 608620051
11 bar 608620009 608620014 608620016 608620021 608620042 608620046 608620049 608620052
12 bar 608620009 608620014 608620017 608620021 608620042 608620046 608620049 608620052
13 bar 608620009 608620014 608620017 608620021 608620043 608620046 608620049 608620052

45°C Inlet Temperature -70°C PDP

MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE
Pressure 102c 103c 103 104 105 106 107 108
4 bar 608620002 608620005 608620007 608620009 608620029 608620032 608620033 608620035
5 bar 608620003 608620006 608620008 608620011 608620031 608620034 608620036 608620038
6 bar 608620004 608620007 608620009 608620012 608620033 608620035 608620037 608620039
7 bar 608620004 608620008 608620010 608620013 608620034 608620036 608620038 608620040
8 bar 608620005 608620008 608620010 608620013 608620034 608620037 608620039 608620041
9 bar 608620005 608620008 608620011 608620014 608620035 608620037 608620040 608620042
10 bar 608620005 608620009 608620011 608620014 608620035 608620038 608620040 608620042
11 bar 608620005 608620009 608620011 608620015 608620036 608620038 608620041 608620043
12 bar 608620006 608620009 608620011 608620015 608620036 608620039 608620041 608620043
13 bar 608620006 608620009 608620012 608620015 608620036 608620039 608620041 608620044

50
 www.parker.com/gsfe

50°C Inlet Temperature -20°C PDP

MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE
Pressure 102c 103c 103 104 105 106 107 108
4 bar 608620005 608620009 608620011 608620015 608620036 608620038 608620041 608620043
5 bar 608620006 608620010 608620012 608620026 608620037 608620040 608620043 608620045
6 bar 608620007 608620011 608620013 608620017 608620038 608620041 608620044 608620046
7 bar 608620007 608620011 608620014 608620018 608620039 608620042 608620045 608620047
8 bar 608620008 608620012 608620014 608620018 608620040 608620043 608620045 608620048
9 bar 608620008 608620012 608620015 608620019 608620040 608620043 608620046 608620049
10 bar 608620008 608620012 608620015 608620019 608620040 608620043 608620046 608620049
11 bar 608620008 608620012 608620015 608620019 608620041 608620044 608620047 608620049
12 bar 608620008 608620013 608620015 608620019 608620041 608620044 608620047 608620050
13 bar 608620008 608620013 608620016 608620020 608620041 608620044 608620047 608620050

50°C Inlet Temperature -40°C PDP

MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE MX / MXLE
Pressure 102c 103c 103 104 105 106 107 108
4 bar 608620004 608620007 608620010 608620013 608620033 608620036 608620038 608620040
5 bar 608620005 608620009 608620011 608620014 608620035 608620038 608620040 608620042
6 bar 608620006 608620009 608620012 608620015 608620036 608620039 608620041 608620044
7 bar 608620006 608620010 608620012 608620016 608620037 608620040 608620042 608620045
8 bar 608620007 608620010 608620013 608620016 608620038 608620040 608620043 608620046
9 bar 608620007 608620011 608620013 608620017 608620038 608620041 608620044 608620046
10 bar 608620007 608620011 608620013 608620017 608620038 608620041 608620044 608620047
11 bar 608620007 608620011 608620014 608620017 608620039 608620042 608620044 608620047
12 bar 608620007 608620011 608620014 608620018 608620039 608620042 608620045 608620047
13 bar 608620007 608620012 608620014 608620018 608620039 608620042 608620045 608620048

50°C Inlet Temperature -70°C PDP

Pressure MX 102c MX 103c MX 103 MX 104 MX 105 MX 106 MX 107 MX 108

4 bar 608620001 608620002 608620003 608620005 608620028 608620027 608620028 608620030

5 bar 608620001 608620003 608620005 608620007 608620028 608620029 608620031 608620033
6 bar 608620002 608620004 608620006 608620009 608620029 608620031 608620033 608620035
7 bar 608620002 608620005 608620007 608620010 608620030 608620032 608620034 608620036
8 bar 608620003 608620006 608620008 608620010 608620031 608620033 608620035 608620037
9 bar 608620003 608620006 608620008 608620011 608620031 608620034 608620036 608620038
10 bar 608620003 608620006 608620008 608620011 608620032 608620034 608620036 608620038
11 bar 608620004 608620007 608620009 608620012 608620032 608620035 608620037 608620039
12 bar 608620004 608620007 608620009 608620012 608620033 608620035 608620037 608620039
13 bar 608620004 608620007 608620009 608620012 608620033 608620035 608620038 608620040

51
 Modular Aluminium Compressed Air Dryers

MXLE Large Flow Heatless Low Energy Adsorption Dryers

Dryer Performance
Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010
Dryer Models (Standard) Classification (Option 1) Classification (Option 2) Classification
°C °F (Standard) °C °F (Option 1) °C °F (Option 2)

MXLE -40 -40 Class 2.2.2 -70 -100 Class 2.1.2 -20 -4 Class 2.3.2
ISO8573-1 Classifications when used with OIL-X pre / post filtration

Technical Data
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Maximum
Electrical Electrical Noise
Operating Operating Operating Operating Ambient Thread
Dryer Models Supply Supply Level
Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Type
(Standard) (Optional)
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F dB(A)
400V 460V
MXLE 102C -
5 73 13 190 5 41 50 122 55 131 +/-10% +/-10% BSPP <75
MXLE 108
3PH 50Hz 3PH 60Hz

Flow Rates Vacuum Pump Part Number & kW

Inlet Flow Rate Vacuum kW Vacuum kW
Model Pipe Size
L/s m /min
3
m /hr3
cfm Pump 50Hz 50HZ Pump 60Hz 60Hz

MXLE 102C 2" 113 6.81 408 240 MXLEP2C-E 3 MXLEP2C-E-60 4.8
MXLE 103C 2" 170 10.22 612 360 MXLEP3C-E 3 MXLEP3C-E-60 4.8
MXLE 103 2" 213 12.75 765 450 MXLEP3-OL 4 MXLEP3-OL-60 6.5
MXLE 104 2½" 283 17 1020 600 MXLEP4-OL 5.5 MXLEP4-OL-60 9
MXLE 105 2½" 354 21 1275 750 MXLEP5-OL 5.5 MXLEP5-OL-60 9
MXLE 106 2½" 425 26 1530 900 MXLEP6-OL 8 MXLEP6-OL-60 13
MXLE 107 2½" 496 30 1785 1050 MXLEP7-OL 9.5 MXLEP7-OL-60 15.5
MXLE 108 2½" 567 34 2040 1200 MXLEP8-OL 9.5 MXLEP8-OL-60 15.5
For Higher Flow Capacities - Contact Parker Dryer & vacuum pump to be ordered separately.
Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
For flows at other pressures, apply the correction factors shown below.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the maximum (summer) inlet temperature, maximum (summer) ambient temperature,
minimum inlet pressure, required outlet dewpoint and maximum flow rate of the installation.

To select a dryer, first calculate the MDC (Minimum Drying Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow rate table above with a flow
rate equal to or above the MDC.

Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFMIT x CFMAT x CFMIP x CFOD

CFMIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

Maximum Inlet °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.04 1.14 1.37

CFMAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature

Maximum Ambient °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum Inlet bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Pressure psi g 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189
Correction Factor 1.60 1.33 1.14 1.00 0.89 0.80 0.73 0.67 0.62 0.57

CFOD - Correction Factor Outlet Dewpoint

°C -20 -40 -70
Outlet Dewpoint
°F -4 -40 -100
Correction Factor 0.91 1.00 1.43
52
 www.parker.com/gsfe

D
W

Weights & Dimensions

Dimensions (Dryer Only)
Weight (Dryer Only)
Model Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D)
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
MXLE 102C 1647 64.8 793 31.5 550 21.7 265 583
MXLE 103C 1647 64.8 962 37.9 550 21.7 346 761
MXLE 103 1892 74.5 962 37.9 550 21.7 385 847
MXLE 104 1892 74.5 1131 44.6 550 21.7 480 1056
MXLE 105 1892 74.5 1300 51.2 550 21.7 573 1261
MXLE 106 1892 74.5 1469 57.9 550 21.7 667 1467
MXLE 107 1892 74.5 1641 64.6 550 21.7 761 1674
MXLE 108 1892 74.5 1807 71.2 550 21.7 855 1881

Included Filtration
Dryer Inlet Dryer Outlet

Pipe Size General Purpose

Model General Purpose High Efficiency Oil Vapour High Efficiency Dry
BSPP Dry Particulate
Pre-filter Filter Reduction Filter Particulate Filter
Filter

MXLE 102C 2" AOPX040H AAPX040H - AOPX040H -

MXLE 103C 2" AOPX040H AAPX040H - AOPX040H -
MXLE 103 2" AOPX040H AAPX040H - AOPX040H -
MXLE 104 2½" AOPX045I AAPX045I - AOPX045I -
MXLE 105 2½" AOPX050I AAPX050I - AOPX050I -
MXLE 106 2½" AOPX050I AAPX050I - AOPX050I -
MXLE 107 2½" AOPX055I AAPX055I - AOPX055I -
MXLE 108 2½" AOPX055I AAPX055I - AOPX055I -

Parker Catalogue Numbers

Catalogue Number Catalogue Number 50Hz Vacuum Pump 60Hz Vacuum Pump Dryer Upgrade Kit
Model
-20°C PDP / -40°CPDP -70°C PDP Part Numbers Part Numbers Part Numbers

MXLE102C MXLE102C MXLE102C-70 MXLEP2C-OL MXLEP2C-OL-60 MXLEK2C

MXLE103C MXLE103C MXLE103C-70 MXLEP3C-OL MXLEP3C-OL-60 MXLEK3C
MXLE103 MXLE103 MXLE103-70 MXLEP3-OL MXLEP3-OL-60 MXLEK3
MXLE104 MXLE104 MXLE104-70 MXLEP4-OL MXLEP4-OL-60 MXLEK4
MXLE105 MXLE105 MXLE105-70 MXLEP5-OL MXLEP5-OL-60 MXLEK5
MXLE106 MXLE106 MXLE106-70 MXLEP6-OL MXLEP6-OL-60 MXLEK6
MXLE107 MXLE107 MXLE107-70 MXLEP7-OL MXLEP7-OL-60 MXLEK7
MXLE108 MXLE108 MXLE108-70 MXLEP8-OL MXLEP8-OL-60 MXLEK8
53
 Carbon Steel Twin Tower Compressed Air Dryers

K-MT Large Flow Heatless Adsorption Dryers

Dryer Performance
Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010
Dryer Models (Standard) Classification (Option 1) Classification (Option 2) Classification
°C °F (Standard) °C °F (Option 1) °C °F (Option 2)

K-MT 10 - 95 -40 -40 Class 2.2.2 -70 -100 Class 2.1.2 -25 -13 Class 2.3.2

ISO8573-1 Classifications when used with Parker OIL-X pre / post filtration

Technical Data
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Maximum
Electrical Electrical Noise
Operating Operating Operating Operating Ambient Thread
Dryer Models Supply Supply Level
Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Type
(Standard) (Optional)
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F dB(A)
115V 1ph
230V 1ph
K-MT 10 - 95 4 58 16 232 5 41 50 122 50 122 50/60Hz BSPP 65-86
50/60Hz
or 24V DC

Flow Rates
Pipe Size Inlet Flow Rate
Model
BSPP L/s m3/min m3/h cfm
K-MT 10 1" 30 1,8 105 62
K-MT 15 1" 40 2,4 145 85
K-MT 20 1" 56 3,3 200 118
K-MT 25 1½" 70 4,3 255 150
K-MT 35 1½" 97 5,8 350 206
K-MT 45 1½" 117 7 420 247
Inlet flow rate relating to 1 bar(a) and 20 °C;
K-MT 60 2" 172 10,3 620 365 relating to the suction performance of the
K-MT 75 2" 208 12,5 750 441 compressor, compression at 7 bar(g) and
35 °C dryer inlet temperature, at 25 °C ambient
K-MT 95 2½" 261 15,7 940 553
temperature, 60 % relative humidity.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the maximum (summer) inlet temperature, maximum (summer)
ambient temperature, minimum inlet pressure, required outlet dewpoint and maximum flow rate of the installation.

To select a dryer, first calculate the MDC (Minimum Drying Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow rate table
above with a flow rate equal to or above the MDC.

Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFIT x CFAT x CFMIP x CFOD

CFIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

°C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Maximum Inlet Temperature
°F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor 0.94 0.95 1.00 1.15 1.22 1.28

CFAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature

°C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Maximum Ambient Temperature
°F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Minimum Inlet Pressure
psi g 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232
Correction Factor 1.60 1.33 1.12 1.00 0.88 0.79 0.76 0.74 0.67 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.53

CFOD - Correction Factor Outlet Dewpoint

°C -25 -40 -70
Outlet Dewpoint
°F -13 -40 -100
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 2.00
54
 www.parker.com/gsfe

W D

Weights & Dimensions

Dimensions
Model Weight
Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D)
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
K-MT 10 1411 56 814 32 466 18 120 264
K-MT 15 1740 69 814 32 466 18 138 304
K-MT 20 1515 60 645 25 466 18 143 315
K-MT 25 1735 68 623 25 506 20 173 381
K-MT 35 1783 70 778 31 534 21 210 463
K-MT 45 1808 71 807 Included
32 Filtration
555 22 249 549
K-MT 60 1847 73 857 34 607 24 277 610
K-MT 75 1980 78 952 37 628 25 408 899
K-MT 95 2001 79 998 39 658 26 510 1125

Included Filtration
Dryer Inlet Dryer Outlet
Model Oil Vapour High Efficiency Dry
High Efficiency General Purpose Dry
Reduction Filter Particulate Filter
Filter Particulate Filter
(Option) (Option)
K-MT 10 AAPX025E AOPX025E ACSPX025E AAPX025E
K-MT 15 AAPX025E AOPX025E ACSPX025E AAPX025E
K-MT 20 AAPX025E AOPX025E ACSPX025E AAPX025E
K-MT 25 AAPX030G AOPX030G ACSPX030G AAPX030G
K-MT 35 AAPX030G AOPX030G ACSPX030G AAPX030G
K-MT 45 AAPX035G AOPX035G ACSPX035G AAPX035G
K-MT 60 AAPX040H AOPX040H ACSPX040H AAPX040H
K-MT 75 AAPX040H AOPX040H ACSPX040H AAPX040H
K-MT 95 AAPX045I AOPX045I ACSPX045I AAPX045I

Parker Catalogue Numbers 230V/1ph/50Hz-60Hz

For Dryer Catalogue Number Catalogue Number

Model No Dewpoint Sensor With Dewpoint Sensor

K-MT 10 K10/16D3-G230M K10/16D3-G230MT

K-MT 15 K15/16D3-G230M K15/16D3-G230MT
K-MT 20 K20/16D3-G230M K20/16D3-G230MT
K-MT 25 K25/16D3-G230M K25/16D3-G230MT
K-MT 35 K35/16D3-G230M K35/16D3-G230MT
K-MT 45 K45/16D3-G230M K45/16D3-G230MT
K-MT 60 K60/16D3-G230M K60/16D3-G230MT
K-MT 75 K75/16D3-G230M K75/16D3-G230MT
K-MT 95 K95/16D3-G230M K95/16D3-G230MT 55
 Carbon Steel Twin Tower Compressed Air Dryers

KA-MT Large Flow Heatless Adsorption Dryers

Dryer Performance
Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010
Dryer Models (Standard) Classification (Option 1) Classification (Option 2) Classification
°C °F (Standard) °C °F (Option 1) °C °F (Option 2)

KA-MT 10 - 95 -40 -40 Class 2.2.1 -70 -100 Class 2.1.1 -25 -13 Class 2.3.1

ISO8573-1 Classifications when used with Parker OIL-X pre / post filtration

Technical Data
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Maximum
Electrical Electrical Noise
Operating Operating Operating Operating Ambient Thread
Dryer Models Supply Supply Level
Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Type
(Standard) (Optional)
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F dB(A)
115V 1ph
230V 1ph
KA-MT 10 - 95 4 58 16 232 5 41 50 122 50 122 50/60Hz BSPP 65-86
50/60Hz
or 24V DC

Flow Rates
Pipe Size Inlet Flow Rate
Model
BSPP L/s m3/min m3/h cfm
KA-MT 10 1" 30 1.8 105 62
KA-MT 15 1" 40 2.4 145 85
KA-MT 20 1" 56 3.3 200 118
KA-MT 25 1½" 70 4.3 255 150
KA-MT 35 1½" 97 5.8 350 206
KA-MT 45 1½" 117 7 420 247
Inlet flow rate relating to 1 bar(a) and 20 °C;
KA-MT 60 2" 172 10.3 620 365 relating to the suction performance of the
KA-MT 75 2" 208 12.5 750 441 compressor, compression at 7 bar(g) and
35 °C dryer inlet temperature, at 25 °C ambient
KA-MT 95 2½" 261 15.7 940 553
temperature, 60 % relative humidity.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the maximum (summer) inlet temperature, maximum (summer)
ambient temperature, minimum inlet pressure, required outlet dewpoint and maximum flow rate of the installation.

To select a dryer, first calculate the MDC (Minimum Drying Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow rate table
above with a flow rate equal to or above the MDC.

Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFIT x CFAT x CFMIP x CFOD

CFIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

°C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Maximum Inlet Temperature
°F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor 0.94 0.95 1.00 1.15 1.22 1.28

CFAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature

°C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Maximum Ambient Temperature
°F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Minimum Inlet Pressure
psi g 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232
Correction Factor 1.60 1.33 1.12 1.00 0.88 0.79 0.76 0.74 0.67 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.53

CFOD - Correction Factor Outlet Dewpoint

°C -25 -40 -70
Outlet Dewpoint
°F -13 -40 -100

56 Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 2.00

 www.parker.com/gsfe

W D

Weights & Dimensions

Dimensions
Model Weight
Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D)
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
KA-MT 10 1411 56 1118 44 466 18 161 355
KA-MT 15 1739 68 1118 44 466 18 193 425
KA-MT 20 1515 60 949 37 466 18 193 425
KA-MT 25 1735 68 926 36 506 20 234 516
KA-MT 35 1783 70 1213 47 534 21 283 624
KA-MT 45 1808 71 1245 49 555 22 334 736
KA-MT 60 1859 73 1292 51 607 24 428 944
KA-MT 75 1980 78 1447 57 628 25 555 1224
KA-MT 95 2001 79 1493 59 658 26 698 1539

Included Filtration
Dryer Inlet Dryer Outlet
Model High Efficiency Dry
General Purpose Dry
High Efficiency Filter Particulate Filter
Particulate Filter
(Option)
KA-MT 10 AAPX025E AOPX025E AAPX025E
KA-MT 15 AAPX025E AOPX025E AAPX025E
KA-MT 20 AAPX025E AOPX025E AAPX025E
KA-MT 25 AAPX030G AOPX030G AAPX030G Included in standard scope of supply:
KA-MT 35 AAPX030G AOPX030G AAPX030G Prefilter (AA) including float drain.
Afterfilter (AO) including manual drain.
KA-MT 45 AAPX035G AOPX035G AAPX035G
Optional: (Delivered separately):
KA-MT 60 AAPX040H AOPX040H AAPX040H Oil vapour reduction filter (ACS)
KA-MT 75 AAPX040H AOPX040H AAPX040H High efficiency dry particulate filter (AA)
KA-MT 95 AAPX045I AOPX045I AAPX045I including manual drain

Parker Catalogue Numbers 230V/1ph/50Hz-60Hz

For Dryer Catalogue Number Catalogue Number

Model No Dewpoint Sensor With Dewpoint Sensor

KA-MT 10 K10/16DA3-G230M K10/16DA3-G230MT

KA-MT 15 K15/16DA3-G230M K15/16DA3-G230MT
KA-MT 20 K20/16DA3-G230M K20/16DA3-G230MT
KA-MT 25 K25/16DA3-G230M K25/16DA3-G230MT
KA-MT 35 K35/16DA3-G230M K35/16DA3-G230MT
KA-MT 45 K45/16DA3-G230M K45/16DA3-G230MT
KA-MT 60 K60/16DA3-G230M K60/16DA3-G230MT
KA-MT 75 K75/16DA3-G230M K75/16DA3-G230MT
KA-MT 95 K95/16DA3-G230M K95/16DA3-G230MT
57
 Carbon Steel Twin Tower Compressed Air Dryers

KE-MT Large Flow Heatless Adsorption Dryers

Dryer Performance
Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010
Dryer Models (Standard) Classification (Option 1) Classification (Option 2) Classification
°C °F (Standard) °C °F (Option 1) °C °F (Option 2)

KE-MT 120 - 600 -40 -40 Class 2.2.2 -70 -100 Class 2.1.2 -20 -4 Class 2.3.2

ISO8573-1 Classifications when used with Parker OIL-X pre / post filtration

Technical Data
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Maximum
Electrical Electrical Noise
Operating Operating Operating Operating Ambient Thread
Dryer Models Supply Supply Level
Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Type
(Standard) (Optional)
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F dB(A)
230V 1ph 115V / 1ph
KE-MT 120 - 600 4 58 10* 145 5 41 50 122 50 122 Flange < 120
50Hz/60Hz 50/60Hz
* Higher operating pressures on request

Flow Rates
Inlet Flow Rate
Model Pipe Size
L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
KE-MT 120 DN 50 333 20 1200 706
KE-MT 150 DN 65 430 26 1550 912
KE-MT 200 DN 65 556 33 2000 1177
KE-MT 250 DN 80 695 42 2500 1472
KE-MT 300 DN 80 833 50 3000 1766
KE-MT 380 DN 100 1056 63 3800 2237 Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with reference to
20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure. For flows at other
KE-MT 500 DN 100 1347 81 4850 2855
pressures, apply the correction factors shown below.
KE-MT 600 DN 125 1695 102 6100 3590 Dryers for smaller flows are available on request.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the maximum (summer) inlet temperature, maximum (summer) ambient temperature,
minimum inlet pressure, required outlet dewpoint and maximum flow rate of the installation.

To select a dryer, first calculate the MDC (Minimum Drying Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow rate table above with a flow
rate equal to or above the MDC.

Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFIT x CFAT x CFMIP x CFOD

CFIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

°C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Maximum Inlet Temperature
°F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor 0.94 0.95 1.00 1.15 1.22 1.28

CFAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature

°C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Maximum Ambient Temperature
°F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Minimum Inlet Pressure
psi g 58 73 87 100 116 131 145
Correction Factor 1.60 1.33 1.12 1.00 0.88 0.79 0.76

CFOD - Correction Factor Outlet Dewpoint

°C -25 -40 -70
Outlet Dewpoint
°F -13 -40 -100
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 2.00

58
 www.parker.com/gsfe

W D

Weights & Dimensions

Dimensions
Model Pipe Size Weight
Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D)
BSPP or NPT
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
KE-MT 120 DN 50 2080 82 1060 42 840 33 640 1411
KE-MT 150 DN 65 2120 83 1270 50 900 35 830 1830
KE-MT 200 DN 65 2160 85 1350 53 990 39 955 2106
KE-MT 250 DN 80 2210 87 1530 60 1040 41 1075 2370
KE-MT 300 DN 80 2255 88 1600 62 1100 43 1500 3307
KE-MT 380 DN 100 2385 93 1875 73 1200 47 1990 4388
KE-MT 500 DN 100 2660 104 1925 76 1250 49 2410 5314
KE-MT 600 DN 125 2816 111 2155 85 1304 51 2700 5953

Recommended Filtration
Dryer Inlet Dryer Outlet

Model General Purpose High Efficiency General Purpose Dry Oil Vapour Reduction High Efficiency Dry
Prefilter Filter Particulate Filter Filter Particulate Filter
mandatory* mandatory* mandatory* optional optional
KE-MT 120 AOPX050I AAPX050I AOPX050I ACSPX050I AAPX050I
KE-MT 150 AOPX050I AAPX050I AOPX050I ACSPX050I AAPX050I
KE-MT 200 AOPX055I AAPX055I AOPX055I ACSPX055I AAPX055I
KE-MT 250 AOPX060K AAPX060K AOPX060K ACSPX060K AAPX060K
KE-MT 300 AOPX060K AAPX060K AOPX060K ACSPX060K AAPX060K
KE-MT 380 AO070O AA070O AO070O ACS070O AA070O
KE-MT 500 AO075O AA075P AO075O ACS075O AA075O
KE-MT 600 AO075O AA075P AO075O ACS075O AA075O

* prefilters (AO and AA) and afterfilter (AO) are mandatory but not included in scope of supply and must be ordered separately.
The filtration is mandatory to maintain trouble-free dryer operation.

Parker Catalogue Numbers

Catalogue Number Catalogue Number
Model
No Dewpoint Control With Dewpoint Control

KE-MT 120 K120/10D1-F230M K120/10D1-F230MT

KE-MT 150 K150/10D1-F230M K150/10D1-F230MT
KE-MT 200 K200/10D1-F230M K200/10D1-F230MT
KE-MT 250 K250/10D1-F230M K250/10D1-F230MT
KE-MT 300 K300/10D1-F230M K300/10D1-F230MT
KE-MT 380 K380/10D1-F230M K380/10D1-F230MT
KE-MT 500 K500/10D1-F230M K500/10D1-F230MT
KE-MT 600 K600/10D1-F230M K600/10D1-F230MT
59
 Carbon Steel Twin Tower Compressed Air Dryers

WVM Large Flow Vacuum Low Energy Adsorption Dryers

Dryer Performance
Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010
Dryer (Standard) (Option 1) (Option 2)
Classification Classification Classification
Models
°C °F (Standard) °C °F (Option 1) °C °F (Option 2)

WVM -40 -40 Class 2.2.2 -70 -100 Class 2.1.2 -20 -4 Class 2.3.2
ISO8573-1 Classifications when used with OIL-X pre / post filtration

Technical Data
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Maximum
Electrical Electrical Noise
Dryer Operating Operating Operating Operating Ambient
Supply Supply Connection Level
Models Pressure Pressure* Temperature Temperature Temperature
(Standard) (Optional)
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F dB(A)
400V 3ph
WVM 4 58 11 145 5 41 40 104 40 104 50Hz
On request Flanged 80-85

*For higher operating pressure please contact Parker GSFE Division

Flow Rates
Inlet Flow Rate Average
Model Pipe Size
L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm Power kW
WVM 45 DN 50 125 7.5 450 265 3.6
WVM 60 DN 50 169 10.2 610 359 5.3
WVM 80 DN 50 222 13.4 800 471 6.8
WVM 125 DN 80 325 19.5 1170 689 9.5
WVM 155 DN 80 408 24.5 1470 865 12.8
WVM 210 DN 80 569 34.2 2050 1207 16.8
WVM 310 DN 100 847 50.9 3050 1795 25.4 Inlet flow rate relating to 1 bar(a) and 20 °C;
WVM 370 DN 100 1028 61.8 3700 2178 30.8 relating to the suction performance of the
compressor, compression at 7 bar(g) and
WVM 520 DN 150 1403 84.3 5050 2972 41.8
35 °C dryer inlet temperature, at 25 °C ambient
WVM 615 DN 150 1681 101.0 6050 3561 52.6 temperature, 60 % relative humidity.
WVM 750 DN 150 2028 121.9 7300 4297 59.5 Dryers for higher flows are available on request.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the maximum inlet temperature, maximum ambient temperature, minimum
inlet pressure, required outlet dewpoint and maximum flow rate of the installation.

To select a dryer, first calculate the MDC (Minimum Drying Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow rate table above with
a flow rate equal to or above the MDC.

Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFMIT x CFMAT x CFMIP x CFOD

CFMIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

°C 25 30 35 40
Maximum Inlet Temperature
°F 77 86 95 104
Correction Factor 0.80 0.91 1.00 1.80

CFAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature

Maximum Ambient °C 20 25 30 35 40
Temperature °F 68 77 86 95 104
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
25% rel. hum. at 40°C; 37% rel. hum. at 35°C; 50% rel. hum. at 30°C; 70% rel. hum. at 25°C; 90% rel. hum. at 20°C
For higher ambient temperature and/or higher relative humidity please contact Parker GSFE Division.

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Minimum Inlet Pressure
psi g 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160
Correction Factor 2.00 1.39 1.18 1.00 0.99 0.87 0.79 0.56

CFOD - Correction Factor Outlet Dewpoint

°C -20 -25 -40 -70
Outlet Dewpoint
°F -4 -13 -40 -100 * Selection for Dewpoint -70°C -
Correction Factor 0.95 0.95 1.00 * Please Contact Parker GSFE Division

60
 www.parker.com/gsfe

W D

Weights & Dimensions

Dimensions (Dryer Only) Weight
Model Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) (Dryer Only)

mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs

WVM 45 2029 80 1222 48 1219 48 770 1698
WVM 60 2029 80 1222 48 1219 48 800 1764
WVM 80 2379 94 1222 48 1219 48 900 1985
WVM 125 2151 85 1692 67 1412 56 1350 2977
WVM 155 2301 91 1692 67 1412 56 1460 3219
WVM 210 2751 108 1692 67 1462 58 1870 4123
WVM 310 2692 106 2115 83 1702 67 2610 5755
WVM 370 2992 118 2115 83 1702 67 2900 6395
WVM 520 3210 126 2582 102 1910 75 4275 9426
WVM 615 3460 136 2582 102 1910 75 4735 10441
WVM 750 3450 137 2782 110 2010 79 5380 11863

Required Filtration
Dryer Inlet Dryer Outlet
Model Dryer Connection
High Efficiency Filter General Purpose Dry Particulate Filter

WVM 45 DN 50 AAPX035G AOPX035G

WVM 60 DN 50 AAPX040H AOPX040H
WVM 80 DN 50 AAPX045I AOPX045I
WVM 125 DN 80 AA065N AO065N
WVM 155 DN 80 AA065N AO065N
WVM 210 DN 80 AA065N AO065N
WVM 310 DN 100 AA070O AO070O
WVM 370 DN 100 AA070O AO070O
WVM 520 DN 150 AA075P AO075P
WVM 615 DN 150 AA075P AO075P
WVM 750 DN 150 AA080P AO080P

Parker Catalogue Numbers

Model Catalogue Number Model Catalogue Number
WVM 45 W45/11VM5-F400CT WVM 310 W310/11VM5-F400CT
WVM 60 W60/11VM5-F400CT WVM 370 W370/11VM5-F400CT
WVM 80 W80/11VM5-F400CT WVM 520 W520/11VM5-F400CT
WVM 125 W125/11VM5-F400CT WVM 615 W615/11VM5-F400CT
WVM 155 W155/11VM5-F400CT WVM 750 W750/11VM5-F400CT
WVM 210 W210/11VM5-F400CT

61
 Compressed Air Dryers

ATT+ Green Hybrid Low Energy Dryers

Dryer Performance
Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010
Dryer (Standard) (Option 1) (Option 2)
Classification Classification Classification
Models
°C °F (Standard) °C °F (Option 1) °C °F (Option 2)

ATT+ -40 -40 Class 2.2.2 -70 -100 Class 2.1.2 -20 -4 Class 2.3.2
ISO8573-1 Classifications when used with Parker OIL-X pre / post filtration

Technical Data
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Maximum
Electrical Electrical Noise
Operating Operating Operating Operating Ambient Thread
Dryer Models Supply Supply Level
Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Type
(Standard) (Optional)
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F dB(A)
230V 1ph
ATT+ 060/090/140 2 29 12 174 5 41 65 149 50 122 N/A BSPP <75
50Hz
400V 3ph
ATT+ 260/340 4 58 12 174 5 41 65 149 50 122 N/A BSPP <75
50Hz

Flow Rates
Dryer Pipe Inlet Flow Rate Average
Models Size L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm Power kW

ATT+ 060 11/2" 100 6 360 212 1.9

ATT+ 090 11/2" 150 9 540 318 2.3
ATT+ 140 2" 233 14 840 494 2.6 Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g)
ATT+ 260 21/2" 433 26 1560 918 4.2 with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water
vapour pressure. For flows at other pressures,
ATT+ 340 21/2" 567 34 2040 1200 5.6 apply the correction factors shown below.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the maximum (summer) inlet temperature, maximum (summer) ambient temperature,
minimum inlet pressure, required outlet dewpoint and maximum flow rate of the installation.

To select a dryer, first calculate the MDC (Minimum Drying Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow rate table above with a flow
rate equal to or above the MDC.

Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFIT x CFAT x CFMIP x CFOD

CFIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

Maximum Inlet °C 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122 131 140 149
Correction Factor ATT+ 0.82 0.82 1.00 1.23 1.45 1.82 2.44 2.63 2.94

CFAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature

Maximum Ambient °C 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Temperature °F 68 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor ATT+ 060/090 0.93 1.00 1.06 1.14 1.23 1.33 1.47
Correction Factor ATT+ 140/260/340 0.94 1.00 1.05 1.11 1.20 1.30 1.39

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum Inlet bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Pressure psi g 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232
Correction Factor ATT+ 1.61 1.33 1.15 1.00 0.96 0.93 0.91 0.88 0.87 N/A N/A N/A N/A

CFOD - Correction Factor Outlet Dewpoint

°C -20 -40 -70
Outlet Dewpoint
°F -4 -40 -100
Correction Factor 1 1 1

62
 www.parker.com/gsfe

ATT+060/090 ATT+140/260/340

H H

W D W D

Controller Main Functions

Controller Function
Touchscreen

Visual
Fault Indication

Service Indicator

EST - Energy
Saving
Technology

Visual Operation
Status (Strip LED)

Power On
Indication

Dewpoint Display

Alarm History

0-10V / 4-20mA
Dewpoint
Re-transmission

Data Log/
Retrieve*

Local Web Server

Modbus
Protocol**

IOT Ready
Hybrid
Dryer

ATT+ 7" • • • • • • • • • • • •
*USB **RTU RS485 TCP/IP RJ45

Weights & Dimensions

Dimensions (with Filters) Weight
Model Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) (with Filters)

mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs

ATT+ 060 1900 74.8 973 38.3 1312 51.7 380 838
ATT+ 090 1900 74.8 973 38.3 1312 51.7 420 926
ATT+ 140 2030 79.9 1180 46.5 1974 77.7 650 1433
ATT+ 260 2030 79.9 1205 47.4 1974 77.7 920 2028
ATT+ 340 2030 79.9 1205 47.4 1974 77.7 960 2116

Included Filtration
Dryer Inlet Dryer Outlet

Pipe Size General Purpose

Model General Purpose High Efficiency Oil Vapour High Efficiency Dry
BSPP Dry Particulate
Pre-filter Filter Reduction Filter Particulate Filter
Filter

ATT+ 060 11/2" AOPX030G AAPX030G - AOPX030G -

ATT+ 090 11/2" AOPX035G AAPX035G - AOPX035G -
ATT+140 2" AOPX045I AAPX045I - AOPX045I -
ATT+ 260 21/2" AOPX055J AAPX055J - AOPX055J -
ATT+ 340 21/2" AOPX055J AAPX055J - AOPX055J -

Parker Catalogue Numbers

Catalogue Number
Catalogue Number Catalogue Number Catalogue Number
Model With Bypass & Temperature
Standard With Bypass With Temperature Probe
Probe
ATT+ 060 ATT060+A23015012EITS ATT060+A23015012EITSTB ATT060+A23015012EITSTBTP ATT060+A23015012EITSTP
ATT+ 090 ATT090+A23015012EITS ATT090+A23015012EITSTB ATT090+A23015012EITSTBTP ATT090+A23015012EITSTP
ATT+ 140 ATT140+A40035012EITS ATT140+A40035012EITSTB ATT140+A40035012EITSTBTP ATT140+A40035012EITSTP
ATT+ 260 ATT260+A40035012EITS ATT260+A40035012EITSTB ATT260+A40035012EITSTBTP ATT260+A40035012EITSTP
ATT+ 340 ATT340+A40035012EITS ATT340+A40035012EITSTB ATT340+A40035012EITSTBTP ATT340+A40035012EITSTP

63
 Compressed Air Dryers

SPS Direct Expansion Refrigeration Dryers

Dryer Performance
Dryer Dewpoint (Standard) Dewpoint (Option 1) Dewpoint (Option 2)
Models °C °F °C °F °C °F
SPS +3 +37 +7 +45 +10 +50

Technical Data
Min Max Min Max Max
Electrical Electrical Noise
Dryer Operating Operating Operating Operating Ambient Thread
Supply Supply Level
Models Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Connections
(Standard) (Optional)
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F dB(A)
SPS 004-062 16 232 230V 1ph
2 29 5 41 65 149 50 122 50Hz / N/A BSPP <75
SPS 080-100 14 203 60Hz

Flow Rates
Pipe Inlet Flow Rate 50 Hz 50Hz Inlet Flow Rate 60Hz 60Hz
Model
Size L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm kW L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm kW
SPS 004 ½" 7 0.4 24 14 0.13 8 0.47 28 16 0.16
SPS 007 ½" 12 0.7 42 25 0.14 13 0.78 47 28 0.17
SPS 009 ½" 15 0.9 54 32 0.15 17 1.00 60 35 0.19 Stated flows are for operation
SPS 014 ¾" 23 1.4 84 49 0.15 27 1.60 96 57 0.18 at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with
reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0%
SPS 018 ¾" 30 1.8 108 64 0.16 34 2.07 124 73 0.20
relative water vapour pressure,
SPS 026 1" 43 2.6 156 92 0.29 49 2.93 176 104 0.36 25 °C cooling air temperature,
SPS 032 1" 53 3.2 192 113 0.30 61 3.63 218 128 0.37 35 °C air inlet temperature and
+3°C pressure dewpoint. All
SPS 040 1" 67 4.0 240 141 0.31 76 4.53 272 160 0.38
models supplied with low GWP
SPS 052 1½" 87 5.2 312 184 0.46 100 6.02 361 212 0.56 refrigerant R513A.
SPS 062 1½" 103 6.2 372 219 0.57 119 7.15 429 253 0.69
For flows at other conditions,
SPS 080 1½" 133 8.0 480 282 0.73 154 9.25 555 327 0.90
apply the correction factors
SPS 100 1½" 167 10.0 600 353 0.74 191 11.48 689 406 0.91 shown below.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the maximum (summer) inlet temperature, maximum (summer)
ambient temperature, minimum inlet pressure, required outlet dewpoint and maximum flow rate of the installation.

To select a dryer, first calculate the MDC (Minimum Drying Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow rate table
above with a flow rate equal to or above the MDC.

Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFIT x CFAT x CFMIP x CFOD

CFIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

Maximum Inlet °C 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122 131 140 149
50Hz 0.65 0.83 1.00 1.30 1.61 2.00 2.33 2.38 2.50
Correction Factor
60Hz 0.66 0.85 1.00 1.32 1.61 2.04 2.56 2.63 2.78
CFAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature
Maximum Ambient °C 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Temperature °F 68 77 86 95 104 113 122
50Hz 0.93 1.00 1.02 1.09 1.15 1.22 1.28
Correction Factor
60Hz 0.96 1.00 1.06 1.11 1.18 1.25 1.33
CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure
Minimum Inlet bar g 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Pressure psi g 44 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232
50Hz 1.35 1.23 1.11 1.06 1.00 0.93 0.85 0.83 0.81 0.79 0.77 0.75 0.73 0.71
Correction Factor
60Hz 1.45 1.23 1.11 1.06 1.00 0.93 0.85 0.83 0.81 0.79 0.77 0.75 0.73 0.71

CFOD - Correction Factor Outlet Dewpoint

°C +3 +5 +7
Outlet Dewpoint
°F +37 +41 +45
50Hz 1.00 0.78 0.70
Correction Factor
60Hz 1.00 0.79 0.72
64
 www.parker.com/gsfe

D
W

Weights & Dimensions Recommended Filtration

Dimensions Dryer Inlet Dryer Outlet
Model Weight
Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) General Purpose High Efficiency
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs Pre-Filter Post Filter

SPS 004 520 20.5 300 11.8 400 15.7 24 53 AOPX010C AAPX010C
SPS 007 520 20.5 300 11.8 400 15.7 24 53 AOPX015C AAPX015C
SPS 009 520 20.5 300 11.8 400 15.7 25 55 AOPX015C AAPX015C
SPS 014 580 22.8 330 13.0 550 21.7 35 77 AOPX020D AAPX020D
SPS 018 580 25.6 330 13.0 550 21.7 36 79 AOPX020D AAPX020D
SPS 026 650 25.6 400 15.7 630 24.8 46 101 AOPX025E AAPX025E
SPS 032 650 25.6 400 15.7 630 24.8 46 101 AOPX025E AAPX025E
SPS 040 650 25.6 400 15.7 630 24.8 47 104 AOPX025E AAPX025E
SPS 052 650 25.6 400 15.7 630 24.8 53 117 AOPX030G AAPX030G
SPS 062 650 25.6 400 15.7 630 24.8 55 121 AOPX030G AAPX030G
SPS 080 840 33.1 450 17.7 780 30.7 80 176 AOPX035G AAPX035G
SPS 100 840 33.1 450 17.7 780 30.7 80 176 AOPX035G AAPX035G

Parker Catalogue Numbers

Catalogue Number
Catalogue Number Catalogue Number Catalogue Number
Model With Electronic Drain &
With Timed Drain With Electronic Drain With External Float Drain
Energy Saving
SPS 004 SPS004-A2301DF16TIS SPS004-A2301DF16EXS - SPS004-A2301DF16FHS
SPS 007 SPS007-A2301DF16TIS SPS007-A2301DF16EXS - SPS007-A2301DF16FHS
SPS 009 SPS009-A2301DF16TIS SPS009-A2301DF16EXS - SPS009-A2301DF16FHS
SPS 014 SPS014-A2301DF16TIS SPS014-A2301DF16EXS - SPS014-A2301DF16FHS
SPS 018 SPS018-A2301DF16TIS SPS018-A2301DF16EXS - SPS018-A2301DF16FHS
SPS 026 SPS026-A2301DF16TIS SPS026-A2301DF16EXS SPS026-A2301DF16EXSES SPS026-A2301DF16FHS
SPS 032 SPS032-A2301DF16TIS SPS032-A2301DF16EXS SPS032-A2301DF16EXSES SPS032-A2301DF16FHS
SPS 040 SPS040-A2301DF16TIS SPS040-A2301DF16EXS SPS040-A2301DF16EXSES SPS040-A2301DF16FHS
SPS 052 SPS052-A2301DF16TIS SPS052-A2301DF16EXS SPS052-A2301DF16EXSES SPS052-A2301DF16FHS
SPS 062 SPS062-A2301DF16TIS SPS062-A2301DF16EXS SPS062-A2301DF16EXSES SPS062-A2301DF16FHS
SPS 080 SPS080-A2301DF14TIS SPS080-A2301DF14EXS SPS080-A2301DF14EXSES SPS080-A2301DF14FHS
SPS 100 SPS100-A2301DF14TIS SPS100-A2301DF14EXS SPS100-A2301DF14EXSES SPS100-A2301DF14FHS

65
 Compressed Air Dryers

PSE Direct Expansion Refrigeration Dryers

Dryer Performance
Dryer Dewpoint (Standard) Dewpoint (Option 1) Dewpoint (Option 2)
Models °C °F °C °F °C °F
PSE +3 +37 +7 +45 +10 +50

Technical Data
Min Max Min Max Max
Electrical Electrical Noise
Dryer Operating Operating Operating Operating Ambient Thread
Supply Supply Level
Models Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Connections
(Standard) (Optional)
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F dB(A)
PSE 400V 3ph 50Hz / BSPP & DIN
2 29 14 203 5 41 65 149 50 122 N/A <75
120 - 1800 460V 3ph 60Hz Flange

Flow Rates
Inlet Flow Rate at 50Hz Absorbed Inlet Flow Rate at 60Hz Absorbed
Pipe Power Power
Model at 50Hz at 60Hz
Size L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
kW kW
PSE 120 2" 200 12 720 424 1.32 215 13 773 455 1.7
PSE 140 2" 233 14 840 494 1.32 252 15 907 534 1.7
PSE 180 2" 300 18 1080 636 1.51 323 19 1163 685 1.9
PSE 220 21/2" 367 22 1320 777 1.79 399 24 1435 845 2.2 Stated flows are for
operation at 7 bar (g)
PSE 260 21/2" 433 26 1560 918 2.05 474 28 1708 1005 2.5
(102 psi g) with refer-
PSE 300 21/2" 500 30 1800 1059 2.62 539 32 1941 1142 3.3 ence to 20°C, 1 bar (a),
PSE 350 21/2" 583 35 2100 1236 3.22 624 37 2247 1323 4.0 0% relative water vapour
pressure, 25 °C cooling
PSE 460 DN100 767 46 2760 1625 3.22 835 50 3005 1769 3.9
air temperature, 35 °C
PSE 520 DN100 867 52 3120 1836 4.55 941 56 3386 1993 5.6 air inlet temperature and
PSE 630 DN100 1050 63 3780 2225 4.55 1172 70 4219 2483 5.6 +3°C pressure dewpoint.
All models supplied with
PSE 750 DN150 1250 75 4500 2649 6.52 1381 83 4970 2925 8.0
low GWP refrigerant
PSE 900 DN150 1500 90 5400 3178 9.05 1655 99 5957 3506 11.0 R513A.
PSE 1200 DN150 2000 120 7200 4238 9.05 2210 133 7956 4683 11.0
PSE 1500 DN200 2500 150 9000 5297 11.17 2760 166 9935 5848 13.6 For flows at other condi-
tions, apply the correction
PSE 1800 DN200 3000 180 10800 6357 13.12 3281 197 11812 6952 16.4 factors shown below.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the maximum (summer) inlet temperature, maximum (summer)
ambient temperature, minimum inlet pressure, required outlet dewpoint and maximum flow rate of the installation.

To select a dryer, first calculate the MDC (Minimum Drying Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow rate table
above with a flow rate equal to or above the MDC.

Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFIT x CFAT x CFMIP x CFOD

CFIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

Maximum Inlet °C 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
Temperature °F 86 95 104 113 122 131 140 149
Correction Factor - 50Hz & 60Hz 0.81 1.00 1.23 1.49 1.82 2.44 2.63 2.94

CFAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature

Maximum Ambient °C 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Temperature °F 68 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor - 50Hz & 60Hz 0.97 1.00 1.04 1.08 1.14 1.22 1.39

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum Inlet bar g 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Pressure psi g 44 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203
Correction Factor - 50Hz & 60Hz 1.45 1.25 1.14 1.04 1.00 0.96 0.93 0.91 0.88 0.87 0.85 0.85

CFOD - Correction Factor Outlet Dewpoint

°C +3 +5 +7 +10
Outlet Dewpoint
°F +37 +41 +45 +50
Correction Factor - 50Hz & 60Hz 1.00 0.90 0.81 0.69
66
 www.parker.com/gsfe

D
W

Weights & Dimensions Recommended Filtration

Dimensions Dryer Inlet Dryer Outlet
Model Weight
Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) General Purpose High Efficiency
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs Pre-Filter Post Filter

PSE 120 1365 53.7 703 27.7 1150 45.3 205 452 AOPX040H AAPX040H
PSE 140 1365 53.7 703 27.7 1150 45.3 205 452 AOPX040H AAPX040H
PSE 180 1365 53.7 703 27.7 1150 45.3 210 463 AOPX045I AAPX045I
PSE 220 1410 55.5 703 27.7 1151 45.3 260 573 AOPX050I AAPX050I
PSE 260 1410 55.5 703 27.7 1151 45.3 262 578 AOPX055I AAPX055I
PSE 300 1410 55.5 703 27.7 1151 45.3 264 582 AOPX055I AAPX055I
PSE 350 1410 55.5 703 27.7 1151 45.3 270 595 AOPX055I AAPX055I
PSE 460 2055 80.9 973 38.3 1287 50.7 380 838 AO070O AO070O
PSE 520 2055 80.9 973 38.3 1287 50.7 380 838 AO070O AA070O
PSE 630 2055 80.9 973 38.3 1287 50.7 420 926 AO070O AA070O
PSE 750 2055 80.9 1205 47.4 1974 77.7 730 1609 AO075P AA075P
PSE 900 2055 80.9 1205 47.4 1974 77.7 770 1698 AO075P AA075P
PSE 1200 2055 80.9 1205 47.4 1974 77.7 850 1874 AO080P AA080P
PSE 1500 2040 80.3 1517 59.7 2529 99.6 1070 2359 AO085Q AA085Q
PSE 1800 2040 80.3 1517 59.7 2529 99.6 1210 2668 AO085Q AA085Q

Parker Catalogue Numbers

Catalogue Number Catalogue Number
Model
Air Cooled Water Cooled

PSE 120 PSE120-A4X03DF14EI -

PSE 140 PSE140-A4X03DF14EI -
PSE 180 PSE180-A4X03DF14EI -
PSE 220 PSE220-A4X03DF14EITS PSE220-S4X03DF14EITS
PSE 260 PSE260-A4X03DF14EITS PSE260-S4X03DF14EITS
PSE 300 PSE300-A4X03DF14EITS PSE300-S4X03DF14EITS
PSE 350 PSE350-A4X03DF14EITS PSE350-S4X03DF14EITS
PSE 460 PSE460-A4X03DF14EITS PSE460-S4X03DF14EITS
PSE 520 PSE520-A4X03DF14EITS PSE520-S4X03DF14EITS
PSE 630 PSE630-A4X03DF14EITS PSE630-S4X03DF14EITS
PSE 750 PSE750-A4X03DF14EITS PSE750-S4X03DF14EITS
PSE 900 PSE900-A4X03DF14EITS PSE900-S4X03DF14EITS
PSE 1200 PSE1200-A4X03DF14EITS PSE1200-S4X03DF14EITS
PSE 1500 PSE1500-A4X03DF14EITS PSE1500-S4X03DF14EITS
PSE 1800 PSE1800-A4X03DF14EITS PSE1800-S4X03DF14EITS

67
 Compressed Air Filters and Dryers (20 bar to 350 bar)

GH - 350 Bar Compressed Air Filters

Filtration Performance
Particle Max Remaining Initial Dry Initial Saturated Change Precede with
Filtration Filter Reduction Filtration
Oil Content Differential Differential Element Filtration
Grade Type (inc water & oil Efficiency
at 21°C (70°F) Pressure Pressure Every Grade
aerosols)
12 months
Down to <300 mbar <350 mbar
V Dry Particulate N/A >90% or 6000 N/A
3 micron (<4.35 psi) (<5 psi)
hours
12 months
Coalescing & Down to 0.5 mg/m³ <300 mbar <370 mbar
ZP 99.925% or 6000 N/A
Dry Particulate 1 micron 0.5 ppm(w) (<4.35 psi) (<5.4 psi)
hours
12 months
Coalescing & Down to 0.01 0.01 mg/m³ <300 mbar <400 mbar
XP 99.9999% or 6000 ZP
Dry Particulate micron 0.01 ppm(w) (<4.35 psi) (<5.8 psi)
hours
When oil
Oil Vapour 0.003 mg/m³ <300 mbar
A N/A N/A N/A vapour is ZP+XP
Reduction 0.003 ppm(w) (<4.35 psi)
detected

Important Note:
Using the same filter housings as their coalescing and dry particulate counterparts, Grade A filter elements differ in that they utilise a bed of activated
carbon to adsorb oil vapour. It is important to note, in-line adsorption filter elements have a different life span compared to coalescing and dry particulate
filters and require more frequent element changes.

Technical Data
Minimum Operating Maximum Operating Minimum Operating Maximum Operating
Filtration Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature
Filter Models
Grade
bar g psi g bar g psi g ºC ºF ºC ºF
V/ZP/XP GH3/350 - GH13/350 50 725 350 5076 2 35 80 176
A GH3/350 - GH13/350 50 725 350 5076 2 35 50 122

Flow Rates Filter Coding Example

Pipe Replacement
Model L/S m³/min m³/hr cfm No. Grade Model
Size Element

GH3/350 Grade 1/2" 101 6.1 365 215 1050 Grade 1 XP GH3/350XP
GH5/350 Grade 1/2" 139 8.4 501 295 1070 Grade 1
GH7/350 Grade 1/2" 215 12.9 776 457 1140 Grade 1
GH9/350 Grade 1/2" 287 17.3 1035 609 2010 Grade 1
GH11/350 Grade 1" 514 30.9 1852 1090 2020 Grade 1
GH12/350 Grade 11/2" 782 46.9 2816 1657 2030 Grade 1
GH13/350 Grade 11/2" 1184 71.0 4261 2508 2050 Grade 1

Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative
water vapour pressure. For flows at other pressures, apply the correction factors shown below.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

To correctly select a filter model, the flow rate of the filter must be adjusted for the minimum operating (inlet) pressure at the point of installation.
1. Obtain the minimum operating (inlet) pressure and maximum compressed air flow rate at the inlet of the filter.
2. Select the correction factor for minimum inlet pressure from the CFMIP table (always round down e.g. for 155 bar, use 150 bar correction factor)
3. Calculate the minimum filtration capacity. Minimum Filtration Capacity = Compressed Air Flow Rate x CFMIP
4. Using the minimum filtration capacity, select a filter model from the flow rate tables above (filter selected must have a flow rate equal to or greater than the
minimum filtration capacity).

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum bar g 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350
Inlet
Pressure psi g 725 870 1015 1160 1305 1450 1813 2175 2538 2901 3263 3626 3989 4351 4714 5076

Correction Factor 2.65 2.42 2.24 2.09 1.97 1.87 1.67 1.53 1.41 1.32 1.25 1.18 1.13 1.08 1.04 1.00

68
 www.parker.com/gsfe

123 mm
(4.8")

Weights & Dimensions

Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Weight
Model
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
GH3/350 355 14.0 80 3.1 80 3.1 2.8 6.2

GH5/350 355 14.0 80 3.1 80 3.1 2.8 6.2

GH7/350 420 16.5 80 3.1 80 3.1 3.4 7.5

GH9/350 455 17.9 116 4.6 116 4.6 18.2 40.1

GH11/350 540 21.3 116 4.6 116 4.6 21.9 48.3

GH12/350 655 25.8 125 4.9 125 4.9 28.3 62.4

GH13/350 910 35.8 125 4.9 125 4.9 39.2 86.4

Parker Catalogue Numbers

Catalogue Number Catalogue Number Catalogue Number Catalogue Number
Model 3 Micron General Purpose High Efficiency Oil Vapour Reduction
Pre-Filters Filters Filters Filters
GH3/350 GH3/350V GH3/350ZP GH3/350XP GH3/350A
GH5/350 GH5/350V GH5/350ZP GH5/350XP GH5/350A
GH7/350 GH7/350V GH7/350ZP GH7/350XP GH7/350A
GH9/350 GH9/350V GH9/350ZP GH9/350XP GH9/350A
GH11/350 GH11/350V GH11/350ZP GH11/350XP GH11/350A
GH12/350 GH12/350V GH12/350ZP GH12/350XP GH12/350A
GH13/350 GH13/350V GH13/350ZP GH13/350XP GH13/350A

69
 Compressed Air Filters and Dryers (20 bar to 350 bar)

HDK-MT - 350 Bar Compressed Air Dryers

Dryer Performance
Dryer Dewpoint (Standard) ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint (Option 1) ISO8573-1:2010
Models Classification (Standard) Classification (Option 1)
°C °F °C °F
HDK-MT 15 - 70 -40 -40 Class 2.2.2 -20 -4 Class 2.3.2

Technical Data
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Maximum
Electrical Electrical Noise
Dryer Operating Operating Operating Operating Ambient Thread
Supply Supply Level
Models Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Type
(Standard) (Optional)
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F dB(A)
230V 1ph 115V 1ph 95-
HDK-MT 15 - 70 100 1450 350 5076 5 41 55 131 50 122 BSPP
50/60Hz 50/60Hz 115

Flow Rates
Pipe Size Inlet Flow Rate
Model
BSPP L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
HDK-MT 15/350 G½ 56 3.3 200 118
HDK-MT 20/350 G½ 83 5.0 300 177
HDK-MT 25/350 G½ 111 6.7 400 235
HDK-MT 30/350 G½ 139 8.4 500 294
HDK-MT 40/350 G¾ 217 13 780 459 Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with
HDK-MT 50/350 G¾ 261 16 940 553 reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
For flows at other pressures, apply the correction factors
HDK-MT 70/350 G¾ 328 20 1180 695 shown below.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the maximum (summer) inlet temperature, maximum (summer) ambient
temperature, minimum inlet pressure, required outlet dewpoint and maximum flow rate of the installation.

To select a dryer, first calculate the MDC (Minimum Drying Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow rate table above with a
flow rate equal to or above the MDC.

Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFIT x CFAT x CFMIP x CFOD

CFMIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

Maximum Inlet °C 30 35 40 45 50 55
Temperature °F 86 95 104 113 122 131
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.32 1.68 2.15 2.8

CFMAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature

Maximum Ambient °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum Inlet bar g 100 150 200 250 300 350
Pressure psi g 1450 2175 2900 3625 4351 5076
CFOD - Correction Factor Outlet3.57
Correction Factor
Dewpoint 2.33 1.75 1.41 1.16 1.00

CFOD - Correction Factor Outlet Dewpoint

°C -20 -40 -70
Outlet Dewpoint
°F -4 -40 -100
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 N/A

70
 www.parker.com/gsfe

W
D

Weights & Dimensions

Dimensions
Pipe Size Weight
Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D)
Model BSPP
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
HDK-MT 15/350 G½ 1050 41.3 700 27.6 370 14.6 190 86
HDK-MT 20/350 G½ 1250 49.2 700 27.6 370 14.6 220 100
HDK-MT 25/350 G½ 1450 57.1 700 27.6 370 14.6 250 114
HDK-MT 30/350 G½ 1650 65.0 700 27.6 370 14.6 280 127
HDK-MT 40/350 G¾ 1650 65.0 770 30.3 370 14.6 310 141
HDK-MT 50/350 G¾ 1850 72.8 770 30.3 450 17.7 340 155
HDK-MT 70/350 G¾ 2075 81.7 770 30.3 450 17.7 380 173

Required Filtration Included Filtration

Dryer Inlet Dryer Inlet Dryer Outlet

Pipe Size General Purpose High Efficiency

Model General Purpose High Efficiency Oil Vapour
BSPP or NPT Dry Particulate Dry Particulate
Pre-filter Filter Reduction Filter
Filter Filter

HDK-MT 15/350 G½ GH7/350ZP GH7/350XP - GH7/350ZP/VV -

HDK-MT 20/350 G½ GH7/350ZP GH7/350XP - GH7/350ZP/VV -
HDK-MT 25/350 G½ GH7/350ZP GH7/350XP - GH7/350ZP/VV -
HDK-MT 30/350 G½ GH7/350ZP GH7/350XP - GH7/350ZP/VV -
HDK-MT 40/350 G¾ GH9/350ZP GH9/350XP - GH9/350ZP/VV -
HDK-MT 50/350 G¾ GH9/350ZP GH9/350XP - GH9/350ZP/VV -
HDK-MT 70/350 G¾ GH9/350ZP GH9/350XP - GH9/350ZP/VV -

71
 Breathable Quality Compressed Air

BAC-4015 Breathable Compressed Air Purifier

Performance
Dewpoint
(Standard) ISO8573-1:2010 Classification
Model
(Standard)
°C °F
BAC-4015 -40 -40 Class 1.2.1

Technical Data
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Maximum
Electrical Noise
Operating Operating Operating Operating Ambient Thread
Model Supply Level
Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Type
(Standard)
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F dB(A)
Fully
BAC-4015 4 58 8.5 123 5 41 30 86 55 131 BSPP <75
Pneumatic

Flow Rates
Pipe Size Inlet Flow Rate Regeneration Air Requirement
Model
Inlet Outlet L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
BAC-4015 G½ G¼ 11 0.68 41 24 2.36 0.14 8.5 5
Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
For flows at other conditions, apply the correction factors shown below.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

For correct operation, breathing air purifiers must be sized using for the maximum (summer) inlet temperature, minimum inlet pressure, and
maximum flow rate of the installation.

To select a breathing air purifier, first calculate the MPC (Minimum Purification Capacity) using the formula below then select a breathing air
purifier from the flow rate table above with a flow rate equal to or above the MPC.

Minimum Purification Capacity = System Flow x CFMIT x CFMIP

CFMIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

Maximum Inlet °C 25 30
Temperature °F 77 86
Correction Factor 1.00 1.20

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum Inlet bar g 4 5 6 7 8 8.5
Pressure psi g 58 73 87 100 116 123
Correction Factor 1.60 1.33 1.14 1.00 0.89 0.84

72
 www.parker.com/gsfe

D W

Weights & Dimensions

Pipe Size Dimensions
Model BSPP Weight
Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D)
Inlet Outlet mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
BAC-4015 G½ G¼ 752 29.6 515 20.3 272 10.7 40 88.2

Included Filtration
Dryer Inlet Dryer Outlet
Model General Purpose Oil Vapour Reduction General Purpose Dry High Efficiency Dry
High Efficiency Filter
Pre-filter Filter Particulate Filter Particulate Filter

BAC-4015 • • •

General Purpose High Efficiency

General Purpose High Efficiency Oil Vapour
Filtration Performance Dry Particulate Dry Particulate
Pre-filter Filter Reduction Filter
Filter Filter
Filtration Grade - Grade AA AC - Grade AA

Filtration Type - Coalescing Adsorption - Coalescing

Particle Reduction Down to 0.01 Down to 0.01
- N/A -
(inc water & oil aerosols) micron micron
Maximum Remaining Oil Aerosol ≤0.01 mg/m3
- N/A - N/A
Content at 21oC (≤0.01 ppm(w))
Maximum Remaining Oil Vapour ≤0.003 mg/m3
- N/A - N/A
Content at System Temperature (≤0.003 ppm(w))
Filtration Efficiency - 99.9999% N/A - 99.9999%

Parker Catalogue Numbers

Model Catalogue Number
BAC-4015 BAC-4015

73
 Breathable Quality Compressed Air

BSP-MT 1-4 Breathable Compressed Air Purifier

Performance
Dewpoint
(Standard) ISO8573-1:2010
Models
Classification (Standard)
°C °F
BSP-MT 1-4 -40 -40 Class 2.2.1

Technical Data
Minimum MaximumMinimum Maximum Maximum
Electrical Electrical Electrical Noise
Operating Operating
Operating Operating Ambient Thread Level
Models Pressure Pressure
Temperature Temperature Temperature Supply Supply Supply
Type
(Standard) (Option) (Option)
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F dB(A)
230V / 1ph / 115V / 1ph /
BSP-MT 1-4 4 58 16 232 5 41 50 122 50 122 24V DC BSPP <75
50~60Hz 50~60Hz

Flow Rates
Flow Rate
Model Pipe Size
L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
BSP-MT 1 G¼ 4 0.22 13 8
BSP-MT 2 G¼ 7 0.40 24 14
BSP-MT 3 G¼ 11 0.67 40 24
BSP-MT 4 G¼ 16 0.94 56 33
Stated flows are for operation at 13 bar (g) (189 psi g), 35°C (95°F) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0%
relative water vapour pressure.
For flows at other conditions, apply the correction factors shown below.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the maximum (summer) inlet temperature, maximum
(summer) ambient temperature, minimum inlet pressure, required outlet dewpoint and maximum flow rate of the installation.

To select a dryer, first calculate the MDC (Minimum Drying Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow
rate table above with a flow rate equal to or above the MDC.

Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFIT x CFAT x CFMIP

CFIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

°C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Maximum Inlet Temperature
°F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor 0,95 0.97 1.00 1.20 1.30 1.35

CFAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature

°C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Maximum Ambient Temperature
°F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Minimum Inlet Pressure
psi g 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232
Correction Factor 2.60 2.24 1.93 1.68 1.46 1.37 1.32 1.29 1.18 1.00 0.95 0.82 0.77

74
 www.parker.com/gsfe

W D

Weights & Dimensions

Dimensions
Weight
Model Pipe Size Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D)
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
BSP-MT 1 G¼ 403 16 575 22.68 216 8.5 16.5 36.4
BSP-MT 2 G¼ 578 23 575 22.6 216 8.5 21.5 47.4
BSP-MT 3 G¼ 828 33 575 22.6 216 8.5 29.0 63.9
BSP-MT 4 G¼ 1078 42 575 22.6 216 8.5 36.0 79.4

Included Filtration
Dryer Inlet Dryer Outlet
Models General Purpose High Efficiency General Purpose Dry
Pre-filter Filter Particulate Filter
BSP-MT 1-4 • • •

General Purpose High Efficiency General Purpose Dry

Filtration Performance
Pre-filter Filter Particulate Filter

Filtration Grade AO AA AO

Filtration Type Coalescing Coalescing Dry Particulate

Particle Reduction Down to 0.01
Down to 1 micron Down to 1 micron
(inc water & oil aerosols) micron
Maximum Remaining Oil Aerosol ≤0.5 mg/m3 ≤0.01 mg/m3
N/A
Content at 21oC (≤0.5 ppm(w)) (≤0.01 ppm(w))
Maximum Remaining Oil Vapour
N/A N/A N/A
Content at System Temperature
Filtration Efficiency 99.925% 99.9999% 99.925%

Parker Catalogue Numbers

Catalogue Number
Model
No Dewpoint Control With Dewpoint Control
BSP-MT1 K1/16BP3-G230M K1/16BP3-G230MT
BSP-MT2 K2/16BP3-G230M K2/16BP3-G230MT
BSP-MT3 K3/16BP3-G230M K3/16BP3-G230MT
BSP-MT4 K4/16BP3-G230M K4/16BP3-G230MT

75
 Breathable Quality Compressed Air

BAS 050 – 0 eathable Compressed Air Purifier

Breathing Air Purifier Performance
Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010
Dryer Models (Standard) Classification
°C °F (Standard)

BAS HL -40 -40 Class 1.2.0

Technical Data
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Maximum
Electrical Electrical Noise
Operating Operating Operating Operating Ambient Thread
Dryer Models Supply Supply Level
Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Type
(Standard) (Optional)
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F dB(A)
85 - 265V
BSPP or
BAS HL 050 - 085 4 58 16 232 5 41 35 95 55 131 1ph 24V DC <75
NPT
50/60Hz

Flow Rates
Pipe Size Inlet Flow Rate
Model BSPP or
NPT L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
BAS HL 050 1/2" 15 0.92 55 32
BAS HL 055 1/2" 19 1.17 70 41
BAS HL 060 1/2" 25 1.50 90 53
BAS HL 065 1/2" 31 1.84 110 65
BAS HL 070 3/4" 42 2.51 150 88
BAS HL 075 1" 51 3.09 185 109 Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with
BAS HL 080 1" 61 3.67 220 129 reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour
pressure. For flows at other pressures, apply the correction
BAS HL 085 11/2" 83 5.01 300 177 factors shown below.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the maximum (summer) inlet temperature, maximum (summer) ambient
temperature, minimum inlet pressure, required outlet dewpoint and maximum flow rate of the installation.

To select a dryer, first calculate the MTC (Minimum Treatment Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow rate table above
with a flow rate equal to or above the MTC.

Minimum Treatment Capacity = System Flow x CFIT x CFAT x CFMIP x CFOD

CFIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

°C 25 30 35
Maximum Inlet Temperature
°F 77 86 95
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00

CFAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature

°C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Maximum Ambient Temperature
°F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Minimum Inlet Pressure
psi g 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232
Correction Factor 1.60 1.33 1.14 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

CFOD - Correction Factor Dewpoint

°C -40
Maximum Inlet Temperature
°F -40
Correction Factor 1.00
76
 www.parker.com/gsfe

W D

Weights & Dimensions

Pipe Size Dimensions
Weight
Model BSPP Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D)
or NPT mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
BAS HL 050 1/2" 1133 45 559 22 512 20.2 92 203
BAS HL 055 1/2" 1313 52 559 22 512 20.2 99 218
BAS HL 060 1/2" 1510 59 559 22 496 19.5 109 240
BAS HL 065 1/2" 1660 65 559 22 496 19.5 115 254
BAS HL 070 3/4" 2020 80 630 24.8 496 19.5 138 304
BAS HL 075 1" 1595 63 630 24.8 682 27 196 432
BAS HL 080 1” 1745 69 630 24.8 682 27 220 485
BAS HL 085 11/2" 2105 83 630 24.8 682 27 255 562

Included Filtration
Dryer Inlet Dryer Outlet
Model Oil Vapour
General Purpose High Efficiency General Purpose Dry High Efficiency Dry
Reduction Filter &
Pre-filter Filter Particulate Filter Particulate Filter
Catalyst Stage
BAS HL 050 - BAS HL 085 • • • • •

General Purpose High Efficiency

General Purpose High Efficiency Oil Vapour
Filtration Performance Dry Particulate Dry Particulate
Coalescing Filter Coalescing Filter Reduction Filter
Filter Filter
Filtration Grade Grade AO Grade AA OVR Grade AO Grade AA
Filtration Type Coalescing Coalescing Adsorption Dry Particulate Coalescing
Particle Reduction Down to Down to
Down to 1 micron N/A Down to 1 micron
(inc water & oil aerosols) 0.01 micron 0.01 micron
Maximum Remaining Oil Aerosol ≤0.5 mg/m3 ≤0.01 mg/m3
N/A N/A N/A
Content at 21oC (≤0.5 ppm(w)) (≤0.01 ppm(w))
Maximum Remaining Oil Vapour ≤0.003 mg/m3
N/A N/A N/A N/A
Content at System Temperature (≤0.003 ppm(w))
Filtration Efficiency 99.925% 99.9999% N/A 99.925% 99.9999%

Parker Catalogue Numbers

Catalogue Number
Model
BSP NPT
BAS HL 050 BASHL050-40G16AE BASHL050-40N16AE
BAS HL 055 BASHL055-40G16AE BASHL055-40N16AE
BAS HL 060 BASHL060-40G16AE BASHL060-40N16AE
BAS HL 065 BASHL065-40G16AE BASHL065-40N16AE
BAS HL 070 BASHL070-40G16AE BASHL070-40N16AE
BAS HL 075 BASHL075-40G16AE BASHL075-40N16AE
BAS HL 080 BASHL080-40G16AE BASHL080-40N16AE
BAS HL 085 BASHL085-40G16AE BASHL085-40N16AE
77
 Breathable Quality Compressed Air

BAM 10-70 Breathable Compressed Air Purifier

Dryer Performance
Dewpoint
(Standard) ISO8573-1:2010 Classification
Models
(Standard)
°C °F
BAM -40 -40 Class 1.2.1

Technical Data
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Maximum
Electrical Noise
Operating Operating Operating Operating Ambient Thread
Models Supply Level
Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Type
(Standard)
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F dB(A)
85 - 265V BSPP or
BAM10 - BAM70 4 58 13 190 5 41 35 95 55 131 <75
1ph 50/60Hz NPT

Flow Rates
Inlet Flow Rate Regeneration Air Requirement
Model Pipe Size
L/s m /min
3
m /hr
3
cfm L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
BAM10 G2 113 6.81 408 240 22.6 1.36 82 48
BAM20 G2 170 10.22 612 360 34.0 2.04 122 72
BAM30 G2 213 12.78 795 450 42.6 2.60 159 90
BAM40 G2 283 17 1020 600 56.6 3.40 204 120
BAM50 G2½ 354 21 1275 750 70.8 4.20 255 150
BAM70 G2½ 496 30 1785 1050 99.2 6.00 357 210
Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
For flows at other conditions, apply the correction factors shown below.

Product Selection & Correction Factors

For correct operation, breathing air purifiers must be sized using for the maximum (summer) inlet temperature, minimum inlet pressure and
maximum flow rate of the installation.

To select a breathing air purifier, first calculate the MPC (Minimum Purification Capacity) using the formula below then select a breathing air purifier
from the flow rate table above with a flow rate equal to or above the MPC.

Minimum Purification Capacity = System Flow x CFMIT x CFMIP

CFIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

Maximum Inlet °C 25 30 35
Temperature °F 77 86 95
Correction Factor 1.00 1.20 1.00

CFMIP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum Inlet bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Pressure psi g 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189
Correction Factor 1.60 1.33 1.14 1.00 0.89 0.80 0.73 0.67 0.62 0.57

78
 www.parker.com/gsfe

W D

Weights & Dimensions

Dimensions
Model Pipe Size Weight
Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D)
BSPP
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
BAM10 G2 1797 70.7 1260 49.6 1655 65.2 600 1322
BAM20 G2 1797 70.7 1260 49.6 1655 65.2 700 1543
BAM30 G2 2042 80.4 1260 49.6 1655 65.2 800 1763
BAM40 G2½ 2042 80.4 1260 49.6 1655 65.2 900 1984
BAM50 G2½ 2042 80.4 1260 49.6 1950 76.8 1100 2425
BAM70 G2½ 2042 80.4 1260 49.6 1950 76.8 1400 3086

Included Filtration
Dryer Inlet Dryer Outlet
Pipe Size
Models General Purpose High Efficiency Oil Vapour General Purpose Dry High Efficiency Dry
BSPP or NPT
Pre-filter Filter Reduction Filter Particulate Filter Particulate Filter
BAM10 - BAM70 G2 • • • • •

General Purpose High Efficiency

General Purpose High Efficiency Oil Vapour
Filtration Performance Dry Particulate Dry Particulate
Pre-filter Filter Reduction Filter
Filter Filter

Filtration Grade Grade AO Grade AA OVR Grade AO Grade AA

Filtration Type Coalescing Coalescing Adsorption Dry Particulate Coalescing

Particle Reduction Down to Down to
Down to 1 micron N/A Down to 1 micron
(inc water & oil aerosols) 0.01 micron 0.01 micron
Maximum Remaining Oil Aerosol ≤0.5 mg/m3 ≤0.01 mg/m3
N/A N/A N/A
Content at 21oC (≤0.5 ppm(w)) (≤0.01 ppm(w))
Maximum Remaining Oil Vapour ≤0.003 mg/m3
N/A N/A N/A N/A
Content at System Temperature (≤0.003 ppm(w))
Filtration Efficiency 99.925% 99.9999% N/A 99.925% 99.9999%

Parker Catalogue Numbers

Model Catalogue Number
BAM10 BAM10
BAM20 BAM20
BAM30 BAM30
BAM40 BAM40
BAM50 BAM50
BAM60 BAM60
BAM70 BAM70

79
 Condensate Management

ES2000 Series Oil / Water Separators

Product Selection
Correct selection is critical for the operation of oil/water Drain Types
separators. Increased condensate flow through an oil/water
The condensate should be removed from the compressed
separator reduces settlement time in the main tank, increases
air system using a drainage method that does not cause
oil carryover to the carbon stage & reduces contact time with the
emulsification of the condensate and is appropriate for the unit.
carbon. The overall effect of incorrect sizing is poor outlet water
Usual methods include :
quality, reduced carbon filter life and the potential for overflowing.
• Level Operated Electronic Drain
Capacities shown in this catalogue assume installation in two
of the world’s major climatic conditions. Should the oil/water • Float Drain
separator be installed in conditions other than those shown,
please contact your local Parker outlet or approved distributor/ • Timed Solenoid Drain*
agent for correct sizing. Parker recommends the use of the ED3000 Series range of
condensate drains. Manual and Thermodynamic Disc trap drains
must not be used with the ES2000 Series oil/water separators.
Oil Types *If the use of timed solenoid drains is unavoidable, steps must be taken to reduce the
To simplify the selection, lubricant classifications have been split air loss as this has an emulsifying effect on the condensate.
into three bands depending upon their ability to separate within a
static type oil/water separator.
Refrigeration Dryers
A refrigeration dryer installed in a compressed air system
Band A: Turbine Oil, Additive Free Oil can significantly increase the condensate produced. The oil/
Band B: Mineral water separator must be sized appropriately to treat the extra
condensate produced. Flow capacities within this literature are
Poly alpha olefins (PAO) shown both with and without a refrigeration dryer installed.
Trimethylolpropane Ester (TMP),
Pentaerythrityl Ester (PE)
Band C: Diesters, Triesters,
Polyoxyalkylene glycol (PAG)
Inseparable using static Separation
Techniques: Automatic transmission fluid (ATF)

Important Note:
Additives blended into the lubricants to prevent bacterial growth, rusting, corrosion, and to promote emulsification,
such as detergents etc., can have an impact on the separating process. Static oil/water separators are unable to separate stable
emulsions or oils that are miscible in water. Additionally, these units will not totally separate lubricants containing: Emulsifying
Agents; Glycol additives; or Polyglycol based coolants.

80
 www.parker.com/gsfe

Climate Condition 1 - Outlet quality: <20mg/l oil in water

System Conditions
Ambient Temperature at Compressor Inlet: 25°C (77°F) Refrigeration Dryer Dewpoint If Fitted: 3°C
Relative Humidity: 65% Minimum System Temperature If Refrigeration Dryer Is Not Fitted: 30°C (86°F)
Compressor Discharge Temperature: 35°C (95°F) System Pressure: 7 bar g (102 psi g) Outlet quality: <20mg/l oil in water

Oil Type
No Refrigeration Dryer
Installed in System Band A Band B Band C
Turbine, Additive Free Mineral, PAO, TMP, PE Diesters, Triesters, PAG
Compressor Type Model L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
ES2100 36.9 2.2 133 78 30.8 1.9 111 66 25.6 1.5 92 54
ES2150 58.6 3.5 211 124 50.0 3 180 106 40.6 2.4 146 86
ES2200 90.3 5.4 325 191 76.7 4.6 276 163 62.5 3.7 225 132
Rotary Screw,
ES2300 126.7 7.6 456 268 106.4 6.4 383 225 87.5 5.3 315 185
Vane
ES2400 253.4 15.2 912 537 212.8 12.8 766 451 175.0 10.5 630 371
ES2500 501.4 30.1 1805 1062 425.0 25.5 1530 900 346.4 20.8 1247 734
ES2600 997.6 59.9 3591 2114 849.2 51 3057 1800 689.5 41.4 2482 1461

Oil Type
Refrigeration Dryer
Installed in System Band A Band B Band C
Turbine, Additive Free Mineral, PAO, TMP, PE Diesters, Triesters, PAG
Compressor Type Model L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
ES2100 27.8 1.7 100 59 23.3 1.4 84 49 19.2 1.2 69 41
ES2150 43.9 2.6 158 93 37.5 2.3 135 80 30.6 1.8 110 65
ES2200 67.8 4.1 244 144 57.8 3.5 208 122 46.9 2.8 169 99
Rotary Screw,
ES2300 95.3 5.7 343 202 80.0 4.8 288 169 65.8 3.9 237 139
Vane
ES2400 190.3 11.4 685 403 159.7 9.6 575 339 131.7 7.9 474 279
ES2500 377.0 22.6 1357 798 319.2 19.2 1149 677 260.6 15.6 938 552
ES2600 749.8 45 2699 1589 638.4 38.3 2298 1352 518.1 31.1 1865 1098

Climate Condition 2 - Outlet quality: <20mg/l oil in water

System Conditions
Ambient Temperature at Compressor Inlet: 35°C (95°F) Refrigeration Dryer Dewpoint If Fitted: 3°C
Relative Humidity: 85% Minimum System Temperature If Refrigeration Dryer Is Not Fitted: 40°C (104°F)
Compressor Discharge Temperature: 45°C (113°F) System Pressure: 7 bar g (102 psi g) Outlet quality: <20mg/l oil in water

Oil Type
No Refrigeration Dryer
Installed in System Band A Band B Band C
Turbine, Additive Free Mineral, PAO, TMP, PE Diesters, Triesters, PAG
Compressor Type Model L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
ES2100 13.9 0.8 50 30 11.7 0.7 42 25 9.7 0.6 35 21
ES2150 22.2 1.3 80 47 18.9 1.1 68 40 15.6 0.9 56 33
ES2200 34.2 2.1 123 73 29.2 1.7 105 62 23.6 1.4 85 50
Rotary Screw,
ES2300 48.1 2.9 173 102 40.3 2.4 145 85 33.1 2 119 70
Vane
ES2400 96.1 5.8 346 204 80.6 4.8 290 171 66.4 4 239 141
ES2500 190.0 11.4 684 403 161.1 9.7 580 341 131.4 7.9 473 278
ES2600 378.4 22.7 1362 801 322.0 19.3 1159 682 261.4 15.7 941 554

Oil Type
Refrigeration Dryer
Installed in System Band A Band B Band C
Turbine, Additive Free Mineral, PAO, TMP, PE Diesters, Triesters, PAG
Compressor Type Model L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
ES2100 11.4 0.7 41 24 9.4 0.6 34 20 7.8 0.5 28 17
ES2150 17.8 1.1 64 38 15.3 0.9 55 32 12.5 0.7 45 26
ES2200 27.5 1.7 99 59 23.6 1.4 85 50 19.2 1.1 69 40
Rotary Screw,
ES2300 38.9 2.3 140 82 32.5 2 117 69 26.7 1.6 96 57
Vane
ES2400 77.5 4.7 279 164 65.0 3.9 234 138 53.6 3.2 193 114
ES2500 153.3 9.2 552 325 130.0 7.8 468 275 106.1 6.4 382 225
ES2600 305.3 18.3 1099 647 260.0 15.6 936 551 210.9 12.7 759 447

For systems using 1 or 2 stage piston/reciprocating compressors multiply compressor flow by 1.4 and select a separator from screw
compressor flow rates shown, ensuring due consideration is given to oil type. For sizing at conditions other than those shown,
please contact Parker for correct product selection.

81
 Condensate Management

Climate Condition 1 - Outlet quality: <10mg/l oil in water

System Conditions
Ambient Temperature at Compressor Inlet: 25°C (77°F) Refrigeration Dryer Dewpoint If Fitted: 3°C
Relative Humidity: 65% Minimum System Temperature If Refrigeration Dryer Is Not Fitted: 30°C (86°F)
Compressor Discharge Temperature: 35°C (95°F) System Pressure: 7 bar g (102 psi g) Outlet quality: <10mg/l oil in water

Oil Type
No Refrigeration Dryer
Installed in System Band A Band B Band C
Turbine, Additive Free Mineral, PAO, TMP, PE Diesters, Triesters, PAG
Compressor Type Model L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
ES2100 20.6 1.2 74 43 17.2 1 62 36 14.2 0.9 51 30
ES2150 32.5 2 117 69 27.8 1.7 100 59 22.5 1.4 81 48
ES2200 50.3 3 181 106 42.5 2.6 153 90 34.7 2.1 125 73
Rotary Screw,
ES2300 70.3 4.2 253 149 59.2 3.5 213 125 48.6 2.9 175 103
Vane
ES2400 140.8 8.4 507 298 118.1 7.1 425 250 97.2 5.8 350 206
ES2500 278.6 16.7 1003 590 236.1 14.2 850 500 192.5 11.6 693 408
ES2600 554.2 33.3 1995 1174 472.0 28.3 1699 1000 383.1 23 1379 812

Oil Type
Refrigeration Dryer
Installed in System Band A Band B Band C
Turbine, Additive Free Mineral, PAO, TMP, PE Diesters, Triesters, PAG
Compressor Type Model L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
ES2100 15.6 0.9 56 33 13.1 0.8 47 27 10.6 0.6 38 23
ES2150 24.4 1.5 88 52 20.8 1.3 75 44 16.9 1 61 36
ES2200 37.8 2.3 136 80 31.9 1.9 115 68 26.1 1.6 94 55
Rotary Screw,
ES2300 52.8 3.2 190 112 44.4 2.7 160 94 36.7 2.2 132 77
Vane
ES2400 105.8 6.3 381 224 88.9 5.3 320 188 73.1 4.4 263 155
ES2500 209.5 12.6 754 444 177.5 10.6 639 376 144.7 8.7 521 307
ES2600 416.4 25 1499 883 354.8 21.3 1277 751 287.8 17.3 1036 610

Climate Condition 2 - Outlet quality: <10mg/l oil in water

System Conditions
Ambient Temperature at Compressor Inlet: 35°C (95°F) Refrigeration Dryer Dewpoint If Fitted: 3°C
Relative Humidity: 85% Minimum System Temperature If Refrigeration Dryer Is Not Fitted: 40°C (104°F)
Compressor Discharge Temperature: 45°C (113°F) System Pressure: 7 bar g (102 psi g) Outlet quality: <10mg/l oil in water

Oil Type
No Refrigeration Dryer
Installed in System Band A Band B Band C
Turbine, Additive Free Mineral, PAO, TMP, PE Diesters, Triesters, PAG
Compressor Type Model L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
ES2100 7.8 0.5 28 16 6.4 0.4 23 14 5.3 0.3 19 11
ES2150 12.2 0.7 44 26 10.6 0.6 38 22 8.6 0.5 31 18
ES2200 18.9 1.1 68 40 16.1 1 58 34 13.1 0.8 47 28
Rotary Screw,
ES2300 26.7 1.6 96 57 22.5 1.3 81 47 18.3 1.1 66 39
Vane
ES2400 53.3 3.2 192 113 44.7 2.7 161 95 36.9 2.2 133 78
ES2500 105.6 6.3 380 224 89.5 5.4 322 190 73.1 4.4 263 155
ES2600 210.0 12.6 756 445 178.9 10.7 644 379 145.3 8.7 523 308

Oil Type
Refrigeration Dryer
Installed in System Band A Band B Band C
Turbine, Additive Free Mineral, PAO, TMP, PE Diesters, Triesters, PAG
Compressor Type Model L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
ES2100 6.4 0.4 23 13 5.3 0.3 19 11 4.4 0.3 16 9
ES2150 10.0 0.6 36 21 8.6 0.5 31 18 6.9 0.4 25 15
ES2200 15.3 0.9 55 33 13.1 0.8 47 28 10.6 0.6 38 22
Rotary Screw,
ES2300 21.7 1.3 78 46 18.1 1.1 65 38 15.0 0.9 54 32
Vane
ES2400 43.1 2.6 155 91 36.1 2.2 130 77 29.7 1.8 107 63
ES2500 85.3 5.1 307 181 72.2 4.3 260 153 58.9 3.5 212 125
ES2600 169.7 10.2 611 359 144.5 8.7 520 306 117.2 7 422 248

For systems using 1 or 2 stage piston/reciprocating compressors multiply compressor flow by 1.4 and select a separator from screw
compressor flow rates shown, ensuring due consideration is given to oil type. For sizing at conditions other than those shown,
please contact Parker for correct product selection.

82
 www.parker.com/gsfe

Climate Condition 1 - Outlet quality: <5mg/l oil in water

System Conditions
Ambient Temperature at Compressor Inlet: 25°C (77°F) Refrigeration Dryer Dewpoint If Fitted: 3°C
Relative Humidity: 65% Minimum System Temperature If Refrigeration Dryer Is Not Fitted: 30°C (86°F)
Compressor Discharge Temperature: 35°C (95°F) System Pressure: 7 bar g (102 psi g) Outlet quality: <5mg/l oil in water

Oil Type
No Refrigeration Dryer
Installed in System Band A Band B Band C
Turbine, Additive Free Mineral, PAO, TMP, PE Diesters, Triesters, PAG
Compressor Type Model L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
ES2100 10.3 0.6 37 22 8.6 0.5 31 18 7.2 0.4 26 15
ES2150 16.4 1 59 34 13.9 0.8 50 29 11.4 0.7 41 24
ES2200 25.0 1.5 90 53 21.4 1.3 77 45 17.2 1 62 37
Rotary Screw,
ES2300 35.3 2.1 127 75 29.4 1.8 106 63 24.4 1.5 88 52
Vane
ES2400 70.3 4.2 253 149 59.2 3.5 213 125 48.6 2.9 175 103
ES2500 139.2 8.4 501 295 118.1 7.1 425 250 96.4 5.8 347 204
ES2600 277.2 16.6 998 587 235.9 14.2 849 500 191.4 11.5 689 406

Oil Type
Refrigeration Dryer
Installed in System Band A Band B Band C
Turbine, Additive Free Mineral, PAO, TMP, PE Diesters, Triesters, PAG
Compressor Type Model L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
ES2100 7.8 0.5 28 16 6.4 0.4 23 14 5.3 0.3 19 11
ES2150 12.2 0.7 44 26 10.6 0.6 38 22 8.6 0.5 31 18
ES2200 18.9 1.1 68 40 16.1 1 58 34 13.1 0.8 47 28
Rotary Screw,
ES2300 26.4 1.6 95 56 22.2 1.3 80 47 18.3 1.1 66 39
Vane
ES2400 52.8 3.2 190 112 44.4 2.7 160 94 36.7 2.2 132 77
ES2500 104.7 6.3 377 222 88.6 5.3 319 188 72.2 4.3 260 153
ES2600 208.4 12.5 750 441 177.2 10.6 638 376 143.9 8.6 518 305

Climate Condition 2 - Outlet quality: <5mg/l oil in water

System Conditions
Ambient Temperature at Compressor Inlet: 35°C (95°F) Refrigeration Dryer Dewpoint If Fitted: 3°C
Relative Humidity: 85% Minimum System Temperature If Refrigeration Dryer Is Not Fitted: 40°C (104°F)
Compressor Discharge Temperature: 45°C (113°F) System Pressure: 7 bar g (102 psi g) Outlet quality: <5mg/l oil in water

Oil Type
No Refrigeration Dryer
Installed in System Band A Band B Band C
Turbine, Additive Free Mineral, PAO, TMP, PE Diesters, Triesters, PAG
Compressor Type Model L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
ES2100 3.9 0.2 14 8 3.3 0.2 12 7 2.8 0.2 10 6
ES2150 6.1 0.4 22 13 5.3 0.3 19 11 4.2 0.3 15 9
ES2200 9.4 0.6 34 20 8.1 0.5 29 17 6.7 0.4 24 14
Rotary Screw,
ES2300 13.3 0.8 48 28 11.1 0.7 40 24 9.2 0.6 33 20
Vane
ES2400 26.7 1.6 96 57 22.5 1.3 81 47 18.3 1.1 66 39
ES2500 52.8 3.2 190 112 44.7 2.7 161 95 36.4 2.2 131 77
ES2600 105.0 6.3 378 223 89.5 5.4 322 190 72.5 4.4 261 154

Oil Type
Refrigeration Dryer
Installed in System Band A Band B Band C
Turbine, Additive Free Mineral, PAO, TMP, PE Diesters, Triesters, PAG
Compressor Type Model L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
ES2100 3.1 0.2 11 7 2.5 0.2 9 6 2.2 0.1 8 5
ES2150 5.0 0.3 18 11 4.2 0.3 15 9 3.3 0.2 12 7
ES2200 7.8 0.5 28 16 6.4 0.4 23 14 5.3 0.3 19 11
Rotary Screw,
ES2300 10.8 0.6 39 23 9.2 0.5 33 19 7.5 0.4 27 16
Vane
ES2400 21.7 1.3 78 46 18.1 1.1 65 38 15.0 0.9 54 32
ES2500 42.5 2.6 153 90 36.1 2.2 130 77 29.4 1.8 106 62
ES2600 84.7 5.1 305 180 72.2 4.3 260 153 58.6 3.5 211 124

For systems using 1 or 2 stage piston/reciprocating compressors multiply compressor flow by 1.4 and select a separator from screw
compressor flow rates shown, ensuring due consideration is given to oil type. For sizing at conditions other than those shown,
please contact Parker for correct product selection.

83
 Condensate Management

ES2000 Series Oil / Water Separators

Separator Performance
Separator Service
Separator Models Residual Oil in Water Content (Outlet)
Type Period

Each Separator model is sizeable to deliver a residual oil in water level of: When oil in
<20mg/L water levels
ES2100 - ES2600 Static <10mg/L exceed allowed
<5mg/L levels

Technical Data
Model ES2100 ES2150 ES2200 ES2300 ES2400 ES2500 ES2600

1 x 1/2" 1 x 1/2" 1 x 1/2" 1 x 1/2" 1 x 1/2" 1 x 1/2" 1 x 1/2"

Inlet Connections
1 x 1/4" 1 x 1/4" 1 x 1/4" 3 x 1/4" 3 x 1/4" 3 x 1/4" 3 x 1/4"
Outlet Hose Connections 19mm (3/4") 25mm (1") 19mm (3/4") 25mm (1") 25mm (1") 25mm (1") 25mm (1")
N/A 60 litres 75 litres 125 litres 185 litres 355 litres 485 litres
Settlement Tank Capacity
N/A 16 US G 20 US G 33 US G 49 US G 94 US G 128 US G
Max. Pressure 16 bar g (232 psi g)
Min/ Max °C 5 to 35 5 to 35 5 to 35 5 to 35 5 to 35 5 to 35 5 to 35
Temperature °F 41 to 95 41 to 95 41 to 95 41 to 95 41 to 95 41 to 95 41 to 95
Material (Recyclable) Polyethylene

84
 www.parker.com/gsfe

H H

D D W
W
ES2100 ES2150 to ES2600

Weights and Dimensions

Weight
Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D)
Model Empty Full
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs kg lbs
ES2100 842 33.1 250 9.8 315 12.4 6 13 24.5 154
ES2150 810 31.9 350 13.8 430 16.9 10 22 78.5 173
ES2200 805 31.7 350 13.8 450 17.7 12 26 93.5 206
ES2300 1195 47.0 500 19.7 800 31.5 27 59 159 350
ES2400 1195 47.0 650 26.6 800 31.5 36 79 217 477
ES2500 1535 60.4 700 27.6 985 38.8 70 154 400 880
ES2600 1535 60.4 1000 39.4 1010 39.8 97 214 550 1210

Parker Catalogue Numbers Maintenance Kits Service Kits - Vent Filter

Quantity
Model Catalogue Number Model Part Number Model Part Number
Required

ES2100 ES2100-TI ES2100-TI 1 ESMK1 ES2100-TI ESVF1

ES2150 ES2150-TI ES2150-TI 1 ESMK1 ES2150-TI ESVF1
ES2200 ES2200-TI ES2200-TI 1 ESMK1 ES2200-TI ESVF1
ES2300 ES2300-TI ES2300-TI 1 ESMK2 ES2300-TI ESVF2
ES2400 ES2400-TI ES2400-TI 2 ESMK2 ES2400-TI ESVF2
ES2500 ES2500-TI ES2500-TI 1 ESMK3 ES2500-TI ESVF2
ES2600 ES2600-TI ES2600-TI 2 ESMK3 ES2600-TI ESVF2

85
 Condensate Management

HDF & ED Level Sensing Condensate Drains

Technical Data
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum
Drain Type Drain Models Operating Pressure Operating Pressure Operating Temperature Operating Temperature

bar g psi g bar g psi g ºC ºF ºC ºF

External Float HDF120 - 220 1 15 16 232 2 35 60 140
Electronic Level Sensing ED3002 - ED3100 1 15 16 232 2 35 60 140
Electronic Level Sensing ED4100 16 232 50 725 2 35 50 122

Flow Rates - Zero Air Loss External Float Drains

Pipe
Compressed Air Flow Rate Electrical
Model Size
Supply
Inlet Outlet L/S m³/min m³/hr cfm
HDF120-A 1/2" 1/2" 1500 90 5400 3178 -
HDF180-A 1" 1/2" 1667 100 6000 3532 -
HDF220-A 1" 1/2" 4167 251 15000 8829 -
External float drain (with built-in air vent)

HDF120 1/2" 1/2" 1500 90 5400 3178 -

HDF180 1" 1/2" 1667 100 6000 3532 -
HDF220 1" 1/2" 4167 251 15000 8829 -
External float drain (without air vent)

HDF220BE 1" 1/2" 1806 109 6500 3826 -

External float drains BioEnergy

Flow Rates - Zero Air Loss Electronic Level Sensing Drains

Pipe Compressed Air Flow Rate Compressed Air Flow Rate Compressed Air Flow Rate
Size (Aftercooler / Air Receiver) (Refrigeration Dryer) (Filter) Electrical
Model
Supply
Inlet Outlet L/S m³/min m³/hr cfm L/S m³/min m³/hr cfm L/S m³/min m³/hr cfm
ED3002-G230 1 x G½ G3/8 - - - - - - - - 200 12 720 424 230/1/50-60
ED3004-G230 1 x G½ G3/8 67 4 240 141 133 8 480 283 667 40 2400 1413 230/1/50-60
ED3007-G230 2 x G½ G3/8 117 7 420 247 233 14 840 494 1167 70 4200 2472 230/1/50-60
ED3030-G230 2 x G½ G3/8 500 30 1800 1059 1000 60 3600 2119 5000 301 18000 10595 230/1/50-60
ED3100-G230 2 x G½ G3/8 1667 100 6000 3532 3334 200 12000 7063 16668 1002 60000 35316 230/1/50-60
230V/1PH/50-60Hz - 16 bar g (232 psi g)

ED3007-G24D 2 x G½ G3/8 117 7 420 247 233 14 840 494 1167 70 4200 2472 24V DC
ED3030-G24D 2 x G½ G3/8 500 30 1800 1059 1000 60 3600 2119 5000 301 18000 10595 24V DC
ED3100-G24D 2 x G½ G3/8 1667 100 6000 3532 3334 200 12000 7063 16668 1002 60000 35316 24V DC
24V DC - 16 bar g (232 psi g)

ED4100/50-G230 G½ G¼ 1667 100 6000 3532 3334 200 12000 7063 16668 1002 60000 35316 230/1/50-60
230V/1PH/50-60Hz - 50 bar g (725 psi g)

ED4100/50-G24D G½ G¼ 1667 100 6000 3532 3334 200 12000 7063 16668 1002 60000 35316 24V DC
24V DC - 50 bar g (725 psi g)

Stated flows are for operation at max operating pressure shown above, ambient air 25°C (77°F) / 60% RH, compressor discharge temperature 35°C (95°F),
refrigeration dryer pressure dewpoint +3°C, with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure. Refrigeration dryer and filter flow rates
assume adequate condensate drainage upstream.

86
 www.parker.com/gsfe

HDF 120 - 180 ED 3002 - 4100

H
H
W D

HDF 220

H D

W D W

Weight & Dimensions

Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Weight
Model
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
HDF120 111 4.4 156 6.1 108 4.3 0.9 2.0
HDF180 111 4.4 156 6.1 108 4.3 0.9 2.0
HDF220 111 4.4 266 10.5 108 4.3 1.9 4.2
HDF220BE 111 4.4 266 10.5 108 4.3 1.9 4.2
ED3002 146 5.7 110 4.3 67 2.6 0.5 1.1
ED3004 139 5.5 101 4.0 67 2.6 0.6 1.3
ED3007 164 6.5 122 4.8 67 2.6 1 2.2
ED3030 164 6.5 137 5.4 67 2.6 1 2.2
ED3100 164 6.5 197 7.8 67 2.6 2 4.4
ED4100 115 4.5 178 7.0 87 3.4 1.9 4.2

Parker Catalogue Numbers (HDF Drains)

Catalogue Number Catalogue Number Catalogue Number
Model
BSPP / 16 bar g BSPP/ 16 bar g + Vent NPT / 16 bar g + Vent

HDF120 HDF120 HDF120A HDF120NPTA

HDF180 HDF180 HDF180A HDF180NPTA
HDF220 HDF220 HDF220A HDF220NPTA

Parker Catalogue Numbers (ED Drains)

Catalogue Number Catalogue Number
Model
230V, 50-60 Hz / 16 bar g 24V DC / 16 bar g

ED3002 ED3002-G230 -
ED3004 ED3004-G230 -
ED3007 ED3007-G230 ED3007-G24D
ED3030 ED3030-G230 ED3030-G24D
ED3100 ED3100-G230 ED3100-G24D

87
 Thermal and Power Management

Hypercool Air and Water Cooled Aftercoolers

Technical Data - Hypercool Water Cooled

Maximum Pipe
Flow Rate
Model Operating Pressure Conn.

m³/h m³/min bar g psi g Air Water

Standard Version
WFN050 3000 50 12 174 DN125 1¼"

WFN090 5400 90 12 174 DN200 1¼"

Removable Tube-Bundle
WRN007 420 7 16 232 DN 50 ½"

WRN016 960 16 16 232 DN 80 ¾"

WRN028 1680 28 12 174 DN 100 1"

WRN050 3000 50 12 174 DN 125 1¼"

WRN090 5400 90 12 174 DN 200 1¼"

WRN130 7800 130 10 145 DN 250 1½"

WRN170 10200 170 10 145 DN 300 2"

WRN250 15000 250 10 145 DN 350 DN 65

WRN350 21000 350 10 145 DN 450 DN 80

WRN450 27000 450 10 145 DN 500 DN 100

WRN550 33000 550 10 145 DN 600 DN 100

Performances refer to clean cooler conditions with air at FAD 20°C / 1 bar A, and at the following working conditions: air suction 25°C / 60%RH,
7 bar g working pressure, 120°C compressed air inlet temperature, temperature approach between air outlet and water inlet of ca. 10°C. Maximum air inlet
temperature: 200°C (for higher temperatures and other gases contact Parker Sales Companies).

88
 www.parker.com/gsfe

050-090 (with Hypersep SFH* separator)

D
A C

C B

B
B

½" BSP
(*)

*Hypersep liquid separator sold separately.

Weights and Dimensions - Hypercool Water Cooled

A B C D Weight
Model
mm ins mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs

Standard Version

WFN050 1300 51.2 100 3.9 58 2.3 1963 77.3 71 156

WFN090 1300 51.2 100 3.9 65 2.6 1990 78.3 121 266

Removable Tube-Bundle
WRN007 1050 41.3 72 2.8 77 3.0 1257 49.5 20 44

WRN016 1300 51.2 122 4.8 92 3.6 1563 61.5 37 81

WRN028 1300 51.2 122 4.8 55 2.2 1703 67.0 54 119

WRN050 1300 51.2 123 4.8 58 2.3 1853 73.0 71 156

WRN090 1300 51.2 117 4.6 65 2.6 1873 73.7 161 354

WRN130 1300 51.2 116 4.6 71 2.8 1983 78.1 194 427

WRN170 1300 51.2 116 4.6 71 2.8 2053 80.8 244 537

WRN250 1500 59.1 196.5 7.7 71 2.8 2503 98.5 351 772

WRN350 1500 59.1 148.5 5.8 75 3.0 2703 106.4 400 880

WRN450 1500 59.1 199.5 7.9 78 3.1 3436 135.3 609 1340

WRN550 1515 59.6 200 7.9 83 3.3 3606 142.0 931 2048

89
 Thermal and Power Management

Hyperchill Plus Industrial Water Chiller

Technical Data
Model ICEP 002-W 003-W 005-W 007-W 010-W 014-W 020-W 024-W 030-W 040-W 050-W 060-W
Cooling capacity 1
kW 1.7 3.3 5.2 7.8 10.8 14.6 20.3 23.6 29.7 40.6 49.0 58.3
Compressor abs. power 1
kW 0.7 1.3 1.4 1.7 2.5 3.2 4.4 5.4 5.7 7.5 10.0 12.3
SEPR3 4.58 4.50 5.00 5.00 5.22 5.30 5.02 5.02 5.00 5.13 5.12 5.11
V/ph/
Power supply 230/1/50 400/3/50
Hz
Protection index 33 54
Refrigerant R407c

Compressor
Type hermetic pistons scroll
Compressors / circuit 1/1
Max.abs. power1
kW 0.7 1.3 1.5 2.4 3.8 4.4 5.7 6.6 8.3 11.4 14.9 17.3
compressor

Axial Fans
Quantity n.° 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
Max. abs. power1 fan kW 0.07 0.12 0.12 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.45 0.69 0.69 0.69
Air flow m3/h 430 1295 1295 3437 3437 4337 6878 6159 9437 16029 15215 16875

Water Cooled Version

Condenser water flow m3/h N.A. 1.5 2.1 2.5 2.9 3.9 5.1 5.9
Condenser connections in N.A. ¾" ¾" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1¼" 1¼"

Pump P30
Max.abs.power kW 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.3 1.3 1.3 2.2 2.2 2.2
Water flow (nom./max)1 m3/h 0.3/1.9 0.6/1.9 0.9/1.9 1.3/4.8 1.8/4.8 2.5/6 3.4/9.6 4.9/9.6 5.1/9.6 6.9/18 8.4/18 10.1/18
Head pressure (nom./max)1 m H2O 35/5 33/5 26/5 30/12.8 29/12.8 29/21 29/17.3 28/17.3 26/17.3 29/23.1 27/23.1 25/23.1

Weights & Dimensions

Width mm 520 755 755 756 756 756 756 756 756 856 856 856
Depth mm 500 535 535 806 806 806 1206 1206 1206 1956 1956 1956
Height mm 550 801 801 1405 1405 1405 1405 1405 1405 1680 1680 1680
Connections in/out in ½" ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾" 1" 1" 1" 1½" 1½" 1½"
Tank capacity l 15 15 22.5 65 65 65 100 100 130 250 250 250
Weight (axial) kg 40 80 85 160 165 175 220 230 250 450 470 510
Weight (water cooled) kg n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 175 220 230 250 450 470 510

Noise level
Sound pressure (axial)2 dB(A) 52 52 52 53 53 50 50 50 51 52 52 53

1) At water in/out temperature 20/15°C, glycol 0%, either 25°C ambient temperature (air-cooled models) or 25°C condenser water inlet temperature with
35°C condensing temperature (water-cooled models).
2) Referred to axial fan version in free field conditions at a distance of 10 m from until, measured on condenser side, 1m from ground.
3) Value calculated in accordance with the European regulation (EU) 2016/2281 with regards to Ecodesign requirements for high temperature process
chillers.

As the manufacturer of process chillers delivering water at a design temperature of 15°C, Parker Hannifin Manufacturing s.r.l.,
Gas Separation and Filtration Division EMEA, declares that Parker chillers are exempt from Ecodesign EU regulation 2016/2281.

90
 www.parker.com/gsfe

H H

W D W D
ICEP 002 ICEP 003-005

H H H

D D D
W W
W
ICEP 007-010-014 ICEP 020-030 ICEP 040-060

Correction Factors

A) Ambient Temperature °C 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

Correction Factor (f1) 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05 1 0.94 0.89 0.84 0.80

B) Water Outlet Temperature °C 5 10 15 20 25

Correction Factor (f2) 0.76 0.87 1 1.04 1.04

C) Glycol (by weight) % 0 10 20 30 40

Correction Factor (f3) 1 0.99 0.98 0.97 0.96

D) Condenser Water Inlet Temp. °C 20 25 30 35 40

Correction Factor (f4) 1.05 1 0.95 0.9 0.85

To obtain the required cooling capacity, multiply the value at nominal conditions by the above correction factors (i.e. cooling
capacity = Pxf1xf2xf3xf4, where P is the cooling capacity at the water outlet temperature of 15°C). Hyperchill Plus, in its standard
configuration, can operate up to ambient temperatures of max. 48°C and min. 5°C and water temperatures of max. 30°C inlet and
min. 0°C outlet. The above correction factors are approximative: for a precise selection, always refer to the software selection
programme.

91
 Thermal and Power Management

Hyperchill Plus Industrial Water Chiller (50Hz)

Part Number Breakdown / Product Key

Product Code

Power Supply

Low Ambient
Water Temp.
Water Tank
Condenser

Low Water
be Cooled

Antifreeze

Mounted

Options
Section
Fluid to

Control
Pumps

Fill Kit
Model

ICEP 002 - W A S P1 T C FS LW A 0 P
003 W T P3 0 0 L1 00 0 1 S
005 T P5 L2 2 D
007 B 00 00 3 C
010 C D3 1
014
W = Water S= T = With Tank LW = Low Water
020 230V/1Ph/50Hz
0 = Without 00 = NoLow
024 T= Tank Water
030 400V/3Ph/50Hz

040
A = Air Axial P1 = Single C = Close A = With
050 Pump 1.5 bar Control Antifreeze
W = Water +/- 0.5°C
060 P3 = Single 0 = Without
T = Tropicalised 0 = Without Antifreeze
Pump 3 bar
B = BioEnergy & Close Control
P5 = Single
Aggressive Pump 5 bar 0 = Without Fill Kit
Ambients FS = Fan Speed
ICEP = 00 = No Pump 1 = Ambient Manual
Hyperchill C = High Head Control (Low Fill Kit
Plus Pressure Fans D3 = Dual Pump Ambient -10°C)
3 bar 2 = Ambient Automatic
L1 = Low Fill Kit
Ambient -10°C
(Fan Step 3 = Pressurised
Control) Fill Kit
L2 = Low
Ambient -20°C P = Harting Plug For
Signals
00 = No Low
Ambient S = Siemens Electrical
Components
D = Differential Dynamic
Set Point
C = Control Panel Cover
1 = Manual External
Bypass
No Character = No
Versions Options Selected
ICEP002-W

ICEP003-W

ICEP005-W

ICEP010-W

ICEP014-W

ICEP020-W

ICEP024-W

ICEP030-W

ICEP040-W

ICEP050-W

ICEP060-W
ICEP007-W

Open Circuit ● ● ● Available with ambient manual fill kit fitted

Closed Circuit ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Air Cooled with Axial Fans ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Air Cooled with High Head

● ● ●
Pressure Fan For Air Channeling

Water Cooled ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
92
 www.parker.com/gsfe

Hyperchill Plus Industrial Water Chiller (50Hz)

Standard Part Numbers - Air Cooled with Axial Fans
Hyperchill Plus Air Cooled with axial fans (non ferrous open hydraulic circuit with tank and 3 bar pump)
ICEP002-W ICEP002-WASP3T0000001
ICEP003-W ICEP003-WASP3T0000001
ICEP005-W ICEP005-WASP3T0000001
Hyperchill Plus Air Cooled with axial fans (non ferrous pressurized closed hydraulic circuit with tank and 3 bar pump)
ICEP005-W ICEP005-WASP3T0000000
ICEP007-W ICEP007-WATP3T0000000
ICEP010-W ICEP010-WATP3T0000000
ICEP014-W ICEP014-WATP3T0000000
ICEP020-W ICEP020-WATP3T0L10000
ICEP024-W ICEP024-WATP3T0L10000
ICEP030-W ICEP030-WATP3T0L10000
ICEP040-W ICEP040-WATP3T0L10000
ICEP050-W ICEP050-WATP3T0L10000
ICEP060-W ICEP060-WATP3T0L10000

Options & Standard Features - Air Cooled with Axial Fans

ICEP002-W

ICEP003-W

ICEP005-W

ICEP010-W

ICEP014-W

ICEP020-W

ICEP024-W

ICEP030-W

ICEP040-W

ICEP050-W

ICEP060-W
ICEP007-W

Differential pressure switch standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard

MODBUS standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard

Eyebolts standard standard standard standard standard standard

Non ferrous hydraulic circuit with

standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard
water tank and 3 bar pump

Low ambient -10°C

standard standard standard standard standard standard
with fan step control

No tank ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
No tank & no pump ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
No pump ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
P50 (5 bar pump) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
P15 (1.5 bar pump) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Dual pump P30 (3 bar pump) ● ● ●
Harting plug ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Close control (+/- 0.5°C) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Low water -10°C ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Low ambient -10°C with fan

● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
speed control

Low ambient -20°C with fan speed

control, crankcase heater and ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
electrical panel heater
Antifreeze heating ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

BioEnergy & aggressive ambients

● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
protection

Tropicalization (53°C) ● ● ● ● ●
Differential dynamic set point ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

93
 Thermal and Power Management

Hyperchill Plus Industrial Water Chiller (50Hz)

Standard Part Numbers - Standard Part Numbers -
Air Cooled with High Head Pressure Fan For Water Cooled
Air Channeling
Hyperchill Plus Air Cooled with high head pressure fans for Hyperchill Plus Water Cooled
air channeling (non ferrous pressurized closed hydraulic (non ferrous pressurized closed hydraulic circuit
circuit with tank and 3 bar pump) with tank and 3 bar pump)
ICEP014-W ICEP014-WWTP3T0000000
ICEP020-W ICEP020-WWTP3T0000000
ICEP024-W ICEP024-WWTP3T0000000
ICEP030-W ICEP030-WWTP3T0000000
ICEP040-W ICEP040-WCTP3T0L10000 ICEP040-W ICEP040-WWTP3T0000000
ICEP050-W ICEP050-WCTP3T0L10000 ICEP050-W ICEP050-WWTP3T0000000
ICEP060-W ICEP060-WWTP3T0000000 ICEP060-W ICEP060-WWTP3T0000000

Options & Standard Features - Options & Standard Features -

Air Cooled with High Head Pressure Fan For Water Cooled
Air Channeling
ICEP040-W

ICEP050-W

ICEP060-W

ICEP014-W

ICEP020-W

ICEP024-W

ICEP030-W

ICEP040-W

ICEP050-W

ICEP060-W
Differential pressure switch standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard

MODBUS standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard

Non ferrous hydraulic

circuit with water tank standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard
and 3 bar pump

Low ambient -10°C with fan

standard standard standard
step control

No tank ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
No tank & no pump ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
No pump ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
P50 (5 bar pump) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
P15 (1.5 bar pump) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Dual pump P30 (3 bar pump) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Harting plug ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Close control (+/- 0.5°C) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Low water -10°C ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Antifreeze heating ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Differential dynamic set point ● ● ●

94
 www.parker.com/gsfe

Hyperchill Plus Industrial Water Chiller (60Hz UL*)

*ICEP002: UL Compliant / ICEP003-024: UL Listed

Part Number Breakdown / Product Key

Product Code

Power Supply

Low Ambient
Water Temp.
Water Tank
Condenser

Low Water
be Cooled

Antifreeze

Mounted

Options
Section
Fluid to

Control
Pumps

Fill Kit
Model

ICEP 002 - W A F P1 T C FS 00 A 0 P
003 W G P3 0 0 L1 0 1 D
005 B P5 L2 2 C
007 00 00 3 1
010
W = Water F= T = With Tank 00 = No Low
014 230V/1Ph/60Hz Water
0 = Without
020 G= Tank
024 460V/3Ph/60Hz

A = Air Axial P1 = Single C = Close A = With

Pump 1.5 bar Control Antifreeze
W = Water +/- 0.5°C
P3 = Single 0 = Without
B = Air Axial 0 = Without Antifreeze
Pump 3 bar
Bioenergy Close Control
P5 = Single
Pump 5 bar 0 = Without Fill Kit
ICEP = FS = Fan Speed 1 = Ambient Manual
00 = No Pump Control (Low
Hyperchill Fill Kit
Plus Ambient -10°C)
2 = Ambient Automatic
L1 = Low Fill Kit
Ambient -10°C
(Fan Step 3 = Pressurised
Control) Fill Kit
L2 = Low
Ambient -20°C P = Harting Plug For
Signals
00 = No Low
Ambient D = Differential Dynamic
Set Point
C = Control Panel Cover
1 = Manual External
Bypass
No Character = No
Options Selected
Versions
ICEP002-W

ICEP003-W

ICEP005-W

ICEP010-W

ICEP014-W

ICEP020-W

ICEP024-W
ICEP007-W

Available with ambient

Open Circuit ● ● ●
manual fill kit fitted

Closed Circuit ● ● ● ● ● ●

Water Cooled ● ● ●

95
 Thermal and Power Management

Hyperchill Plus Industrial Water Chiller (60Hz UL*)

Standard Part Numbers - Air Cooled with Axial Fans
Hyperchill Plus Air Cooled with axial fans (non ferrous open hydraulic circuit with tank and 3 bar pump)
ICEP002-W ICEP002-WAFP3T0000001
ICEP003-W ICEP003-WAFP3T0000001
ICEP005-W ICEP005-WAFP3T0000001
Hyperchill Plus Air Cooled with axial fans (non ferrous pressurized closed hydraulic circuit with tank and 3 bar pump)
ICEP005-W ICEP005-WAFP3T0000000
ICEP007-W ICEP007-WAGP3T0000000
ICEP010-W ICEP010-WAGP3T0000000
ICEP014-W ICEP014-WAGP3T0000000
ICEP020-W ICEP020-WAGP3T0L10000
ICEP024-W ICEP024-WAGP3T0L10000

Options & Standard Features - Air Cooled with Axial Fans

ICEP002-W

ICEP003-W

ICEP005-W

ICEP010-W

ICEP014-W

ICEP020-W

ICEP024-W
Differential pressure switch standard standard standard ICEP007-W
standard standard standard standard standard

MODBUS standard standard standard standard standard

Eyebolts standard standard standard standard standard standard

Non ferrous hydraulic circuit with water

standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard
tank and 3 bar pump

Low ambient -10°C

standard standard
with fan step control

No tank ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
No tank & no pump ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
No pump ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
P50 (5 bar pump) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
P15 (1.5 bar pump) ● ● ● ● ●
Harting plug for signals ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Close control (+/- 0.5°C) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Low water -10°C ● ● ● ● ●

Low ambient -10°C with fan

● ● ● ● ●
speed control

Low ambient -20°C with fan speed

control, crankcase heater and electrical ● ● ● ● ●
panel heater

BioEnergy & aggressive ambients

● ● ● ● ●
protection

Differential dynamic set point ● ● ● ● ●

96
 www.parker.com/gsfe

Hyperchill Plus - Kits and Accessories

Available Kits and Accessories

ICEP020 - ICEP030

ICEP040 - ICEP060
ICEP007 - ICEP014
ICEP002-W

ICEP003-W

ICEP005-W
Fill kit - ambient manual***
Non-ferrous ambient manual kits, 398H785314 398H785314 398H785314
for water filling in any installation.

Fill kit - ambient automatic***

Non-ferrous ambient automatic kits, 398H785316 398H785316 398H785316
for water filling in any installation.

Fill kit - pressurised automatic

with expansion tank***
Non-ferrous pressurized, automatic kits, 398H785312 398H785304 398H785304 398H785304
with expansion tank. For water filling
in any installation.

Remote control - base

Base version for remote ON/OFF 398H785009 398H785009 398H785009 398H785010 398H785010 398H785010
and general alarm monitoring.

Remote control - advanced

Advanced version for 398H785307 398H785307 398H785307
complete remote unit monitoring.

Wheels
398H785302 398H785301 398H785301 398H785301
For ease of transport.

Control panel cover*** 398H785303 398H785303 398H785303

Manual external bypass***

Non-ferrous, externally adjustable
398H785305 398H785305 398H785305 398H785306 398H785317
allowing the correct flow through
the system to be set.

***From model ICEP007: ambient manual and automatic fill kit, pressurised automatic fill kit, control panel cover, manual external
bypass can be supplied already installed or loose.

Fill Kit - Ambient Fill Kit - Pressurised

97
 Thermal and Power Management

Hyperchill Industrial Process Chiller

Technical Data
Model ICE 076 090 116 150 183 230 310 360
Cooling capacity 1
kW 76.0 90.2 115.5 149.2 182.3 228 309 360
Compressor abs. power 1
kW 15.4 20.3 24.9 30.8 40.1 51.4 65 82
SEPR3 5.39 5.04 5.08 5.35 5.04 5.02 5.51 5.73

V/ph/
Power supply 400/3/50 no neutral
Hz

Protection index 54
Refrigerant R407C

Compressors
Type Hermetic scroll
Compressors/circuits 2/2 4/2
Max abs. power - 1 comp. kW 11.1 13.7 16.8 11.1 13.7 16.8 23.3 28.7

Axial Fans
Quantity n° 3 2 3 4
Max abs. power - 1 fan kW 0.78 0.78 0.78 2 2 2 2 2
Air flow m3/h 25500 25000 26400 47000 46000 66000 88000 88000

Centrifugal Fans
Quantity N° 3 3
Max abs. power - 1 fan kW 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 3 3
N.A.
Air flow m3/h 25500 25000 26400 47000 46000 66000
Head pressure Pa 100 100 100 180 180 130

Water Cooled Version

Condenser water flow m3/h 11.1 11.5 16.6 19.2 31.0 33.0
N.A.
Condensers connections in 1¼" 1¼" 1¼" 1 ¼" 1¼" 1½"

Pump P30
Max abs.power kW 2.5 2.7 2.7 4.5 4.5 4.5 8.4 8.4
Water flow (nom/max)1 m3/h 13/31 15/27 20/27 25/50 30/50 39/50 53/90 62/90
Head pressure (nom/min)1 m H2O 23/13 28/16 25/16 34/20 32/20 26/20 26/19 23/19

Weights & Dimensions

Width mm 898 898 898 1287 1287 1287 1500 1500
Depth mm 2200 2200 2200 3000 3000 3260 4200 4200
Height mm 1984 1984 1984 2298 2298 2298 2240 2240
Connections in/out in 2" 2" 2" 2½" 2½" 2½" 4" 4"
Tank capacity l 500 500 500 1000 1000 1000 400 400
Weight (axial) kg 800 900 1000 1500 1800 2100 2900 3100
Weight (centrif.) kg 950 1050 1150 1700 2000 2300
N.A.
Weight (water cooled) kg 800 900 1000 1500 1800 2100

Noise level
Sound pressure (axial)2 dB(A) 58 58 58 62 62 64 65 65

1) At water in/out temperature 20/15°C, glycol 0%, either 25°C ambient temperature (air-cooled models) or 25°C condenser water inlet temperature with
35°C condensing temperature (water-cooled models).
2) Referred to axial fan version in free field conditions at a distance of 10 m from until, measured on condenser side, 1m from ground.
3) Value calculated in accordance with the European regulation (EU) 2016/2281 with regards to Ecodesign requirements for high temperature process
chillers.

As the manufacturer of process chillers delivering water at a design temperature of 15°C, Parker Hannifin Manufacturing s.r.l.,
Gas Separation and Filtration Division EMEA, declares that Parker chillers are exempt from Ecodesign EU regulation 2016/2281.
98
 www.parker.com/gsfe

ICE076-116 ICE230

H
H

D
D
W W

H H

D
D
W W
ICE150 - 183 ICE310-360

Correction Factors
A) Ambient Temperature
°C 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
(Air Cooled Models)

Correction Factor (f1) 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05 1 0.95 0.89 0.83 0.77

B) Water Outlet Temperature °C 5 10 15 20 25

Correction Factor (f2) 0.72 0.86 1 1 1

C) Glycol % 0 10 20 30 40 50

Correction Factor (f3) 1 0.99 0.98 0.97 0.96 0.94

D) Condenser Water Inlet Temp.

°C 20 25 30 35 40
(Water Cooled Models)

Correction Factor (f4) 1.05 1 0.95 0.9 0.85

To obtain the required cooling capacity multiply the value at nominal conditions by the above correction factors (i.e. cooling capacity
= Pxf1xf2xf3xf4, where P is the cooling capacity at conditions (1)). Hyperchill, in its standard configuration, can operate up to
ambient temperatures of max 45°C and min. 5°C and water temperatures of max 30°C inlet and min. 0°C outlet. The above correction
factors are approximative: for a precise selection always refer to the software selection programme.

99
 Thermal and Power Management

Hyperchill Industrial Process Chiller (50Hz)

Part Number Breakdown / Product Key

Product Code

Power Supply

Low Ambient
Water Temp.
Condenser

Low Water

Antifreeze
Hydraulic
Section

Control
Pumps

Circuit
Model

ICE 076 A 400350 1P15 FF C L1 LW A

090 W 1P30 NF 0 L2 00 0
116 B 2P30 F0 00
150 1P50
183 0000
C = Close
230 Control
400350 = +/- 0.5°C LW = Low Water
310 400V/3Ph/50Hz
0 = Without 00 = No Low
360 Close Control Water

ICE = A = Air Axial 1P15 = Single FF = With Tank L1 = Low A = With

Hyperchill Pump 1.5 bar Ambient -10°C Antifreeze
W = Water NF = Non
(Fan Step
1P30 = Single Ferrous 0 = Without
B = BioEnergy & Control)
Pump 3 bar Antifreeze
Aggressive 0 = Without
L2 = Low
Ambients 2P30 = Dual Tank
Ambient -20°C
Pump 3 bar
00 = No Low
P5 = Single
Ambient
Pump 5 bar
0000 = No Pump

Versions
ICE076

ICE090

ICE116

ICE150

ICE183

ICE230

ICE310

ICE360

Air Cooled with Axial Fans ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Air Cooled with High Head

ON REQUEST
Pressure Fans

Water Cooled ● ● ● ● ● ●

100
 www.parker.com/gsfe

Hyperchill Industrial Process Chiller (50Hz)

Standard Part Numbers - Air Cooled with Axial Fans
Hyperchill Air Cooled with Axial Fans

ICE076 ICE076A4003501P30FF000000

ICE090 ICE090A4003501P30FF000000

ICE116 ICE116A4003501P30FF000000

ICE150 ICE150A4003501P30FF000000

ICE183 ICE183A4003501P30FF000000

ICE230 ICE230A4003501P30FF000000

ICE310 ICE310A4003501P30F00LA000

ICE360 ICE360A4003501P30F00LA000

Options & Standard Features - Air Cooled with Axial Fans

ICE076

ICE090

ICE116

ICE150

ICE183

ICE230

ICE310

ICE360
Water tank standard standard standard standard standard standard ● ●
Without tank standard standard
P30 (3 bar pump) standard standard standard standard standard standard ● ●
No pump ● ● ● ● ● ● standard standard
P50 (5 bar pump) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
P15 (1.5 bar pump) ● ● ● ● ● ● on request on request
Dual pump P30 (3 bar pump) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Close control (+/- 0.5°C) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Low water -10°C ● ● ● ● ● ● on request on request

Low ambient -10°C with

● ● ● ● ● ● standard standard
fan step control

Low ambient -20°C with fan

speed control, crankcase heater ● ● ● ● ● ● on request on request
and electrical panel heater
Antifreeze heating ● ● ● ● ● ● on request on request

BioEnergy & aggressive ambients

● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
protection

Non ferrous hydraulic circuit ● ● ● ● ● ●

MODBUS on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request

101
 Thermal and Power Management

Hyperchill Industrial Process Chiller (50Hz)

Standard Part Numbers - Standard Part Numbers -
Air Cooled with High Head Pressure Fans Water Cooled
Hyperchill Air Cooled with High Head Prssure Fans Hyperchill Water Cooled
ICE076 ICE076 ICE076W4003501P30FF000000
ICE090 ON REQUEST ICE090 ICE090W4003501P30FF000000
ICE116 ICE116 ICE116W4003501P30FF000000
ICE150 ICE150W4003501P30FF000000
ICE183 ICE183W4003501P30FF000000
ICE230 ICE230W4003501P30FF000000

Options & Standard Features - Options & Standard Features -

Air Cooled with High Head Pressure Fans Water Cooled
ICE076

ICE090

ICE116

ICE076

ICE090

ICE116

ICE150

ICE183

ICE230
Water tank standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard

P30 (3 bar pump) standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard

No pump ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
P50 (5 bar pump) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
P15 (1.5 bar pump) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Dual pump P30 (3 bar pump) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Close control (+/- 0.5°C) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Low water -10°C ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Low ambient -10°C with

● ● ●
fan step control

Antifreeze heating ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Non ferrous hydraulic circuit ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Hyperchill Available Kits and Accessories

ICE076 - ICE090 ICE150 - ICE230

ICE310 ICE360
PCW080 - PCW330 PCW420 - PCW650

Fill kit - ambient manual 398H785054 398H785053

Fill kit - ambient automatic 398H785051 398H785052

Fill kit - pressurised automatic

398H785055 398H785055
with expansion tank

Remote control - base 398H785010 398H785010 398H785010 398H785010

Remote control - advanced 398H785283 398H785283 398H785283 398H785283

Control panel cover 398H785089 398H785089 398H785089 398H785089

Manual external bypass on request on request

102
 www.parker.com/gsfe

Hyperchill Industrial Water Chiller (60Hz UL)

Part Number Breakdown / Product Key

Product Code

Power Supply

Low Ambient
Water Temp.
Condenser

Low Water
Hydraulic

Options
Section

Control
Pumps

Circuit
Model

PCW 080 A 460360 1P30 FF C LA LW 0

110 B 1P50 NF 0 L2 00 M
130 0000 00
160
460360 = C = Close LW = Low Water
210 460V/3Ph/60Hz Control 00 = No Low
260 +/- 0.5°C Water
330 Standard
Control
420
PCW = 510 A = Air Axial 1P30 = Single FF = With Tank LA = Low 0 = No options
Hyperchill Pump 3 bar Ambient -10°C
650 B = BioEnergy & NF = Non M = Modbus
60Hz (Fan Step
Aggressive P5 = Single Ferrous
Control)
Ambients Pump 5 bar
L2 = Low
0000 = No Pump
Ambient -20°C
00 = No Low
Ambient
Standard Part Numbers - Air Cooled with Axial Fans
Hyperchill Air Cooled with axial fans
PCW080 PCW080A4603601P30FF000000
PCW110 PCW110A4603601P30FF000000
PCW130 PCW130A4603601P30FF000000
PCW160 PCW160A4603601P30FF000000
PCW210 PCW210A4603601P30FF000000
PCW260 PCW260A4603601P30FF000000
PCW330 PCW330A4603601P30FF000000
PCW420 PCW420A4603601P30FF000000
PCW510 PCW510A4603601P30FF000000
PCW650 PCW650A4603601P30FF000000

Options & Standard Features - Air Cooled with Axial Fans

PCW080

PCW110

PCW130

PCW160

PCW210

PCW260

PCW330

PCW420

PCW510

PCW650

Water tank standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard
P30 (3 bar pump) standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard standard
No pump ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
P50 (5 bar pump) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Close control (+/- 0.5°C) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Low water -10°C ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Low ambient -10°C with
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
fan step control

Low ambient -20°C with fan

speed control, cranckase heater ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
and electrical panel heater

BioEnergy & aggressive ambients

● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
protection
Non ferrous hydraulic circuit ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
MODBUS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

103
 Thermal and Power Management

Hyperchill Laser Industrial Process Chiller

Technical Data Pump P30

Model HLS 076 090 116 Max abs.power kW 2.5 2.7 2.7
Cooling capacity 1
kW 76.0 90.2 115.5 Water flow (nom/max) 1
m /h
3
13/31 15/27 20/27
Compressor abs. power 1
kW 15.4 20.3 24.9 Head pressure (nom/min)1 m H2O 23/13 28/16 25/16
Cooling capacity2 kW 67.1 79.9 103.3
Pump P50
Compressor abs. power2 kW 18.7 24.2 29.9
Max abs.power kW 4.5 4.5 4.5
V/ph/
Power supply 400/3/50 no neutral Water flow (nom/max) 1
m /h
3
13.1/27 15.5/27 19.8/27
Hz
Head pressure (nom/min)1 m H2O 30/18 28/18 25/18
Protection index 54
Refrigerant R407C Weights & Dimensions
Width mm 898 898 898
Compressors
Depth mm 2200 2200 2200
Type Hermetic scroll
Height mm 1984 1984 1984
Compressors/circuits 2/2
Connections in/out in 2" 2" 2"
Max abs. power1 comp. kW 11.1 13.7 16.8
Tank capacity l 300 300 300
Axial fans Weight (axial) kg 750 870 960
Quantity n° 3
Noise level
Max abs. power1 fan kW 0.78 0.78 0.78
Sound pressure (axial)3 dB(A) 58 58 58
Air flow m3/h 25500 25000 26400

1) At water inlet/outlet temperature = 20/15°C, glycol 0 %, ambient temperature 25°C.

2) At water inlet/outlet temperature = 25/20°C, glycol 0 %, ambient temperature 35°C.
3) Referred to free field conditions at a distance of 10m from unit, measured on condenser side, 1m from ground.

As the manufacturer of process chillers delivering water at a design temperature of 15°C, Parker Hannifin Manufacturing s.r.l.,
Gas Separation and Filtration Division EMEA, declares that Parker chillers are exempt from Ecodesign EU regulation 2016/2281.

Correction Factors
A) Ambient Temperature °C 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

Correction Factor (f1) 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05 1 0.95 0.89 0.83 0.77

B) Water Outlet Temperature °C 5 10 15 20 25

Correction Factor (f2) 0.72 0.88 1 1 1

C) Glycol (by weight) % 0 10 20 30

Correction Factor (f3) 1 0.99 0.98 0.97

To obtain the required cooling capacity multiply the value at nominal conditions by the above correction factors (i.e. cooling capacity
= Pxf1xf2xf3, where P is the cooling capacity at conditions (1). Hyperchill Laser, in its standard configuration, can operate up to
ambient temperatures of max 48 °C for ICEP models, 45°C for HLS models and min 5 °C and water temperatures of max 30 °C inlet
and min. 0°C outlet. The above correction factors are approximative: for a precise selection always refer to the software selection
program

104
 www.parker.com/gsfe

D
W

HLS076-116

Part Number Breakdown / Product Key

Product Code

Power Supply

Low Ambient
Water Temp.
Condenser

Low Water

Antifreeze
Hydraulic
Section

Control
Pumps

Circuit
Model

HLS 076 A 400350 1P30 SS C LA 00 A

090 1P50 0
116 0000

400350 = C = Close 00 = No Low

400V/3Ph/50Hz Control Water
+/- 0.5°C

HLS = A = Air Cooled 1P30 = Single SS = Stainless LA = Low A = Antifreeze

Hyperchill Laser Pump 3 bar Steel With Tank Ambient -10°C
0 = No
(Fan Step
P5 = Single Antifreeze
Control)
Pump 5 bar
000 = No Pump

Standard Part Numbers - Air Cooled with Axial Fans

Hyperchill Laser Air Cooled with axial fans, non ferrous hydraulic circuit,
close control, low ambient temperature -10°C, manual fill kit.
HLS076 HLS076A4003501P30SSCLA000
HLS090 HLS090A4003501P30SSCLA000
HLS116 HLS116A4003501P30SSCLA000

Options & Standard Features - Hyperchill Laser

Air Cooled with Axial Fans Available Kits and Accessories
HLS076

HLS090

HLS116
HLS076

HLS090

HLS116

Close control (+/- 0.5°C) standard standard standard Fill kit ambient manual standard standard standard
P30 (3 bar pump) standard standard standard Remote control base 398H785010 398H785010 398H785010
Low ambient -10°C standard standard standard
Closed circuit 398H785011 398H785011 398H785011
Stainless steel with tank standard standard standard
Control panel cover 398H785089 398H785089 398H785089
Antifreeze heating ● ● ●
No pump ● ● ● Hydraulic bypass on request on request on request

P50 (5 bar pump) ● ● ● Automatic check valves on request on request on request

105
 Sizing andNitrogen
Industrial Selection
Gas
- Thermal
Generation
and Power Management

Industrial Nitrogen Gas Applications

There are thousands of applications for industrial gases. Nitrogen is generally used for three main functions:
• It prevents microbial growth or acts as a filler gas in food applications
• It prevents slow oxidization of products such as chemicals and metals during processing or heating
• It prevents rapid oxidization of products that are flammable or explosive

Pharmaceutical the beam is generated), to the cutting head, is free of contamination

that could otherwise affect the power or alter the shape of the
Whether in primary or secondary pharmaceutical product beam.
manufacture or as a centralised QA laboratory supply; within
research establishments or universities and colleges, Parker can Laser Sintering
offer a solution to suit the critical demands of this industry sector. Laser sintering or rapid prototyping uses a laser to form a solid
3D structure within a plastic powder material. Complex shapes
For blanketing of pharmaceutical product ingredients and pressure and patterns can be constructed and modelled with ease. Nitrogen
transfer within reactor vessels, to micronising powders to prevent is used to blanket and prevent oxidisation of the powder material
oxidisation or explosion, Parker nitrogen generators can cut costs, while it melts and solidifies to shape under the heat generated by
reduce risk and improve productivity. the laser beam.
Centralised laboratory systems remove the need to have high Laser Ablation
pressure cylinders within the working environment and the Nitrogen is used to expel fumes and blanket delicate electronic
possibility of running out of gas during a QA analysis procedure. circuits where a laser beam is used to erode pathways on micro
Parker nitrogen gas generators are typically used for analytical printed circuit boards.
equipment such as LC/MS, GC, reaction blanketing within fume
cupboards, solvent evaporation, ICP, ELSD, NMR and circular Laser Eye Surgery
dichroism. Nitrogen is used as a beam purge and pneumatics gas on Eximer
laser machines which are used in the corrective treatment of
eyesight defects.
Food and Beverage
Most food products start to deteriorate from the moment they are Heat Treatment
harvested or prepared for packaging, being under attack from a
multitude of spoilage mechanisms. By flushing, storing and/or Nitrogen gas is commonly used to exclude oxygen from heat
packing with nitrogen, oxygen that many of these micro-organisms treatment furnaces and ovens. Parker can supply nitrogen gas
need in order to survive and multiply, is removed and the spoilage generation systems to replace expensive bulk vessel liquid supplies
process is significantly reduced. for many heat treatment processes.

Prepared salads and vegetables, fresh chilled ready meals, meat, Typical applications include:
poultry, fish, dairy produce (including cheese), breads, coffee as • Belt furnaces
well as snack foods such as potato chips and nuts can all benefit • Batch furnaces
from ‘modified atmosphere packaging’ (or MAP as it is often
referred to). By using nitrogen gas from a Parker generator, the • Vacuum ovens
product shelf life is increased and the appearance and quite often • Brazing
taste, is also improved. • Carburising
Nitrogen is also used for ‘controlled atmosphere storage’ of fresh • Tempering
fruits and vegetables, sparging and blanketing food oils as well as • Annealing
bulk powders, cereals and liquid ingredients. • Gas quenching
Alcoholic and non-alcoholic drinks and ingredients can suffer • Neutral hardening
similar spoilage mechanisms to food, however one of the most • Normalising
significant threats to product quality is oxidisation which adversely
affects product taste. Beer and wine can absorb unwanted • Sintering
dissolved oxygen throughout the production process. Oxygen can
also reduce the effectiveness of natural or added vitamin C which Fire Prevention and Archive Protection
maybe used in fruit juices.
From the preservation of treasures for the generations after us, to
Nitrogen gas generators provide an ideal cost effective solution for preventing essential data destruction due to fire, Parker nitrogen
all of the processes involved in beverage production. generators provide a unique solution.
Oxygen depleted air can be pumped into buildings that house
Lasers treasures and archives or computer stored data to help prevent
Laser Cutting total loss caused by fire. Museum pieces, paintings, artefacts,
By far the largest use of nitrogen gas within this industry sector is furniture and valuable fabrics can all be protected.
for laser cutting. Nitrogen gas is used as an ‘assist gas’ to prevent In general, only a modest reduction in normal ambient oxygen
oxidisation or discolouration and to blow away the molten material levels is enough to prevent fire. At 16% oxygen content, archives
from the cut edge. are protected whilst intermittent human exposure to these levels
It is also used in certain types of laser cutting machine as a ‘purge will have no adverse effects.
gas’ to ensure the laser beam guide path from the resonator (where

106
 www.parker.com/gsfe

What Nitrogen Quality Do I Need?

Traditional gas companies generally provide gas that is of high purity regardless of whether the application or process needs it. This is as
a result of the ASU manufacturing process. Typically cylinder and liquid nitrogen has a maximum remaining oxygen content of between
5ppm to 20ppm v/v.
The majority of applications do not need such high purity gas and the benefit of using a higher oxygen content Parker generated gas is that
less energy is used to produce it, so the unit gas cost will be more competitive.
For example using nitrogen with a maximum remaining oxygen content of 5% uses 5 times less energy to generate than with a maximum
remaining oxygen content of 10ppm.
Providing customers with ultra-high purity nitrogen in all instances is an unnecessary waste of money and energy.

What do we mean by ‘purity’?

By purity Parker means the maximum remaining oxygen content in the output nitrogen gas. Parker nitrogen technology when combined
with Parker compressed air pre-treatment, guarantees the nitrogen gas to be commercially sterile, oil-free, dry and particulate free.
(Within the specifications defined in the product information data contained in this catalogue.)

The maximum remaining oxygen content required will vary with every application.
Maximum cost and energy savings = maximum oxygen level permissible

High Purity Mid Purity Low Purity

10 ppm to 1000ppm 0.1% to 1% (99.9% to 99%) 1% to 5% (99% to 95%)
(99.999% to 99.9%)
Food MAP Brazing Fire prevention Pigging
Laser cutting 0.1% to 1% 0.5% 5% 5%
50ppm to 500ppm Food processing Injection molding Explosion prevention Autoclaves
Heat treatment 0.1% to 1% 0.5% to 1% 2% to 5% 5%
10ppm to 1000ppm Beer dispense Wire annealing Pressure testing Laser sintering
Electronics soldering 0.5% 0.5% 5% 2%
50ppm to 500ppm Wine blanketing Aluminium sparging Gas seal blanketing Dry boxes
Pharmaceutical 0.5% 0.5% 5% 2%
10ppm to 5000ppm Oil sparging Chemical blanketing
0.5% 1% to 5%

Typical PSA Installations Nitrogen Buffer Vessel

Nitrogen Storage

Layout for standard

industrial applications Air Receiver

Compressor

NITROSource PSA
Nitrogen Gas Generator

CDAS HL Clean
Dry Air System
Nitrogen
Compressed Air
107
 Industrial Nitrogen Gas Generation

Nitrogen Gas Generation - Typical PSA Installations

Nitrogen Storage
Layout for standard
industrial applications Nitrogen Buffer Vessel

Air Receiver

Compressor

NITROSource Compact
PSA Nitrogen
Gas Generator

K-MT Heatless
Compressed
Air Dryer Nitrogen
Compressed Air

Layout for food and pharmaceutical Nitrogen Storage Sterile Gas Filter
applications with sterile gas filtration
Nitrogen Buffer Vessel

Air Receiver

Compressor

NITROSource PSA
Nitrogen Gas Generator

FBP HL Oil-Free
Nitrogen
Air System
Compressed Air

108
 www.parker.com/gsfe

Layout for intermediate pressure Low Pressure High Pressure

40 barg applications Nitrogen Storage Coalescing Filters

Nitrogen Buffer Vessel

Air Receiver

Compressor

40 barg
Nitrogen Storage
40 barg Booster

NITROSource PSA
Nitrogen Gas Generator
Nitrogen

CDAS HL Clean
Compressed Air
Dry Air System

Layout for high pressure Low Pressure High Pressure

350 barg applications Nitrogen Storage Coalescing Filters

Nitrogen Buffer Vessel

Air Receiver

Compressor

High Pressure
Manifold Cylinder Pack

High Pressure Booster

NITROSource PSA
Nitrogen Gas Generator
Nitrogen
CDAS HL Clean
Dry Air System Compressed Air

109
 Industrial Nitrogen Gas Generation

Nitrogen Gas Generation - Typical Multi-bank Installations

Unlike traditional designs, NITROSource PSA models can be multi-banked to provide extra nitrogen capacity
should demand increase in the future. There is no need to replace the generator with a larger unit, additional
capacity can be covered by simply adding extra bank(s).

2 x NITROSource with individual

compressed air treatment (2 x OFAS)
OFAS required for ambient conditions >35°C

Nitrogen
Compressed Air

4 x NITROSource with individual

compressed air treatment (4 x CDAS)

Nitrogen
Compressed Air

110
 www.parker.com/gsfe

4 x NITROSource with joint

compressed air treatment (1 x PSE and 1 x OVR)

Nitrogen
Compressed Air

5 x NITROSource with joint

compressed air treatment (1 x MX)

Nitrogen
Compressed Air

111
 Industrial Nitrogen Gas Generation

NITROSource PSA Nitrogen Gas Generator

Technical Data
Nitrogen Flow Rates m3/hr vs Purity (Oxygen Content)

Model Parts Per Million (ppm) Percent (%)

5 10 50 100 250 500 0.10 0.40 0.50 1 2 3 4 5

N2-20P 3.5 4.5 6.7 8.0 9.7 11.1 12.4 16.7 17.7 21.3 25.3 29.8 30.9 33.7
N2-25P 5.3 6.8 10.1 12.0 14.6 16.7 18.6 25.1 26.6 32.0 38.0 44.7 46.4 50.6
N2-35P 7.0 9.0 13.4 16.0 19.4 22.2 24.8 33.4 35.4 42.6 50.6 59.6 61.8 67.4
N2-45P 8.8 11.3 16.8 20.0 24.3 27.8 31.0 41.8 44.3 53.3 63.3 74.5 77.3 84.3
N2-55P 10.5 13.5 20.1 24.0 29.1 33.3 37.2 50.1 53.1 63.9 75.9 89.4 92.7 101.1
N2-60P 11.6 15.0 22.3 26.6 32.3 36.9 41.2 55.5 58.9 70.8 84.1 99.1 102.7 112.1
N2-65P 13.3 17.1 25.5 30.4 36.9 42.2 47.1 63.5 67.3 80.9 96.1 113.2 117.4 128.1
N2-75P 14.5 18.6 27.7 33.1 40.2 46.0 51.3 69.1 73.3 88.2 104.7 123.4 127.9 139.5
N2-80P 16.1 20.7 30.8 36.8 44.6 51.1 57.0 76.8 81.4 98.0 116.4 137.1 142.1 155.0
Performance data is based on 7 bar g air inlet pressure and 20°C - 25°C ambient temperature. Consult Parker for performance under
specific conditions.
m3 reference standard 20°C, 1013 millibar(a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.

Inlet Parameters Electrical Parameters

ISO 8573-1: 2010 Class 2.2.2 Generator Supply 100 - 240 +/- 10% Vac 50/60Hz
Inlet Air Quality (2.2.1 with high oil vapour content)
Generator Power 55 W
3.15 A (Anti Surge (T), 250v,
Inlet Air Pressure Range 5 - 13 bar g (72.5 - 217 psi g) Fuse 5 x 20mm HBC, Breaking Capacity 1500A
@ 250v, IEC 60127, UL R/C Fuse)

Environmental Parameters Port Connections

Ambient Temperature 5 - 50°C (41 - 122°F) Air Inlet G1

Humidity 50% @ 40°C (80% @ MAX @ 31°C) N2 Outlet to Buffer G1

N2 Inlet from Buffer G½
IP Rating IP20 / NEMA 1
N2 Outlet G½
Pollution Degree 2
Installation Category II
Altitude < 2000 m (6562 ft)
Noise <80 dB (A)

Part Number Breakdown / Product Key Buffer Vessel Sizes

Technology (EST)
Flow @ 5 bar g

Energy Saving
Product Code

Technology

Model Size (litres)

O2 Purity
Model

N2-20P 250

N2-25P 500
N2 - 20 P X L N
25 A M Y N2-35P 500
35 B H
N2-45P 750
45
N = Does Not
60 Include EST N2-55P 750
55 X = Ultra High Purity Y = Includes EST
N2-60P 750
65 (≤10ppm)
L = Low Flow
75 A = High Purity (ppm) (0-60 m³/hr) N2-65P 1000
80 B = Low Purity (%) M = Medium Flow
(60-120 m³/hr) N2-75P 1000
N2 = P = Pressure Swing H = High Flow
NITROSource Adsorption (PSA) (120-300 m³/hr) N2-80P 1000
112
 www.parker.com/gsfe

W D

Weights and Dimensions

Unpacked Packed
Model Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Weight Height Width Depth Weight
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
N2-20P 881 34.7 299 658 1090 42.9 398.4 876
N2-25P 1050 41.3 384 845 1260 49.6 495.4 1090
729 28.7
N2-35P 1219 48.0 469 1032 1430 56.3 580.4 1277
N2-45P 1388 54.6 553 1217 1600 63.0 686.4 1510
N2-55P 1894 74.6 550 21.7 1557 61.3 638 1404 2000 78.7 1770 69.7 782.4 1721
N2-60P 1726 68.0 722 1588 1935 76.2 897.4 1974
N2-65P 1895 74.6 807 1775 832 32.8 2100 82.7 997.4 2194
N2-75P 2064 81.3 892 1962 2275 89.6 1093.4 2405
N2-80P 2233 87.9 976 2147 2445 96.3 1186.4 2610

Preventative Maintenance Kits

High Purity Generators (ppm) Low Purity Generators (%)
Model Without EST With EST Without EST With EST
(Model Nos. N2XXPAXN) (Model Nos. N2XXPAXY) (Model Nos. N2XXPBXN) (Model Nos. N2XXPBXY)
Kit Part M12.NONEST.0001 M12.EST.0001 M12.NONEST.0001 M12.EST.0001
Numbers M24.PPM.0002 M24.PPM.0002 M24.PCT.0002 M24.PCT.0002
M36.STD.0001 M36.STD.0001 M36.STD.0001 M36.STD.0001
M60.STD.0001 M60.STD.0001 M60.STD.0001 M60.STD.0001

Kit Contents
Part Number Description / Service Interval Contents

M12.NONEST.0001 12 Month Non EST Service Kit Exhaust Silencer

(Every 12 Months) P025AO Dust Filter Element
M12.EST.0001 12 Month EST Service Kit Exhaust Silencer
(Every 12 Months) P025AO Dust Filter Element
In-Line Filter
M24.PPM.0002 24 Month PPM Service Kit PPM Cell c/w Wiring
(Every 24 Months)
M24.PCT.0002 24 Month Percentage Service Kit % Cell c/w Wiring
(Every 24 Months)
M36.STD.0001 36 Month Standard Service Kit 8 Bank Solenoid Valve
(Every 36 Months)

M60.STD.0001 60 Month Standard Service Kit 40 x 25mm Stroke Cylinders (x6)

(Every 24 Months) Over Moulded Valve Discs and Guides (x6)
50 x 100mm Stroke Cylinders (x2)
Valve Discs (x2 Sets)
Valve Bonnets (x2)
Assorted O-Rings
Fixing Screws
 Industrial Nitrogen Gas Generation

NITROSource Compact PSA Nitrogen Gas Generator

Please contact Parker for NITROSource Compact performance data or visit parker.com/gsfe.

Inlet Parameters Electrical Parameters

ISO 8573-1: 2010 Class 2.2.2 Generator Supply 100 - 240 +/- 10% Vac 50/60Hz
Inlet Air Quality (2.2.1 with high oil vapour content)
Generator Power 55 W
3.15 A (Anti Surge (T), 250v,
Inlet Air Pressure Range 6 - 10 bar g (87 - 145 psi g) Fuse 5 x 20mm HBC, Breaking Capacity 1500A
@ 250v, IEC 60127, UL R/C Fuse)

Environmental Parameters Port Connections

Ambient Temperature 5 - 50°C (41 - 122°F) Air Inlet G1

Humidity 50% @ 40°C (80% @ MAX @ 31°C) N2 Outlet to Buffer G1

N2 Inlet from Buffer G½
IP Rating IP20 / NEMA 1
N2 Outlet G½
Pollution Degree 2
Installation Category II
Altitude < 2000 m (6562 ft)
Noise <80 dB (A)

Flowrate
Model Units 10PPM 50PPM 100PPM 250PPM 500PPM 0.1% 0.5% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5%
m3/hr 0.81 1.24 1.54 1.77 2.09 2.48 3.69 4.39 6.11 7.73 9.13 10.29
N2C-2
cfm 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.5 2.2 2.6 3.6 4.5 5.4 6.1
m3/hr 1.73 2.38 2.94 3.52 4.21 4.96 7.58 9.12 12.95 15.89 18.38 20.57
N2C-4
cfm 1.0 1.4 1.7 2.1 2.5 2.9 4.5 5.4 7.6 9.4 10.8 12.1
m3/hr 2.41 3.91 4.46 5.66 6.50 7.59 11.06 13.32 18.64 22.68 26.06 29.04
N2C-6
cfm 1.4 2.3 2.6 3.3 3.8 4.5 6.5 7.8 11.0 13.3 15.3 17.1
m3/hr 3.38 5.01 5.89 7.35 8.68 10.24 14.86 18.01 24.02 29.33 33.93 37.81
N2C-8
cfm 2.0 2.9 3.5 4.3 5.1 6.0 8.7 10.6 14.1 17.3 20.0 22.3
Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar g (100 psi g / 0.7 MPa g) with reference to 25 °C

Part Number Breakdown / Product Key

Design Pressure

Outlet Version
Product Code

Flow Control
Technology

Maximum
O2 Purity
Model

N2C - 2 N C A L N
4 B A
6
8 C = Constant N=
No Analyser
A = Analyser
N2C = NITROSource N = Non Equalising A = High Purity (ppm)
Compact
B = Low Purity (%)

L = Low Pressure
(6 - 10 bar g)

114
 www.parker.com/gsfe

D
W

Weights and Dimensions

Unpacked Packed
Model Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Weight Height Width Depth Weight
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
N2C-2 471 19 98 216 174 383
N2C-4 640 26 145 320 221 487
1034 41 450 18 1490 59 612 24 950 38
N2C-6 809 33 196 432 272 597
N2C-8 977 38 249 549 303 668

Preventative Maintenance Kits

Part Number Description / Service Interval Contents

606280162 12 Month MIST–X Silencer Kit MIST–X 150 Silencer

(Every 12 Months)
P010AO 12 Month Filter Element Kit P001AO Dust Filter Element
(Every 12 Months)
M24.PPM.0002 24 Month PPM Service Kit PPM Cell c/w Wiring
(Every 24 Months)
M24.PCT.0002 24 Month Percentage Service Kit % Cell c/w Wiring
(Every 24 Months)
606510003 24 Month Valve Overhaul Kit - Air Inlet Valves (x2)
Generator With Analyser (Every 24 Months) Exhaust Valves (x2)
Outlet Valves (x2)
606510005 24 Month Valve Overhaul Kit - Air Inlet Valves (x2)
Generator Without Analyser (Every 24 Months) Exhaust Valves (x2)
Outlet Valve

115
 Industrial Nitrogen Gas Generation - Membrane Modules

SmartFluxx SA604

H D

Performance data
Performance data is based on 20°C feed-air temperature and 1013 mbar ambient pressure

Typical Nitrogen1) flow rate Typical Feed-air consumption at nitrogen flow rate
Purity % in m3/hr2) (SCFM) Purity % in m3/hr2) (SCFM)
99.5 99.0 98.0 97.0 96.0 95.0 99.5 99.0 98.0 97.0 96.0 95.0
4 bar g 0.20 0.32 0.50 0.73 0.84 1.04 4 bar g 1.9 1.8 1.9 2.3 2.3 2.5
(58 psi g) (0.12) (0.19) (0.29) (0.43) (0.49) (0.61) (58 psi g) (1.1) (1.1) (1.1) (1.4) (1.4) (1.5)
5 bar g 0.28 0.46 0.73 0.92 1.17 1.54 5 bar g 2.2 2.3 2.6 2.7 3.0 3.6
(72.5 psi g) (0.16) (0.27) (0.43) (0.54) (0.69) (0.91) (72.5 psi g) (1.3) (1.4) (1.5) (1.6) (1.8) (2.1)
6 bar g 0.44 0.60 0.92 1.20 1.53 1.75 6 bar g 2.5 2.8 3.2 3.4 3.9 4.0
(87 psi g) (0.21) (0.35) (0.54) (0.71) (0.9) (1.03) (87 psi g) (1.5) (1.6) (1.9) (2) (2.3) (2.4)
7 bar g 0.44 0.71 1.16 1.49 1.90 2.10 7 bar g 3.0 3.3 3.9 4.2 4.8 4.7
(101.5 psi g) (0.26) (0.42) (0.68) (0.88) (1.12) (1.24) (101.5 psi g) (1.8) (1.9) (2.3) (2.5) (2.8) (2.8)
8 bar g 0.54 0.85 1.31 1.75 2.17 2.60 8 bar g 3.5 3.8 4.4 4.9 5.4 5.8
(116 psi g) (0.32) (0.5) (0.77) (0.77) (1.28) (1.53) (116 psi g) (2.1) (2.2) (2.6) (2.9) (3.2) (3.4)
9 bar g 0.59 0.97 1.54 2.08 2.50 3.00 9 bar g 3.7 4.3 5.1 5.8 6.3 6.7
(130.5 psi g) (0.35) (0.57) (0.91) (1.22) (1.47) (1.77) (130.5 psi g) (2.2) (2.5) (3) (3.4) (3.7) (3.9)
10 bar g 0.67 1.11 1.78 2.29 2.80 3.40 10 bar g 4.1 4.8 5.9 6.3 7.0 7.5
(145 psi g) (0.39) (0.65) (1.05) (1.35) (1.65) (2) (145 psi g) (2.4) (2.8) (3.5) (3.7) (4.1) (4.4)
11 bar g 0.73 1.25 1.95 2.57 3.20 3.90 11 bar g 4.4 5.3 6.3 7.1 7.9 8.5
(159.5 psi g) (0.43) (0.74) (1.15) (1.51) (1.88) (2.3) (159.5 psi g) (2.6) (3.1) (3.7) (4.2) (4.6) (5)
12 bar g 0.79 1.39 2.17 2.80 3.40 4.20 12 bar g 4.6 5.9 7.0 7.7 8.4 9.3
(174 psi g) (0.46) (0.82) (1.28) (1.65) (2) (2.47) (174 psi g) (2.7) (3.5) (4.1) (4.5) (4.9) (5.5)
13 bar g 0.89 1.49 2.40 3.10 3.80 4.80 13 bar g 5.5 6.4 7.9 8.7 9.5 10.7
(188.5 psi g) (0.52) (0.88) (1.41) (1.82) (2.24) (2.83) (188.5 psi g) (3.2) (3.8) (4.6) (5.1) (5.6) (6.3)
Maximum pressure drop <0.1 bar.
Values between brackets are indicative imperial values
1) The above data represents the typical performance of a single membrane module. Actual performance can vary depending on factors such as feed air pressure and temperature. Please

contact your Parker go to person for actual performance information to meet your application’s requirements.
2) m3/hr refers to conditions at 1013 mbar(a) and 20°C.

For higher purities please contact Parker

Ambient Conditions Material

Ambient temperature +2°C to +50°C (+36°F to 122°F) Housing Steel
Ambient pressure atmospheric Tube Aluminum
Air quality clean air without contaminants Coating (housing) ESPC to RAL 7039 (Quartz Grey)
Coating (tube) none
Feed-air Conditions
Maximum operating pressure 13.0 bar g (190 psi g)
Services on Request
Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C to +50°C (+36°F to 122°F) 3D model CAD STEP file

Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m (<0.01 ppm (w))

3

Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off

Weight, Dimensions and Connections
758 x 80 x 63 mm
Relative humidity <100% (non condensing) Dimensions H x W x D
(29.84" x 3.15" x 2.48")
Weight 3.2 kg (7.05 lb)
Flow Rate Corrections Connection feed-air G3/8 female to ISO 228
Nitrogen flow rate at feed-air Connection nitrogen enriched air G3/8 female to ISO 228
Use bulletin S3.1.240*
temperatures other than 20ºC
Connection oxygen enriched air
Feed-air consumption at feed-air G3/8 female to ISO 228
Use bulletin S3.1.240* at atmospheric pressure
temperatures other than 20ºC
* Revision number may vary, make sure to use the most recent Revision
Dimensional drawing Refer to K3.1.344

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
116
 www.parker.com/gsfe

SmartFluxx SA708

ØD

Performance data
Performance data is based on 20°C feed-air temperature and 1013 mbar ambient pressure

Typical Nitrogen1) flow rate Typical Feed-air consumption at nitrogen flow rate
Purity % in m3/hr2) (SCFM) Purity % in m3/hr2) (SCFM)
99.5 99 98 97 96 95 93 90 99.5 99 98 97 96 95 93 90
4 bar g 0.90 1.44 2.20 2.91 3.63 4.36 4 bar g 7.5 8.6 9.0 9.5 10.4 11.2
(58 psi g) (0,53) (0,85) (1,3) (1,71) (2,14) (2,57) (58 psi g) (4,4) (5,1) (5,3) (5,6) (6,1) (6,6)
5 bar g 1.3 2.06 3.09 4.05 5.10 6.15 5 bar g 10.1 11.5 11.7 12.6 14.0 15.2
(72.5 psi g) (0,77) (1,21) (1,82) (2,38) (3) (3,62) (72.5 psi g) (6) (6,7) (6,9) (7,4) (8,2) (8,9)
6 bar g 1.71 2.67 3.99 5.18 6.56 7.94 11.3 18.2 6 bar g 12.3 13.8 14.2 15.3 17.1 18.8 22.6 29.9
(87 psi g) (1) (1,57) (2,35) (3,05) (3,86) (4,67) (6,62) (10,7) (87 psi g) (7,2) (8,1) (8,4) (9) (10,1) (11,1) (13,3) (17,6)
7 bar g 2.11 3.27 4.90 6.46 8.12 9.78 13.8 22.1 7 bar g 14.7 16.2 17.1 18.7 20.8 22.7 27.1 36.0
(101.5 psi g) (1,24) (1,93) (2,89) (3,8) (4,78) (5,76) (8,1) (13) (101.5 psi g) (8,6) (9,6) (10) (11) (12,2) (13,4) (16) (21,2)
8 bar g 2.50 3.87 5.82 7.73 9.67 11.6 16.4 26.6 8 bar g 16.5 18.5 19.7 21.9 24.4 26.5 31.8 42.8
(116 psi g) (1,47) (2,28) (3,42) (4,55) (5,69) (6,84) (9,63) (15,7) (116 psi g) (9,7) (10,9) (11,6) (12,9) (14,4) (15,6) (18,7) (25,2)
9 bar g 2.81 4.46 6.77 9.03 11.27 13.5 19.0 30.8 9 bar g 18.5 21.1 22.7 25.6 28.3 30.6 36.8 49.4
(130.5 psi g) (1,66) (2,62) (3,98) (5,32) (6,63) (7,95) (11,2) (18,1) (130.5 psi g) (10,9) (12,4) (13,4) (15,1) (16,7) (18) (21,6) (29,1)
10 bar g 3.12 4.94 7.64 10.3 12.9 15.4 21.7 35.6 10 bar g 20.4 23.2 25.5 29.2 32.1 34.8 42.0 57.2
(145 psi g) (1,84) (2,91) (4,5) (6,08) (7,57) (9,06) (12,8) (21) (145 psi g) (12) (13,7) (15) (17,2) (18,9) (20,5) (24,7) (33,7)
11 bar g 3.41 5.46 8.49 11.5 14.5 17.3 11 bar g 22.1 25.5 28.3 32.4 36.1 39.0
(159.5 psi g) (2) (3,21) (5) (6,78) (8,51) (10,2) (159.5 psi g) (13) (15) (16,6) (19,1) (21,2) (23)
12 bar g 3.68 5.96 9.32 12.5 15.9 19.1 12 bar g 24.1 27.9 31.3 35.5 39.8 43.3
(174 psi g) (2,16) (3,51) (5,49) (7,38) (9,35) (11,2) (174 psi g) (14,2) (16,4) (18,4) (20,9) (23,4) (25,5)
13 bar g 3.93 6.45 10.1 13.6 17.1 20.9 13 bar g 25.9 30.9 34.3 38.8 43.2 47.8
(188.5 psi g) (2,32) (3,8) (5,92) (7,98) (10,1) (12,3) (188.5 psi g) (15,3) (18,2) (20,2) (22,8) (25,5) (28,1)
Maximum pressure drop at Purity <0.2 bar
Values between brackets are indicative of imperial values
1) The above data represents the typical performance of a single membrane module. Actual performance can vary depending on factors such as feed air pressure and temperature. Please

contact your Parker go to person for actual performance information to meet your application’s requirements.
2)
m3/hr refers to conditions at 1013mbar(a) and 20°C.
For purities >99.5% please contact Parker

Ambient Conditions Mechanical Design Housing

Ambient temperature +2°C to +50°C (+36°F to 122°F) Design pressure 15 bar g4) (217 psi g)4)
Ambient pressure atmospheric Design temperature 65ºC4) (149ºF)4)
Air quality clean air without contaminants 4 Membrane ambient and operating conditions are lower

Material
Feed-air Conditions
Housing Aluminum
Maximum operating pressure 13.0 bar g (190 psi g)
ESPC to RAL 7039 (Quartz Grey)
Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C / +50°C (+36°F to 122°F) Coating
Dry Film Thickness: 60 micron
Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m3 (<0.01 ppm (w))
Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off Services on Request
Relative humidity <100% (non condensing) 3D model CAD STEP file

Flow Rate Corrections Weight, Dimensions and Connections

Nitrogen flow rate at feed-air Dimensions H x Ø D 782 x 114 mm (30.79" x 4.49")
Use bulletin S3.1.240*
temperatures other than 20ºC Weight 5.5 kg (12.1 lb)
Feed-air consumption at feed-air Connection feed-air G¾ female to ISO 228
Use bulletin S3.1.240*
temperatures other than 20ºC
Connection nitrogen enriched air G¾ female to ISO 228
* Revision number may vary, make sure to use the most recent Revision
Connection oxygen enriched air at
G1 female to ISO 228
atmospheric pressure enriched air
Note Dimensional drawing Refer to K3.1.383
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
117
 Industrial Nitrogen Gas Generation - Membrane Modules

SmartFluxx SA1508

ØD

Performance data
Performance data is based on 20°C feed-air temperature and 1013 mbar ambient pressure

Typical Nitrogen1) flow rate Typical Feed-air consumption at nitrogen flow rate
Purity % in m3/hr2) (SCFM) Purity % in m3/hr2) (SCFM)
99.5 99.0 98.0 97.0 96.0 95.0 99.5 99.0 98.0 97.0 96.0 95.0
4 bar g 2.8 4.0 5.7 7.1 9.5 10.9 4 bar g 21 21 22 22 26 27
(58 psi g) (1.6) (2.4) (3.4) (4.2) (5.6) (6.4) (58 psi g) (12) (12) (13) (13) (15) (16)
5 bar g 3.7 5.3 7.9 10.2 12.8 15.2 5 bar g 24 26 29 31 34 36
(72.5 psi g) (2.2) (3.1) (4.6) (6) (7.5) (8.9) (72.5 psi g) (14) (15) (17) (18) (20) (21)
6 bar g 4.7 7.0 10.2 13.0 15.7 20.5 6 bar g 29 33 36 38 41 48
(87 psi g) (2.8) (4.1) (6) (7.7) (9.2) (12.1) (87 psi g) (17) (19) (21) (22) (24) (28)
7 bar g 6.1 8.5 12.3 16.5 19.5 24.3 7 bar g 36 38 41 48 50 56
(101.5 psi g) (3.6) (5) (7.2) (9.7) (11.5) (14.3) (101.5 psi g) (21) (22) (24) (28) (29) (33)
8 bar g 6.9 9.7 14.3 20.2 23.3 28.1 8 bar g 38 42 47 56 58 63
(116 psi g) (4.1) (5.7) (8.4) (11.9) (13.7) (16.5) (116 psi g) (22) (25) (28) (33) (34) (37)
9 bar g 7.8 11.1 17.0 22.2 27.0 32.2 9 bar g 44 48 55 62 67 72
(130.5 psi g) (4.6) (6.5) (10) (13.1) (15.9) (19) (130.5 psi g) (26) (28) (32) (36) (39) (42)
10 bar g 8.6 12.6 18.5 24.2 30.2 37.4 10 bar g 50 56 61 68 75 84
(145 psi g) (5.1) (7.4) (10.9) (14.2) (17.8) (22) (145 psi g) (29) (33) (36) (40) (44) (49)
11 bar g 9.6 14.2 20.7 27.3 33.0 41.0 11 bar g 51 60 66 74 80 91
(159.5 psi g) (5.7) (8.4) (12.2) (16.1) (19.4) (24.1) (159.5 psi g) (30) (35) (39) (44) (47) (54)
12 bar g 10.5 15.2 22.9 29.5 36.6 45.6 12 bar g 57 65 76 83 92 103
(174 psi g) (6.2) (8.9) (13.5) (17.4) (21.5) (26.8) (174 psi g) (34) (38) (45) (49) (54) (61)
13 bar g 11.3 16.3 24.9 32.0 39.5 48.8 13 bar g 66 72 85 92 101 113
(188.5 psi g) (6.7) (9.6) (14.7) (18.8) (23.2) (28.7) (188.5 psi) (39) (42) (50) (54) (59) (67)
Maximum pressure drop at Purity <0.2 bar
Values between brackets are indicative of imperial values
1) The above data represents the typical performance of a single membrane module.
Actual performance can vary depending on factors such as feed air pressure and
Mechanical Design Housing
temperature. Please contact your Parker go to person for actual performance information Design pressure 15 bar g4) (217 psi g)4)
to meet your application’s requirements.
2) m3/hr refers to conditions at 1013 mbar(a) and 20°C
Design temperature 65ºC4) (149ºF)4)
For purities >99.5% please contact Parker
4)
Membrane ambient and operating conditions are lower

Ambient Conditions Material

Ambient temperature +2°C to +50°C (+36°F to 122°F) Housing Aluminum
Ambient pressure atmospheric ESPC to RAL 7039 (Quartz Grey)
Coating
Air quality clean air without contaminants Dry Film Thickness: 60 micron

Feed-air Conditions Services on Request

Maximum operating pressure 13.0 bar g (190 psi g) Material certificates EN10204-3.1 on housing material
(for Stainless Steel only)
Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C / +50°C (+36°F to 122°F)
3D model CAD STEP file
Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m3 (<0.01 ppm (w))
Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off
Weight, Dimensions and Connections
Relative humidity <100% (non condensing)
Dimensions H x Ø D 1655 x 114 mm (65.12" x 4.49")
Weight
Flow Rate Corrections 6.8 kg (15 lb)
Connection feed-air G¾ female to ISO 228
Nitrogen flow rate at feed-air
Use bulletin S3.1.240* Connection nitrogen enriched air G¾ female to ISO 228
temperatures other than 20ºC
Feed-air consumption at feed-air Connection oxygen enriched air
Use bulletin S3.1.240* G1 female to ISO 228
temperatures other than 20ºC at atmospheric pressure
* Revision number may vary, make sure to use the most recent revision Dimensional drawing Refer to K3.1.330

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
118
 www.parker.com/gsfe

SmartFluxx SA1508SS

ØD

Performance data
Performance data is based on 20°C feed-air temperature and 1013 mbar ambient pressure
Typical Nitrogen1) flow rate Typical Feed-air consumption at nitrogen flow rate
Purity % in m3/hr2) (SCFM) Purity % in m3/hr2) (SCFM)
99.5 99.0 98.0 97.0 96.0 95.0 99.5 99.0 98.0 97.0 96.0 95.0
4 bar g 2.8 4.0 5.7 7.1 9.5 10.9 4 bar g 21 21 22 22 26 27
(58 psi g) (1.6) (2.4) (3.4) (4.2) (5.6) (6.4) (58 psi g) (12) (12) (13) (13) (15) (16)
5 bar g 3.7 5.3 7.9 10.2 12.8 15.2 5 bar g 24 26 29 31 34 36
(72.5 psi g) (2.2) (3.1) (4.6) (6) (7.5) (8.9) (72.5 psi g) (14) (15) (17) (18) (20) (21)
6 bar g 4.7 7.0 10.2 13.0 15.7 20.5 6 bar g 29 33 36 38 41 48
(87 psi g) (2.8) (4.1) (6) (7.7) (9.2) (12.1) (87 psi g) (17) (19) (21) (22) (24) (28)
7 bar g 6.1 8.5 12.3 16.5 19.5 24.3 7 bar g 36 38 41 48 50 56
(101.5 psi g) (3.6) (5) (7.2) (9.7) (11.5) (14.3) (101.5 psi g) (21( (22) (24) (28) (29) (33)
8 bar g 6.9 9.7 14.3 20.2 23.3 28.1 8 bar g 38 42 47 56 58 63
(116 psi g) (4.1) (5.7) (8.4) (11.9) (13.7) (16.5) (116 psi g) (22) (25) (28 (33) (34) (37)
9 bar g 7.8 11.1 17.0 22.2 27.0 32.2 9 bar g 44 48 55 62 67 72
(130.5 psi g) (4.6) (6.5) (10) (13.1) (15.9) (19) (130.5 psi g) (26) (28) (32) (36) (39) (42)
10 bar g 8.6 12.6 18.5 24.2 30.2 37.4 10 bar g 50 56 61 68 75 84
(145 psi g) (5.1) (7.4) (10.9) (14.2) (17.8) (22) (145 psi g) (29) (33) (36) (40) (75) (44)
11 bar g 9.6 14.2 20.7 27.3 33.0 41.0 11 bar g 51 60 66 74 80 91
(159.5 psi g) (5.7) (8.4) (12.2) (16.1) (19.4) (24.1) (159.5 psi g) (30) (35) (39) (44) (47) (54)
12 bar g 10.5 15.2 22.9 29.5 36.6 45.6 12 bar g 57 65 76 83 92 103
(174 psi g) (6.2) (8.9) (13.5) (17.4) (21.5) (26.8) (174 psi g) (34) (38) (45) (49) (54) (61)
13 bar g 11.3 16.3 24.9 32.0 39.5 48.8 13 bar g 66 72 85 92 101 113
(188.5 psi g) (6.7) (9.6) (14.7) (18.8) (23.2) (28.7) (188.5 psi g) (39) (42) (50) (54) (59) (67)
Maximum pressure drop at Purity <0.2 bar
Values between brackets are indicative of imperial values
1) The above data represents the typical performance of a single membrane module. Actual

performance can vary depending on factors such as feed air pressure and temperature.
Mechanical Design Housing
Please contact your Parker go to person for actual performance information to meet your Design pressure 15 bar g4) (217 psi g)4)
application’s requirements.
2) m3/hr refers to conditions at 1013 mbar(a) and 20°C Design temperature 65ºC4) (149ºF)4)
For purities >99.5% please contact Parker 4)
Membrane operating limits are lower

Ambient Conditions Material

Ambient temperature +2°C to +50°C (+36°F to 122°F) Housing Stainless Steel
Ambient pressure atmospheric Coating None
Air quality clean air without contaminants

Feed-air Conditions Services on Request

Maximum operating pressure 13.0 bar g (190 psi g) Material certificates EN10204-3.1 on housing material
Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C to +50°C (+36°F to 122°F) (for Stainless Steel only)
Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m3 (<0.01 ppm (w)) 3D model CAD STEP file
Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off
Relative humidity <100% (non condensing)
Weight, Dimensions and Connections
Dimensions H x Ø D 1654 x 114 mm (65.12" x 4.49")
Weight 18 kg (40 lb)
Flow Rate Corrections
Connection feed-air G¾ female to ISO 228
Nitrogen flow rate at feed-air
Use bulletin S3.1.240* Connection nitrogen enriched air G¾ female to ISO 228
temperatures other than 20ºC
Feed-air consumption at feed-air Connection oxygen enriched air at
Use bulletin S3.1.240* G1 female to ISO 228
temperatures other than 20ºC atmospheric pressure
* Revision number may vary, make sure to use the most recent revision Dimensional drawing Refer to K3.1.330

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
119
 Industrial Nitrogen Gas Generation - Membrane Modules

SmartFluxx SA15015

ØD

Performance data
Performance data is based on 20°C feed-air temperature and 1013 mbar ambient pressure
Typical1) Nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr 2) (SCFM) Typical Feed-air consumption at nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr 2) (SCFM)
Purity % Purity %
99 98 97 96 95 99 98 97 96 95
4 bar g 21.8 29.6 37.4 48.4 59.5 4 bar g 116 116 120 141 155
(58 psi g) (12.8) (17.4) (22.0) (28.5) (35.0) (58 psi g) (68) (69) (71) (83) (91)
5 bar g 29.5 42.5 55.5 69.4 83.2 5 bar g 152 164 176 198 211
(73 psi g) (17.3) (25.0) (32.7) (40.8) (49.0) (73 psi g) (90) (96) (104) (116) (124)
6 bar g 36.8 54.6 72.3 89.1 105.9 6 bar g 186 206 226 249 262
(87 psi g) (21.7) (32.1) (42.6) (52.5) (62.4) (87 psi g) (109) (121) (133) (147) (154)
7 bar g 43.9 65.8 87.8 107.8 127.7 7 bar g 216 244 270 296 299
(102 psi g) (25.8) (38.8) (51.7) (63.4) (75.2) (102 psi g) (127) (143) (159) (174) (176)
8 bar g 50.7 76.3 102.0 125.3 148.6 8 bar g 244 278 309 338 347
(116 psi g) (29.8) (44.9) (60.0) (73.7) (87.5) (116 psi g) (144) (163) (182) (199) (204)
9 bar g 57.2 86.0 114.8 141.6 168.5 9 bar g 271 308 342 376 392
(130 psi g) (33.6) (50.6) (67.6) (83.4) (99.2) (130 psi g) (159) (181) (201) (221) (231)
10 bar g 63.3 94.8 126.4 156.9 187.4 10 bar g 298 334 371 410 431
(145 psi g) (37.3) (55.8) (74.4) (92.3) (110.3) (145 psi g) (175) (197) (218) (241) (254)
11 bar g 69.2 102.9 136.6 171.0 205.4 11 bar g 325 360 396 445 472
(160 psi g) (40.7) (60.6) (80.4) (100.6) (120.9) (160 psi g) (191) (212) (233) (262) (278)
12 bar g 74.8 110.1 145.5 183.9 222.4 12 bar g 352 386 422 478 511
(174 psi g) (44.0) (64.8) (85.6) (108.3) (130.9) (174 psi g) (207) (227) (248) (281) (301)
13 bar g 80.1 116.6 153.1 195.8 238.5 13 bar g 376 408 444 509 548
(189 psi g) (47.1) (68.6) (90.1) (115.2) (140.3) (189 psi g) (222) (240) (261) (300) (323)
Maximum pressure drop at Purity: ≤0.2 bar
Values between brackets are indicative imperial values
The above data represents the typical performance of a single membrane module. Actual
1)
m3/hr refers to conditions at 1013 mbar(a) and 20°C
2)

performance can vary depending on factors such as feed air condition and is depending on Performance certificates available up to 11 barg.
3)

temperature see Flow Rate Correction below.

Ambient Conditions Material

Ambient temperature +2°C to +60°C (+36°F to 140°F) Housing Aluminum
Ambient pressure atmospheric Sulfuric Acid Anodizing
Coating
Air quality clean air without contaminants [ MIL-A-8625F, Type II ]

Operating Conditions Feed-air Services Available on Request

Maximum operating pressure 13 bar g (190 psi g) Material certificates EN10204-2.2 on request
Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C / +60°C (+36°F to 140°F) 3D model CAD STEP file
Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m3 (<0.01 ppm (w))
Weight, Dimensions and Connections
Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off
1750 x 256/198 mm
Relative humidity <100% (non condensing) Dimensions H x Ø D
(68.9" x 10.1/7.8")

Flow Rate Corrections Weight 22.2 kg (48.9 lb)

Connection feed-air G1½" female to ISO 228
Nitrogen flow rate at feed-air
Use bulletin S3.1.2403)
temperatures other than 20˚C Connection nitrogen enriched air G1½" female to ISO 228
Feed-air consumption at feed-air Connection oxygen enriched air at Dual Hose Connection 1¾"
Use bulletin S3.1.2403)
temperatures other than 20˚C atmospheric pressure (Adapter OD = 45mm)
3) Revision number may vary, make sure to use the most recent revision
Dimensional drawing Refer to K3.1.415
Mechanical Design Housing
Design pressure 15 bar g (217 psi g)4)
Design temperature 65°C (149˚F)4)
4) Membrane operating limits are lower

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
120
 www.parker.com/gsfe

SmartFluxx SA15020

ØD

Performance data
Performance data is based on 20°C feed-air temperature and 1013 mbar ambient pressure
Typical Nitrogen1) flow rate Typical Feed-air consumption at
Purity % in m3/hr2) (SCFM) Purity % nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr2) (SCFM)
99.5 99.0 98.0 97.0 96.0 95.0 99.5 99.0 98.0 97.0 96.0 95.0
4 bar g 17 25 36 47 57 70 4 bar g 127 126 135 145 155 169
(58 psi g) (10) (15) (21) (28) (34) (41) (58 psi g) (75) (74) (79) (85) (91) (99)
5 bar g 23 33 49 66 82 93 5 bar g 144 155 171 194 216 218
(72.5 psi g) (14) (19) (29) (39) (48) (55) (72.5 psi g) (85) (91) (101) (114) (127) (128)
6 bar g 29 43 63 83 102 120 6 bar g 170 191 214 239 261 276
(87 psi g) (17) (25) (37) (49) (60) (71) (87 psi g) (100) (112) (126) (141) (154) (162)
7 bar g 37 53 78 100 125 154 7 bar g 202 223 258 281 315 348
(101.5 psi g) (22) (31) (46) (59) (74) (91) (101.5 psi g) (119) (131) (152) (165) (185) (205)
8 bar g 44 62 90 117 144 178 8 bar g 232 255 293 323 361 399
(116 psi g) (26) (36) (53) (69) (85) (105) (116 psi g) (137) (150) (172) (190) (212) (235)
9 bar g 49 72 103 133 165 216 9 bar g 264 298 335 369 413 485
(130.5 psi g) (29) (42) (61) (78) (97) (127) (130.5 psi g) (155) (175) (197) (217) (243) (285)
Maximum pressure drop at Purity: ≤0.2 bar
Values between brackets are indicative imperial values”

The above data represents the typical performance of a single membrane module. Actual performance can vary depending on factors such as feed air pressure and temperature.
1)

Please contact your Parker go to person for actual performance information to meet your application’s requirements.
m3/hr refers to conditions at 1013 mbar(a) and 20°C
2)

For higher purities please contact Parker

Ambient Conditions Mechanical Design Housing

Ambient temperature +2°C to +50°C (+36°F to 122°F) Design pressure 14 bar g4) (203 psi g)4)
Ambient pressure atmospheric Design temperature 65ºC4) (149ºF)4)
Air quality clean air without contaminants 4) Membrane operating limits are lower

Operating Conditions Feed-air Material

Maximum operating pressure 9.0 bar g (130.5 psi g) Housing Aluminum

Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C to +50°C (+36°F to 122°F) ESPC to RAL 7039 (Quartz Grey)
Coating
Dry Film Thickness: 60 micron
Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m (<0.01 ppm (w))
3

Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off

Relative humidity <100% (non condensing) Services Available on Request
3D model CAD STEP file

Flow Rate Corrections Weight, Dimensions and Connections

Nitrogen flow rate at feed-air Dimensions H x Ø D 1740 x 280 mm (68.50" x 11.02")
Use bulletin S3.1.2403)
temperatures other than 20ºC Weight 46 kg (102 lb)
Feed-air consumption at feed-air
Use bulletin S3.1.2403) Connection feed-air G2½ female to ISO 228
temperatures other than 20ºC
3) Revision number may vary, make sure to use the most recent revision Connection nitrogen enriched air G2½ female to ISO 228
Connection oxygen enriched air
100mm (3.94") OD
at atmospheric pressure
Dimensional drawing Refer to K3.1.339

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
121
 Industrial Nitrogen Gas Generation - Membrane Modules

HiFluxx ST304

H D

Purity Typical1) Nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr2) (SCFM) Typical Feed-air consumption at nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr2) (SCFM)
Purity %
%1 99 98 97 96 95 99 98 97 96 95
4 bar g 0.15 0.27 0.39 0.50 0.62 4 bar g 1.16 1.29 1.43 1.54 1.69
5 bar g 0.19 0.34 0.48 0.62 0.78 5 bar g 1.44 1.61 1.78 1.92 2.11
6 bar g 0.25 0.45 0.62 0.80 0.98 6 bar g 1.73 1.98 2.18 2.39 2.65
7 bar g 0.29 0.52 0.73 0.93 1.14 7 bar g 2.02 2.31 2.55 2.79 3.09
8 bar g 0.33 0.60 0.83 1.06 1.31 8 bar g 2.31 2.64 2.91 3.19 3.53
9 bar g 0.39 0.70 0.95 1.23 1.52 9 bar g 2.70 3.06 3.33 3.69 4.10
10 bar g 0.41 0.75 1.04 1.33 1.64 10 bar g 2.89 3.30 3.64 3.99 4.42
11 bar g 0.43 0.82 1.15 1.48 1.83 11 bar g 3.45 3.85 4.24 4.58 4.94
12 bar g 0.45 0.89 1.25 1.63 2.02 12 bar g 3.60 4.17 4.63 5.04 5.46
Maximum pressure drop <0.3 bar.
Maximum nitrogen flow rate = minimum flow rate + 30%
1. Parker membranes separate oxygen from pressurised air. The composition of the product is determined by measuring the residual oxygen content. The nitrogen content is calculated by subtracting
the residual oxygen content from 100%. Air is composed of nitrogen (78.1%), oxygen (20.9%), Argon (0.9%), CO2 (0.03%), and some trace inert gases. Therefore it should be born in mind that the
value that is normally called the nitrogen content actually is the inert gas content.
2. m3/hr refers to conditions at 1013 mbar(a) and 20°C

Ambient Conditions Material

Ambient temperature +2°C to +45°C* Housing Aluminum
Ambient pressure atmospheric
Air quality clean air without contaminants
*Maximum inlet temperature, 35˚C when operating at 13 bar g. Services on Request
3D model CAD STEP file
Feed-air Conditions
Maximum operating pressure 13 bar g**
Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C / +45°C*
Weight, Dimensions and Connections
Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m3 Dimensions H x W x D 386 x 80 x 63 mm

Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off Weight 2.3 kg

Relative humidity <100% (non condensing) Connection inlet / outlet G3/8 female
*Maximum inlet temperature, 35˚C when operating at 13 bar g. Vent G3/8 female
**Maximum inlet pressure, 10 bar g when operating at 45˚C. Dimensional drawing Refer to K3.1.348

Flow Rate Corrections

Nitrogen flow rate at feed
Use bulletin S3.1.059*
temperatures other than 20ºC
Feed-air consumption at feed-air
Use bulletin S3.1.059*
temperatures other than 20ºC
*version number may vary, make sure to use the most recent version

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
122
 www.parker.com/gsfe

HiFluxx DT304

H D

Performance data
Performance data is based on 20°C feed-air temperature and 1013 mbar ambient pressure

Typical1) Nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr2) (SCFM) Typical Feed-air consumption at nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr2) (SCFM)
Purity %1 Purity %
99.5 99 98 97 96 95 99.5 99 98 97 96 95
4 bar g 0.29 0.47 0.75 1.00 1.26 1.55 4 bar g 2.56 2.78 3.16 3.41 3.77 4.03
5 bar g 0.36 0.59 0.94 1.25 1.57 1.94 5 bar g 3.20 3.47 3.95 4.26 4.72 5.04
6 bar g 0.47 0.75 1.19 1.61 2.00 2.43 6 bar g 3.93 4.29 4.89 5.30 5.80 6.32
7 bar g 0.55 0.88 1.39 1.87 2.33 2.84 7 bar g 4.58 5.00 5.70 6.18 6.76 7.37
8 bar g 0.62 1.00 1.59 2.14 2.67 3.24 8 bar g 5.24 5.72 6.52 7.06 7.73 8.43
9 bar g 0.71 1.14 1.79 2.44 3.03 3.68 9 bar g 5.93 6.53 7.33 8.05 8.78 9.57
10 bar g 0.78 1.25 1.99 2.68 3.33 4.05 10 bar g 6.55 7.14 8.15 8.83 9.66 10.5
11 bar g 0.83 1.35 2.14 2.89 3.63 4.44 11 bar g 7.50 8.13 9.22 10.1 10.9 11.5
12 bar g 0.89 1.46 2.30 3.11 3.94 4.83 12 bar g 7.99 8.73 9.89 10.9 11.8 12.5
Maximum pressure drop <0.8 bar.
Maximum nitrogen flow rate = minimum flow rate + 10%
1. Parker membranes separate oxygen from pressurised air. The composition of the product is determined by measuring the residual oxygen content. The nitrogen content is calculated by subtracting
the residual oxygen content from 100%. Air is composed of nitrogen (78.1%), oxygen (20.9%), Argon (0.9%), CO2 (0.03%), and some trace inert gases. Therefore it should be born in mind that the
value that is normally called the nitrogen content actually is the inert gas content.
2. m3/hr refers to conditions at 1013 mbar(a) and 20°C

Ambient Conditions Material

Ambient temperature +2°C to +45°C* Housing Aluminum
Ambient pressure atmospheric
Air quality clean air without contaminants
Services on Request
*Maximum inlet temperature, 35˚C when operating at 13 bar g.
3D model CAD STEP file
Feed-air Conditions
Maximum operating pressure 13 bar g** Weight, Dimensions and Connections
Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C / +45°C*
Dimensions H x W x D 386 x 145 x 63 mm
Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m3
Weight 4.0 kg
Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off
Connection inlet / outlet G3/8 female
Relative humidity <100% (non condensing)
Vent G3/8 female
*Maximum inlet temperature, 35˚C when operating at 13 bar g.
**Maximum inlet pressure, 10 bar g when operating at 45˚C. Dimensional drawing Refer to K3.1.349

Flow Rate Corrections

Nitrogen flow rate at feed
Use bulletin S3.1.059*
temperatures other than 20ºC
Feed-air consumption at feed-air
Use bulletin S3.1.059*
temperatures other than 20ºC
*version number may vary, make sure to use the most recent version

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
123
 Industrial Nitrogen Gas Generation - Membrane Modules

HiFluxx TT304

H D

Performance data
Performance data is based on 20°C feed-air temperature and 1013 mbar ambient pressure
Minimum nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr 2 Feed-air consumption at minimum nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr
Purity %1 Purity %
99.5 99 98 97 96 95 99.5 99 98 97 96 95
4 bar g 0.50 0.74 1.13 1.49 1.79 2.28 4 bar g 3.82 4.17 4.63 5.06 5.37 5.92
5 bar g 0.62 0.93 1.41 1.86 2.24 2.85 5 bar g 4.78 5.21 5.79 6.33 6.71 7.40
6 bar g 0.77 1.17 1.78 2.36 2.93 3.55 6 bar g 5.93 6.46 7.12 7.78 8.48 9.23
7 bar g 0.90 1.37 2.08 2.75 3.41 4.14 7 bar g 6.92 7.53 8.30 9.07 9.90 10.8
8 bar g 1.03 1.57 2.37 3.14 3.90 4.73 8 bar g 7.91 8.61 9.49 10.4 11.3 12.3
9 bar g 1.16 1.73 2.66 3.54 4.45 5.39 9 bar g 9.01 9.71 10.9 11.7 12.9 14.0
10 bar g 1.28 1.96 2.97 3.93 4.88 5.92 10 bar g 10.0 11.0 12.2 13.0 14.1 15.4
11 bar g 1.36 2.07 3.19 4.25 5.32 6.48 11 bar g 11.6 12.4 13.7 14.9 16.0 17.5
12 bar g 1.43 2.18 3.41 4.57 5.77 7.05 12 bar g 12.2 13.1 14.7 16.0 17.3 19.0
Maximum pressure drop < 0.8 bar.
Maximum nitrogen flow rate = minimum flow rate + 10%
1. Parker membranes separate oxygen from pressurised air. The composition of the product is determined by measuring the residual oxygen content. The nitrogen content is calculated by subtracting
the residual oxygen content from 100%. Air is composed of nitrogen (78.1%), oxygen (20.9%), Argon (0.9%), CO2 (0.03%), and some trace inert gases. Therefore it should be born in mind that the
value that is normally called the nitrogen content actually is the inert gas content.
2. m3/hr refers to conditions at 1013 mbar(a) and 20°C

Ambient Conditions Material

Ambient temperature +2°C to +45°C* Housing Aluminum
Ambient pressure atmospheric
Air quality clean air without contaminants
*Maximum inlet temperature, 35˚C when operating at 13 bar g.
Services on Request
3D model CAD STEP file
Feed-air Conditions
Maximum operating pressure 13 bar g**
Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C / +45°C* Weight, Dimensions and Connections
Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m3 Dimensions H x W x D 388 x 200 x 63 mm
Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off Weight 5.7 kg
Relative humidity <100% (non condensing) Connection inlet / outlet G3/8 female
*Maximum inlet temperature, 35˚C when operating at 13 bar g. Vent G3/8 female
**Maximum inlet pressure, 10 bar g when operating at 45˚C.
Dimensional drawing Refer to K3.1.352

Flow Rate Corrections

Nitrogen flow rate at feed
Use bulletin S3.1.059*
temperatures other than 20ºC
Feed-air consumption at feed-air
Use bulletin S3.1.059*
temperatures other than 20ºC
*Revision number may vary, make sure to use the most recent revision.

*Revision number may vary, make sure to use the most recent Revision

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
124
 www.parker.com/gsfe

HiFluxx ST504

H D

Performance data
Performance data is based on 20°C feed-air temperature and 1013 mbar ambient pressure

Minimum nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr 2 Feed-air consumption at minimum nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr 2
Purity %1 Purity %1
99 98 97 96 95 99 98 97 96 95
4 bar g 0.20 0.33 0.47 0.61 0.75 4 bar g 1.57 1.70 1.84 2.01 2.17
5 bar g 0.27 0.46 0.65 0.84 1.03 5 bar g 1.94 2.12 2.37 2.63 2.82
6 bar g 0.36 0.60 0.83 1.07 1.31 6 bar g 2.38 2.56 3.00 3.31 3.53
7 bar g 0.41 0.71 1.01 1.29 1.57 7 bar g 2.78 3.06 3.54 3.81 4.17
8 bar g 0.48 0.83 1.18 1.52 1.86 8 bar g 3.24 3.55 4.13 4.45 4.91
9 bar g 0.55 0.95 1.35 1.75 2.14 9 bar g 3.73 4.06 4.72 5.12 5.66
10 bar g 0.62 1.07 1.52 1.96 2.39 10 bar g 4.23 4.60 5.33 5.77 6.35
11 bar g 0.68 1.19 1.69 2.17 2.65 11 bar g 4.78 5.19 5.97 6.46 7.06
12 bar g 0.75 1.30 1.86 2.38 2.90 12 bar g 5.39 5.83 6.64 7.21 7.78
13 bar g 0.81 1.42 2.04 2.59 3.15 13 bar g 6.07 6.55 7.36 8.03 8.53
Maximum pressure drop <0.3 bar.
Maximum nitrogen flow rate = minimum flow rate + 30%.
1. Parker membranes separate oxygen from pressurised air. The composition of the product is determined by measuring the residual oxygen content. The nitrogen content is calculated by subtracting
the residual oxygen content from 100%. Air is composed of nitrogen (78.1%), oxygen (20.9%), Argon (0.9%), CO2 (0.03%), and some trace inert gases. Therefore it should be born in mind that the
value that is normally called the nitrogen content actually is the inert gas content.
2. m3/hr refers to conditions at 1013 mbar(a) and 20°C

Ambient Conditions Material

Ambient temperature +2°C to +45°C* Housing Steel
Ambient pressure atmospheric Tube Aluminum
Air quality clean air without contaminants Coating (housing) ESPC to RAL 7035 (Light Grey)
*Maximum inlet temperature, 35˚C when operating at 13 bar g. Coating (tube) None

Feed-air Conditions Services Available on Request

Maximum operating pressure 13 bar g** 3D model CAD STEP file
Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C to +45°C* Test Report
Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m 3

Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off

Relative humidity <100% (non condensing) Weight, Dimensions and Connections
*Maximum inlet temperature, 35˚C when operating at 13 bar g. Dimensions H x W x D 520 x 80 x 63 mm
**Maximum inlet pressure, 10 bar g when operating at 45˚C.
Weight 2.6 kg
Connection feed-air G3/8 female to ISO 228
Flow Rate Corrections
Connection nitrogen enriched air G3/8 female to ISO 228
Nitrogen flow rate at feed-air
Use bulletin S3.1.059* Connection oxygen enriched
temperatures other than 20ºC G3/8 female to ISO 228
Feed-air consumption at feed-air air at atmospheric pressure
Use bulletin S3.1.059*
temperatures other than 20ºC Dimensional drawing Refer to K3.1.380

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
125
 Industrial Nitrogen Gas Generation - Membrane Modules

HiFluxx ST604

H D

Performance data
Performance data is based on 20°C feed-air temperature and 1013 mbar ambient pressure
Minimum nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr 2 Feed-air consumption at minimum nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr 2
Purity %1 Purity %
99 98 97 96 95 99 98 97 96 95
4 bar g 0.39 0.65 0.88 1.11 1.40 4 bar g 2.47 2.80 3.09 3.34 3.63
5 bar g 0.48 0.81 1.10 1.39 1.74 5 bar g 3.08 3.50 3.86 4.17 4.53
6 bar g 0.61 1.05 1.42 1.80 2.19 6 bar g 3.81 4.39 4.83 5.21 5.70
7 bar g 0.72 1.22 1.66 2.10 2.56 7 bar g 4.44 5.12 5.64 6.08 6.65
8 bar g 0.82 1.39 1.90 2.40 2.92 8 bar g 5.08 5.86 6.44 6.95 7.60
9 bar g 0.93 1.61 2.19 2.77 3.39 9 bar g 5.86 6.74 7.46 8.04 8.82
10 bar g 1.02 1.74 2.37 3.00 3.65 10 bar g 6.45 7.32 8.06 8.69 9.50
11 bar g 1.12 1.91 2.62 3.33 4.07 11 bar g 7.41 8.42 9.16 9.98 10.6
12 bar g 1.22 2.09 2.87 3.66 4.48 12 bar g 8.05 9.18 10.0 11.0 11.7
Maximum pressure drop <0.3 bar.
Maximum nitrogen flow rate = minimum flow rate + 30%
1. Parker membranes separate oxygen from pressurised air. The composition of the product is determined by measuring the residual oxygen content. The nitrogen content is calculated by subtracting
the residual oxygen content from 100%. Air is composed of nitrogen (78.1%), oxygen (20.9%), Argon (0.9%), CO2 (0.03%), and some trace inert gases. Therefore it should be born in mind that the
value that is normally called the nitrogen content actually is the inert gas content.
2. m3/hr refers to conditions at 1013mbar(a) and 20°C

Ambient Conditions Material

Ambient temperature +2°C to +45°C* Housing Aluminum
Ambient pressure atmospheric
Air quality clean air without contaminants
*Maximum inlet temperature, 35˚C when operating at 13 bar g.
Services on Request
3D model CAD STEP file
Feed-air Conditions
Maximum operating pressure 13 bar g**
Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C / +45°C* Weight, Dimensions and Connections
Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m 3 Dimensions H x W x D 757 x 80 x 63 mm
Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off Weight 3.2 kg
Relative humidity <100% (non condensing) Connection inlet / outlet G3/8 female
*Maximum inlet temperature, 35˚C when operating at 13 bar g. Vent G3/8 female
**Maximum inlet pressure, 10 bar g when operating at 45˚C.
Dimensional drawing Refer to K3.1.344

Flow Rate Corrections

Nitrogen flow rate at feed
Use bulletin S3.1.059*
temperatures other than 20ºC
Feed-air consumption at feed-air
Use bulletin S3.1.059*
temperatures other than 20ºC
*Revision number may vary, make sure to use the most recent Revision

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
126
 www.parker.com/gsfe

HiFluxx DT604

H D

Performance data
Performance data is based on 20°C feed-air temperature and 1013 mbar ambient pressure
Minimum nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr 2 Feed-air consumption at minimum nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr 2
Purity %1 Purity %
99.5 99 98 97 96 95 99.5 99 98 97 96 95
4 bar g 1.05 1.55 2.32 3.06 3.75 4.49 4 bar g 8.21 8.68 9.51 10.4 11.2 12.1
5 bar g 1.32 1.94 2.90 3.83 4.69 5.62 5 bar g 10.3 10.8 11.9 13.0 14.1 15.2
6 bar g 1.62 2.41 3.64 4.82 6.02 7.20 6 bar g 12.5 13.5 14.9 16.4 17.4 18.7
7 bar g 1.89 2.81 4.25 5.62 7.02 8.40 7 bar g 14.6 15.8 17.4 19.1 20.4 21.8
8 bar g 2.16 3.22 4.85 6.42 8.02 9.60 8 bar g 16.7 18.0 19.9 21.8 23.3 25.0
9 bar g 2.41 3.60 5.54 7.23 8.97 11.1 9 bar g 19.3 20.5 22.7 24.6 26.9 28.8
10 bar g 2.71 4.02 6.07 8.03 10.0 12.0 10 bar g 21.6 22.9 24.9 27.3 30.1 31.2
11 bar g 2.89 4.31 6.62 8.80 10.9 13.2 11 bar g 24.6 26.3 28.5 30.8 33.8 35.6
12 bar g 3.07 4.60 7.17 9.58 11.8 14.3 12 bar g 26.1 28.1 30.8 33.5 36.5 38.7
Maximum pressure drop <0.8 bar.
Maximum nitrogen flow rate = minimum flow rate + 10%
1. Parker membranes separate oxygen from pressurised air. The composition of the product is determined by measuring the residual oxygen content. The nitrogen content is calculated by subtracting
the residual oxygen content from 100 %. Air is composed of nitrogen (78.1%), oxygen (20.9%), Argon (0.9%), CO2 (0.03%), and some trace inert gases. Therefore it should be born in mind that the
value that is normally called the nitrogen content actually is the inert gas content.
2. m3/hr refers to conditions at 1013mbar(a) and 20°C

Ambient Conditions Material

Ambient temperature +2°C to +45°C* Housing Aluminum
Ambient pressure atmospheric
Air quality clean air without contaminants
*Maximum inlet temperature, 35˚C when operating at 13 bar g.
Services on Request
Material certificates EN10204-3.1 on housing material
Feed-air Conditions (for Stainless Steel only)

Maximum operating pressure 13 bar g** 3D model CAD STEP file

Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C / +45°C*

Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m3 Weight, Dimensions and Connections
Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off Dimensions H x W x D 758 x 145 x 63 mm
Relative humidity <100% (non condensing) Weight 6.0 kg
Connection inlet / outlet G 3/8 female
*Maximum inlet temperature, 35˚C when operating at 13 bar g.
**Maximum inlet pressure, 10 bar g when operating at 45˚C. Vent G3/8 female
Dimensional drawing Refer to K3.1.350
Flow Rate Corrections
Nitrogen flow rate at feed
Use bulletin S3.1.059*
temperatures other than 20ºC
Feed-air consumption at feed-air
Use bulletin S3.1.059*
temperatures other than 20ºC
*Revision number may vary, make sure to use the most recent Revision

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
127
 Industrial Nitrogen Gas Generation - Membrane Modules

HiFluxx TT604

H D

Performance data
Performance data is based on 20°C feed-air temperature and 1013 mbar ambient pressure
Minimum nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr 2 Feed-air consumption at minimum nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr 2
Purity %1 Purity %
99.5 99 98 97 96 95 99.5 99 98 97 96 95
4 bar g 1.05 1.55 2.32 3.06 3.75 4.49 4 bar g 8.21 8.68 9.51 10.4 11.2 12.1
5 bar g 1.32 1.94 2.90 3.83 4.69 5.62 5 bar g 10.3 10.8 11.9 13.0 14.1 15.2
6 bar g 1.62 2.41 3.64 4.82 6.02 7.20 6 bar g 12.5 13.5 14.9 16.4 17.4 18.7
7 bar g 1.89 2.81 4.25 5.62 7.02 8.40 7 bar g 14.6 15.8 17.4 19.1 20.4 21.8
8 bar g 2.16 3.22 4.85 6.42 8.02 9.60 8 bar g 16.7 18.0 19.9 21.8 23.3 25.0
9 bar g 2.41 3.60 5.54 7.23 8.97 11.1 9 bar g 19.3 20.5 22.7 24.6 26.9 28.8
10 bar g 2.71 4.02 6.07 8.03 10.0 12.0 10 bar g 21.6 22.9 24.9 27.3 30.1 31.2
11 bar g 2.89 4.31 6.62 8.80 10.9 13.2 11 bar g 24.6 26.3 28.5 30.8 33.8 35.6
12 bar g 3.07 4.60 7.17 9.58 11.8 14.3 12 bar g 26.1 28.1 30.8 33.5 36.5 38.7

Maximum pressure drop < 0.8 bar.

Maximum nitrogen flow rate = minimum flow rate + 10%
1. Parker membranes separate oxygen from pressurised air. The composition of the product is determined by measuring the residual oxygen content. The nitrogen content is calculated by subtracting
the residual oxygen content from 100%. Air is composed of nitrogen (78.1%), oxygen (20.9%), Argon (0.9%), CO2 (0.03%), and some trace inert gases. Therefore it should be born in mind that the
value that is normally called the nitrogen content actually is the inert gas content.
2. m3/hr refers to conditions at 1013mbar(a) and 20°C

Ambient Conditions Material

Ambient temperature +2°C to +45°C* Housing Aluminum
Ambient pressure atmospheric
Air quality clean air without contaminants
*Maximum inlet temperature, 35˚C when operating at 13 bar g.
Services on Request
3D model CAD STEP file
Feed-air Conditions
Maximum operating pressure 13 bar g**
Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C / +45°C* Weight, Dimensions and Connections
Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m 3 Dimensions H x W x D 758 x 200 x 63 mm
Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off Weight 8.3 kg
Relative humidity <100% (non condensing) Connection inlet / outlet G3/8 female
*Maximum inlet temperature, 35˚C when operating at 13 bar g. Vent G3/8 female
**Maximum inlet pressure, 10 bar g when operating at 45˚C.
Dimensional drawing Refer to K3.1.353

Flow Rate Corrections

Nitrogen flow rate at feed
Use bulletin S3.1.059*
temperatures other than 20ºC
Feed-air consumption at feed-air
Use bulletin S3.1.059*
temperatures other than 20ºC
* Revision number may vary, make sure to use the most recent Revision

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
128
 www.parker.com/gsfe

HiFluxx ST606

H D

Performance data
Performance data is based on 20°C feed-air temperature and 1013 mbar ambient pressure
Minimum nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr 2 Feed-air consumption at minimum nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr 2
Purity %1 Purity %
99 98 97 96 95 99 98 97 96 95
4 bar g 0.77 1.25 1.71 2.13 2.63 4 bar g 4.85 5.37 5.99 6.39 6.83
5 bar g 0.96 1.56 2.14 2.66 3.28 5 bar g 6.07 6.72 7.49 7.99 8.54
6 bar g 1.20 1.98 2.70 3.41 4.19 6 bar g 7.45 8.52 9.44 10.24 10.9
7 bar g 1.40 2.31 3.15 3.98 4.89 7 bar g 8.69 9.94 11.0 11.9 12.7
8 bar g 1.60 2.64 3.60 4.55 5.59 8 bar g 9.93 11.4 12.6 13.6 14.5
9 bar g 1.80 3.00 4.08 5.17 6.41 9 bar g 11.3 12.9 14.3 15.5 16.7
10 bar g 2.00 3.30 4.49 5.69 6.99 10 bar g 12.6 14.2 15.7 17.1 18.2
11 bar g 2.10 3.56 4.87 6.18 7.61 11 bar g 14.5 16.0 17.5 19.2 20.5
12 bar g 2.20 3.82 5.24 6.68 8.23 12 bar g 15.2 17.2 18.9 20.7 22.2
Maximum pressure drop <0.3 bar.
Maximum nitrogen flow rate = minimum flow rate + 30%
1. Parker membranes separate oxygen from pressurised air. The composition of the product is determined by measuring the residual oxygen content. The nitrogen content is calculated by subtracting
the residual oxygen content from 100 %. Air is composed of nitrogen (78.1%), oxygen (20.9 %), Argon (0.9 %), CO2 (0.03 %), and some trace inert gases. Therefore it should be born in mind that the
value that is normally called the nitrogen content actually is the inert gas content.
2. m3/hr refers to conditions at 1013mbar(a) and 20 °C

Ambient Conditions Material

Ambient temperature +2°C to +50°C Connection block Aluminium
Ambient pressure atmospheric Tube PVC
Air quality clean air without contaminants

Feed-air Conditions Services on Request

Maximum operating pressure 13.0 bar g 3D model CAD STEP file
Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C / +50°C
Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m3
Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off Weight, Dimensions and Connections
Relative humidity <100% (non condensing) Dimensions H x W x D 751 x 110 x 84 mm
Weight 6.4 kg
Connection inlet / outlet G1/2 female
Flow Rate Corrections
Vent G1/2 female
Nitrogen flow rate at feed
Use bulletin S3.1.059* Dimensional drawing Refer to K3.1.345
temperatures other than 20ºC
Feed-air consumption at feed-air
Use bulletin S3.1.059*
temperatures other than 20ºC
* Revision number may vary, make sure to use the most recent Revision

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
129
 Industrial Nitrogen Gas Generation - Membrane Modules

HiFluxx TT606

H D

Performance data
Performance data is based on 20°C feed-air temperature and 1013 mbar ambient pressure
Minimum nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr 2 Feed-air consumption at minimum nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr 2
Purity %1 Purity %
99.5 99 98 97 96 95 99.5 99 98 97 96 95
4 bar g 1.90 2.74 4.12 5.40 6.70 8.07 4 bar g 15.0 15.9 17.7 18.9 20.1 21.8
5 bar g 2.38 3.42 5.15 6.75 8.38 10.1 5 bar g 18.8 19.9 22.1 23.6 25.1 27.2
6 bar g 2.93 4.34 6.53 8.64 10.6 12.8 6 bar g 22.9 24.7 26.8 29.4 31.9 33.4
7 bar g 3.42 5.06 7.62 10.1 12.4 15.0 7 bar g 26.7 28.8 31.2 34.3 37.3 39.0
8 bar g 3.91 5.78 8.71 11.5 14.2 17.1 8 bar g 30.5 33.0 35.7 39.2 42.6 44.5
9 bar g 4.48 6.63 10.1 13.3 16.4 19.5 9 bar g 35.0 37.8 41.2 45.1 49.3 52.6
10 bar g 4.89 7.23 10.9 14.4 17.7 21.4 10 bar g 38.2 41.2 44.6 49.0 53.2 57.8
11 bar g 5.27 7.88 12.0 15.8 19.7 23.8 11 bar g 44.8 47.3 51.6 55.4 61.0 64.3
12 bar g 5.65 8.54 13.1 17.2 21.6 26.2 12 bar g 48.0 51.2 56.5 60.3 66.9 70.7
Maximum pressure drop <0.8 bar.
Maximum nitrogen flow rate = minimum flow rate + 10%
1. Parker membranes separate oxygen from pressurised air. The composition of the product is determined by measuring the residual oxygen content. The nitrogen content is calculated by subtracting
the residual oxygen content from 100 %. Air is composed of nitrogen (78.1%), oxygen (20.9 %), Argon (0.9 %), CO2 (0.03 %), and some trace inert gases. Therefore it should be born in mind that the
value that is normally called the nitrogen content actually is the inert gas content.
2. m3/hr refers to conditions at 1013mbar(a) and 20 °C

Ambient Conditions Material

Ambient temperature +2°C to +50°C Connection block Aluminum
Ambient pressure atmospheric Tube PVC
Air quality clean air without contaminants

Feed-air Conditions Services on Request

Maximum operating pressure 13.0 bar g 3D model CAD STEP file
Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C / +50°C
Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m3
Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off Weight, Dimensions and Connections
Relative humidity <100% (non condensing) Dimensions H x W x D 751 x 270 x 83 mm
Weight 15 kg
Connection inlet / outlet G1/2 female
Flow Rate Corrections Vent G1/2 female
Nitrogen flow rate at feed
Use bulletin S3.1.059* Dimensional drawing Refer to K3.1.354
temperatures other than 20ºC
Feed-air consumption at feed-air
Use bulletin S3.1.059*
temperatures other than 20ºC
* Revision number may vary, make sure to use the most recent Revision

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
130
 www.parker.com/gsfe

HiFluxx ST608

ØD

Performance data
Performance data is based on 20°C feed-air temperature and 1013 mbar ambient pressure
Minimum nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr 2 Feed-air consumption at minimum nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr 2
Purity %1 Purity %
99 98 97 96 95 99 98 97 96 95
4 bar g 1.34 2.25 3.07 3.87 4.82 4 bar g 9.08 10.1 11.1 12.0 13.0
5 bar g 1.67 2.81 3.84 4.84 6.02 5 bar g 11.4 12.7 13.8 15.0 16.3
6 bar g 2.14 3.72 4.99 6.48 7.91 6 bar g 14.1 16.0 17.5 19.5 20.6
7 bar g 2.49 4.34 5.82 7.56 9.23 7 bar g 16.5 18.7 20.4 22.7 24.0
8 bar g 2.85 4.96 6.65 8.65 10.6 8 bar g 18.8 21.3 23.3 25.9 27.4
9 bar g 3.36 5.81 7.85 10.0 12.2 9 bar g 21.8 25.0 27.5 30.0 31.8
10 bar g 3.56 6.21 8.32 10.8 13.2 10 bar g 23.2 26.7 29.1 32.4 34.3
11 bar g 4.01 6.96 9.46 12.2 14.9 11 bar g 27.7 31.3 34.1 36.5 40.2
12 bar g 4.46 7.71 10.6 13.5 16.6 12 bar g 30.8 34.7 38.2 40.6 44.9
Maximum pressure drop <0.3 bar.
Maximum nitrogen flow rate = minimum flow rate + 30%
1. Parker membranes separate oxygen from pressurised air. The composition of the product is determined by measuring the residual oxygen content. The nitrogen content is calculated by subtracting
the residual oxygen content from 100 %. Air is composed of nitrogen (78.1%), oxygen (20.9 %), Argon (0.9 %), CO2 (0.03 %), and some trace inert gases. Therefore it should be born in mind that the
value that is normally called the nitrogen content actually is the inert gas content.
2. m3/hr refers to conditions at 1013mbar(a) and 20 °C

Ambient Conditions Material

Ambient temperature +2°C to +50°C Housing Aluminum
Ambient pressure atmospheric
Air quality clean air without contaminants
Services on Request
3D model CAD STEP file
Feed-air Conditions
Maximum operating pressure 13.0 bar g
Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C / +50°C Weight, Dimensions and Connections
Dimensions H x Ø D 736 x 114 mm
Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m 3

Weight 5.3 kg
Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off
Connection inlet / outlet G3/4 female
Relative humidity <100% (non condensing)
Vent G1 female
Dimensional drawing Refer to K3.1.346

Flow Rate Corrections

Nitrogen flow rate at feed
Use bulletin S3.1.059*
temperatures other than 20ºC
Feed-air consumption at feed-air
Use bulletin S3.1.059*
temperatures other than 20ºC
* Revision number may vary, make sure to use the most recent Revision

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
131
 Industrial Nitrogen Gas Generation - Membrane Modules

HiFluxx ST6010

ØD

Performance data
Performance data is based on 20°C feed-air temperature and 1013 mbar ambient pressure
Minimum nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr 2 Feed-air consumption at minimum nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr 2
Purity %1 Purity %
99 98 97 96 95 99 98 97 96 95
4 bar g 2.21 3.61 4.92 6.28 7.76 4 bar g 14.4 16.3 17.7 19.5 21.0
5 bar g 2.76 4.52 6.15 7.85 9.70 5 bar g 17.9 20.3 22.1 24.3 26.2
6 bar g 3.39 5.92 8.02 10.2 12.8 6 bar g 22.4 25.4 28.1 30.7 33.3
7 bar g 3.96 6.90 9.35 12.0 14.9 7 bar g 26 .1 29.7 32.7 35.9 38.8
8 bar g 4.52 7.89 10.7 13.7 17.1 8 bar g 29.9 33.9 37.4 41.0 44.4
9 bar g 5.39 9.01 12.3 15.7 19.2 9 bar g 35.1 39.6 43.0 47.0 51.9
10 bar g 5.66 9.86 13.4 17.1 21.3 10 bar g 36.8 43.4 46.8 51.2 57.6
11 bar g 6.24 10.8 14.8 18.9 23.6 11 bar g 43.7 49.7 54.7 58.7 63.6
12 bar g 6.83 11.7 16.2 20.8 25.8 12 bar g 47.8 54.0 60.0 64.5 69.6
Maximum pressure drop <0.3 bar.
Maximum nitrogen flow rate = minimum flow rate + 30%
1. Parker membranes separate oxygen from pressurised air. The composition of the product is determined by measuring the residual oxygen content. The nitrogen content is calculated by subtracting
the residual oxygen content from 100 %. Air is composed of nitrogen (78.1%), oxygen (20.9 %), Argon (0.9 %), CO2 (0.03 %), and some trace inert gases. Therefore it should be born in mind that the
value that is normally called the nitrogen content actually is the inert gas content.
2. m3/hr refers to conditions at 1013mbar(a) and 20 °C

Ambient Conditions Mechanical Design Housing

Ambient temperature +2°C to +50°C Design pressure 15 bar g
Ambient pressure atmospheric Design temperature 50°C
Air quality clean air without contaminants membrane operating limits are lower

Feed-air Conditions Material

Maximum operating pressure 13.0 bar g 3
Housing Aluminum
Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C / +50°C 3

Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m3

Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off Services on Request
Relative humidity <100% (non condensing) 3D model CAD STEP file
3. combinationof high operating pressure and high operating temperature
can reduce the life time expectancy of the membrane module

Flow Rate Corrections Weight, Dimensions and Connections

Nitrogen flow rate at feed Dimensions H x Ø D 736 x 139 mm
Use bulletin S3.1.059*
temperatures other than 20ºC
Weight 8.1 kg
Feed-air consumption at feed-air
Use bulletin S3.1.059* Connection inlet / outlet G1 female
temperatures other than 20ºC
* Revision number may vary, make sure to use the most recent Revision Vent G1 female
Dimensional drawing Refer to K3.1.347

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
132
 www.parker.com/gsfe

HiFluxx ST1506

ØD

Performance data
Performance data is based on 20°C feed-air temperature and 1013 mbar ambient pressure
Minimum nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr 2 Feed-air consumption at minimum nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr 2
Purity %1 Purity %
99.5 99 98 97 96 95 99.5 99 98 97 96 95
4 bar g 1.06 1.45 2.29 3.17 4.05 5.02 4 bar g 8.98 9.15 9.84 11.1 12.1 13.0
5 bar g 1.56 2.15 3.38 4.68 5.98 7.41 5 bar g 13.3 13.5 14.5 16.4 17.9 19.3
6 bar g 2.04 2.81 4.42 6.12 7.82 9.69 6 bar g 17.3 17.7 19.0 21.4 23.5 25.2
7 bar g 2.40 3.30 5.20 7.20 9.20 11.4 7 bar g 20.4 20.8 22.4 25.2 27.6 29.6
8 bar g 2.88 3.96 6.24 8.64 11.0 13.7 8 bar g 24.5 24.9 26.8 30.2 33.1 35.6
9 bar g 3.36 4.62 7.28 10.1 12.9 16.0 9 bar g 28.6 29.1 31.3 35.3 38.6 41.5
10 bar g 3.84 5.28 8.32 11.5 14.7 18.2 10 bar g 32.6 33.3 35.8 40.3 44.2 47.4
11 bar g 4.32 5.94 9.36 13.0 16.6 20.5 11 bar g 36.7 37.4 40.2 45.4 49.7 53.4
12 bar g 4.80 6.60 10.4 14.4 18.4 22.8 12 bar g 40.8 41.6 44.7 50.4 55.2 59.3
13 bar g 5.04 6.93 10.9 15.1 19.3 23.9 13 bar g 42.8 43.7 47.0 52.9 58.0 62.2
Maximum pressure drop <0.3 bar.
Maximum nitrogen flow rate = minimum flow rate + 30%
1. Parker membranes separate oxygen from pressurised air. The composition of the product is determined by measuring the residual oxygen content. The nitrogen content is calculated by subtracting
the residual oxygen content from 100 %. Air is composed of nitrogen (78.1%), oxygen (20.9 %), Argon (0.9 %), CO2 (0.03 %), and some trace inert gases. Therefore it should be born in mind that the
value that is normally called the nitrogen content actually is the inert gas content.
2. m3/hr refers to conditions at 1013mbar(a) and 20 °C

Ambient Conditions Mechanical Design Housing

Ambient temperature +2°C to +50°C Design pressure 15 bar g
Ambient pressure atmospheric Design temperature 65ºC
Air quality clean air without contaminants membrane operating limits are lower

Feed-air Conditions Material

Maximum operating pressure 13.0 bar g Housing Aluminum
Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C / +50°C
Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m3 Services on Request
Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off Material certificates EN10204-3.1 on housing material
Relative humidity <100% (non condensing) (for Stainless Steel only)
3D model CAD STEP file

Flow Rate Corrections Weight, Dimensions and Connections

Nitrogen flow rate at feed Dimensions H x Ø D 1655 x 100 mm
Use bulletin S3.1.059*
temperatures other than 20ºC
Weight 5.7 kg
Feed-air consumption at feed-air
Use bulletin S3.1.059* Connection inlet / outlet G3/4 female
temperatures other than 20ºC
* Revision number may vary, make sure to use the most recent Revision Vent G1 female
Dimensional drawing Refer to K3.1.334

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
133
 Industrial Nitrogen Gas Generation - Membrane Modules

HiFluxx DT1506-8

H D

Performance data
Performance data is based on 20°C feed-air temperature and 1013 mbar ambient pressure
Minimum nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr 2 Feed-air consumption at minimum nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr2
Purity %1 Purity %
99.5 99 98 97 96 95 99.5 99 98 97 96 95
4 bar g 2.31 3.63 6.25 8.58 10.9 13.2 4 bar g 19.6 22.9 26.9 30.0 32.6 34.3
5 bar g 3.41 5.36 9.23 12.7 16.1 19.5 5 bar g 29.0 33.8 39.7 44.4 48.2 50.7
6 bar g 4.46 7.01 12.1 16.6 21.0 25.5 6 bar g 37.9 44.2 51.9 58.0 63.0 66.3
7 bar g 5.25 8.25 14.2 19.5 24.7 30.0 7 bar g 44.6 52.0 61.1 68.3 74.1 78.0
8 bar g 6.30 9.90 17.0 23.4 29.6 36.0 8 bar g 53.6 62.4 73.3 81.9 88.9 93.6
9 bar g 7.35 11.6 19.9 27.3 34.6 42.0 9 bar g 62.5 72.8 85.5 95.6 104 109
10 bar g 8.40 13.2 22.7 31.2 39.5 48.0 10 bar g 71.4 83.2 97.7 109 119 125
11 bar g 9.45 14.9 25.6 35.1 44.5 54.0 11 bar g 80.3 93.6 110 123 133 140
12 bar g 10.5 16.5 28.4 39.0 49.4 60.0 12 bar g 89.3 104 122 137 148 156
13 bar g 11.0 17.3 29.8 41.0 51.9 63.0 13 bar g 93.7 109 128 143 156 164
Maximum pressure drop <0.8 bar.
Maximum nitrogen flow rate = minimum flow rate + 10%
1. Parker membranes separate oxygen from pressurised air. The composition of the product is determined by measuring the residual oxygen content. The nitrogen content is calculated by subtracting
the residual oxygen content from 100 %. Air is composed of nitrogen (78.1%), oxygen (20.9 %), Argon (0.9 %), CO2 (0.03 %), and some trace inert gases. Therefore it should be born in mind that the
value that is normally called the nitrogen content actually is the inert gas content.
2. m3/hr refers to conditions at 1013mbar(a) and 20 °C

Ambient Conditions Mechanical Design Housing

Ambient temperature +2°C to +50°C Design pressure 13 bar g
Ambient pressure atmospheric Design temperature 50ºC
Air quality clean air without contaminants membrane operating limits are lower

Feed-air Conditions Material

Maximum operating pressure 13.0 bar g Housing Aluminum
Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C / +50°C
Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m3 Services on Request
Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off Material certificates EN10204-3.1 on housing material
Relative humidity <100% (non condensing) (for Stainless Steel only)
3D model CAD STEP file

Flow Rate Corrections

Nitrogen flow rate at feed
temperatures other than 20ºC
Use bulletin S3.1.059* Weight, Dimensions and Connections
Feed-air consumption at feed-air Model 4 - 8 bar g 9 - 13 bar g
Use bulletin S3.1.059*
temperatures other than 20ºC
Dimensions H x W x D
* Revision number may vary, make sure to use the most recent Revision 1705 x 296 x 208 1732 x 296 x 208
(mm)
Weight 15 kg 15 kg
Connection inlet / outlet G3/4 female G3/4 female
Vent G1 female 2 x G1 female
Dimensional drawing Refer to K3.1.356 Refer to K3.1.357

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
134
 www.parker.com/gsfe

HiFluxx ST1508

ØD

Feed-air consumption at minimum

Minimum nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr 2
Purity %1 Purity % nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr 2
99.5 99 98 97 96 95 99.5 99 98 97 96 95
4 bar g 2.07 2.95 4.84 6.60 8.8 11.0 4 bar g 17.6 18.6 20.8 23.1 26.4 28.6
5 bar g 3.06 4.36 7.15 9.75 13.0 16.3 5 bar g 26.0 27.4 30.7 34.1 39.0 42.3
6 bar g 4.00 5.70 9.35 12.8 17.0 21.3 6 bar g 34.0 35.9 40.2 44.6 51.0 55.3
7 bar g 4.70 6.70 11.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 7 bar g 40.0 42.2 47.3 52.5 60.0 65.0
8 bar g 5.17 7.37 12.1 16.5 22.0 27.5 8 bar g 43.9 46.4 52.0 57.8 66.0 71.5
9 bar g 6.11 8.71 14.3 19.5 26.0 32.5 9 bar g 51.9 54.9 61.5 68.3 78.0 84.5
10 bar g 6.58 9.38 15.4 21.0 28.0 35.0 10 bar g 55.9 59.1 66.2 73.5 84.0 91.0
11 bar g 7.52 10.7 17.6 24.0 32.0 40.0 11 bar g 63.9 67.5 75.7 84.0 96.0 104
12 bar g 7.99 11.4 18.7 25.5 34.0 42.5 12 bar g 67.9 71.8 80.4 89.3 102.0 111
13 bar g 8.46 12.1 19.8 27.0 36.0 45.0 13 bar g 71.9 76.0 85.1 94.5 108.0 117
Maximum pressure drop <0.3 bar.
Maximum nitrogen flow rate = minimum flow rate + 30%
1. Parker membranes separate oxygen from pressurised air. The composition of the product is determined by measuring the residual oxygen content. The nitrogen content is calculated by subtracting
the residual oxygen content from 100 %. Air is composed of nitrogen (78.1%), oxygen (20.9 %), Argon (0.9 %), CO2 (0.03 %), and some trace inert gases. Therefore it should be born in mind that the
value that is normally called the nitrogen content actually is the inert gas content.
2. m3/hr refers to conditions at 1013mbar(a) and 20 °C

Ambient Conditions Mechanical Design Housing

Ambient temperature +2°C to +50°C Design pressure 15 bar g
Ambient pressure atmospheric Design temperature 65ºC
Air quality clean air without contaminants membrane operating limits are lower

Material
Feed-air Conditions
Housing Aluminum
Maximum operating pressure 13.0 bar g
Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C / +50°C
Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m3
Services on Request
Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off Material certificates EN10204-3.1 on housing material
(for Stainless Steel only)
Relative humidity <100% (non condensing)
3D model CAD STEP file

Flow Rate Corrections Weight, Dimensions and Connections

Nitrogen flow rate at feed Dimensions H x Ø D 1655 x 114 mm
Use bulletin S3.1.059*
temperatures other than 20ºC
Weight 6.8 kg
Feed-air consumption at feed-air
Use bulletin S3.1.059* Connection inlet / outlet G3/4 female
temperatures other than 20ºC
* Revision number may vary, make sure to use the most recent Revision Vent G1 female
Dimensional drawing Refer to K3.1.330

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
135
 Industrial Nitrogen Gas Generation - Membrane Modules

HiFluxx DT1508

H D

Performance data
Performance
Performance data is data
based on 20°C feed-air temperature and 1013 mbar ambient pressure

Minimum nitrogen1 flow rate Feed-air consumption at minimum nitrogen flow

Nitrogen Nitrogen
in m3/hr 2 (CFM)2 rate in m3/hr 2 (CFM)2
Purity % Purity %
99.5 99 98 97 96 95 99.5 99 98 97 96 95
4 bar g 3.08 4.84 8.36 11.4 14.5 17.6 4 bar g 26.2 30.5 35.9 40.0 43.6 45.8
(58 psi g) (1.81) (2.85) (4.92) (6.71) (8.53) (10.4) (58 psi g) (15.4) (18) (21.1) (23.5) (25.7) (27)
5 bar g 4.55 7.15 12.4 16.9 21.5 26.0 5 bar g 38.7 45.0 53.1 59.2 64.4 67.6
(72.5 psi g) (2.68) (4.21) (7.3) (9.95) (12.7) (15.3) (72.5 psi g) (22.8) (26.5) (31.3) (34.8) (37.9) (39.8)
6 bar g 5.95 9.35 16.2 22.1 28.1 34.0 6 bar g 50.6 58.9 69.4 77.4 84.2 88.4
(87 psi g) (3.5) (5.5) (9.53) (13) (16.5) (20) (87 psi g) (29.8) (34.7) (40.8) (45.6) (49.6) (52)
7 bar g 7.00 11.0 19.0 26.0 33.0 40.0 7 bar g 59.5 69.3 81.7 91.0 99.0 104
(101.5 psi g) (4.12) (6.47) (11.2) (15.3) (19.4) (23.5) (101.5 psi g) (35) (40.8) (48.1) (53.6) (58.3) (61.2)
8 bar g 8.40 13.2 22.8 31.2 39.6 48.0 8 bar g 71.4 83.2 98.0 109 119 125
(116 psi g) (4.94) (7.77) (13.4) (18.4) (23.3) (28.3) (116 psi g) (42) (49) (57.7) (64.2) (70) (73.6)
9 bar g 9.80 15.4 26.6 36.4 46.2 56.0 9 bar g 83.3 97.0 114 127 139 146
(130.5 psi g) (5.77) (9.06) (15.7) (21.4) (27.2) (33) (130.5 psi g) (49) (57.1) (67.1) (74.7) (81.8) (85.9)
10 bar g 11.2 17.6 30.4 41.6 52.8 64.0 10 bar g 95.2 111 131 146 158 166
(145 psi g) (6.59) (10.4) (17.9) (24.5) (31.1) (37.7) (145 psi g) (56) (65.3) (77.1) (85.9) (93) (97.7)
11 bar g 12.6 19.8 34.2 46.8 59.4 72.0 11 bar g 107 125 147 164 178 187
(159.5 psi g) (7.42) (11.7) (20.1) (27.5) (35) (42.4) (159.5 psi g) (63) (73.6) (86.5) (96.5) (105) (110)
12 bar g 14.0 22.0 38.0 52.0 66.0 80.0 12 bar g 119 139 163 182 198 208
(174 psi g) (8.24) (12.9) (22.4) (30.6) (38.8) (47.1) (174 psi g) (70) (81.8) (95.9) (107) (117) (122)
13 bar g 14.7 23.1 39.9 54.6 69.3 84.0 13 bar g 125 146 172 191 208 218
(188.5 psi g) (8.65) (13.6) (23.5) (32.1) (40.8) (49.4) (188.5 psi g) (73.6) (85.9) (101) (112) (122) (128)
1.
Maximum pressure drop <0.8 bar (12 psi) Parker membranes separate oxygen from pressurised air. The composition of the product is determined by measuring the residual
Maximum nitrogen flow rate = minimum flow rate + 10%. oxygen content. The nitrogen content is calculated by s ubtracting the residual oxygen content from 100%. Air is composed of nitrogen
Values between brackets are indicative imperial values (78.1%), oxygen (20.9 %), Argon (0.9 %), CO2 (0.03 %), and some trace inert gases. Therefore it should be born in mind that the value
that is normally called the nitrogen content actually is the inert gas content.
2. m3/hr (CFM) refers to conditions at 1013 mbar(a) (14.7 psi a) and 20°C (68°F).

Ambient Conditions Mechanical Design Housing

Ambient temperature +2°C to +50°C (+36°F to +122°F) Design pressure 13 bar g (189 psi g)
Ambient pressure atmospheric Design temperature 50°C (122°F)
Air quality clean air without contaminants
Material
Feed-air Conditions Housing Aluminum
Maximum operating pressure 13.0 bar g (189 psi g)
Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C to +50°C (+36°F to +122°F) Services on Request
Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m3 (<0.01 ppm (w)) Material certificates EN10204-3.1 on housing material
Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off (for Stainless Steel only)
Relative humidity <100% (non condensing) 3D model CAD STEP file

Flow Rate Corrections Weight, Dimensions and Connections

Nitrogen flow rate at feed 4 - 8 bar g 9 - 13 bar g
Use bulletin S3.1.059* Model
(58 - 116 psi g) (117 - 190 psi g)
temperatures other than 20°C (68°F)
Feed-air consumption at feed-air Dimensions H x W x D
1705 x 296 x 201 mm 1705 x 296 x 145 mm
Use bulletin S3.1.059* (67.1" x 11.7" x 7.9") (67.1" x 11.7" x 5.7")
temperatures other than 20°C (68°F)
* Revision number may vary, make sure to use the most recent Revision Weight 16 kg (35.3 lb) 16 kg (35.3 lb)

Connection inlet / outlet G¾ female to ISO 228 G¾ female to ISO 228

Vent G1 female to ISO 228 2 x G1 female to ISO 228

Dimensional drawing Refer to K3.1.335 Refer to K3.1.336

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
136
 www.parker.com/gsfe

HiFluxx DT1508SS

H D

Performance data
Performance data is based on 20°C feed-air temperature and 1013 mbar ambient pressure

Minimum nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr 2 Feed-air consumption at minimum nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr2
Purity %1 Purity %
99.5 99 98 97 96 95 99.5 99 98 97 96 95
4 bar g 3.08 4.84 8.36 11.4 14.5 17.6 4 bar g 26.2 30.5 35.9 40.0 43.6 45.8
5 bar g 4.55 7.15 12.4 16.9 21.5 26.0 5 bar g 38.7 45.0 53.1 59.2 64.4 67.6
6 bar g 5.95 9.35 16.2 22.1 28.1 34.0 6 bar g 50.6 58.9 69.4 77.4 84.2 88.4
7 bar g 7.00 11.0 19.0 26.0 33.0 40.0 7 bar g 59.5 69.3 81.7 91.0 99.0 104
8 bar g 8.40 13.2 22.8 31.2 39.6 48.0 8 bar g 71.4 83.2 98.0 109 119 125
9 bar g 9.80 15.4 26.6 36.4 46.2 56.0 9 bar g 83.3 97.0 114 127 139 146
10 bar g 11.2 17.6 30.4 41.6 52.8 64.0 10 bar g 95.2 111 131 146 158 166
11 bar g 12.6 19.8 34.2 46.8 59.4 72.0 11 bar g 107 125 147 164 178 187
12 bar g 14.0 22.0 38.0 52.0 66.0 80.0 12 bar g 119 139 163 182 198 208
13 bar g 14.7 23.1 39.9 54.6 69.3 84.0 13 bar g 125 146 172 191 208 218
Maximum pressure drop <0.8 bar.
Maximum nitrogen flow rate = minimum flow rate + 10%
1. Parker membranes separate oxygen from pressurised air. The composition of the product is determined by measuring the residual oxygen content. The nitrogen content is calculated by subtracting
the residual oxygen content from 100 %. Air is composed of nitrogen (78.1%), oxygen (20.9 %), Argon (0.9 %), CO2 (0.03 %), and some trace inert gases. Therefore it should be born in mind that the
value that is normally called the nitrogen content actually is the inert gas content.
2. m3/hr refers to conditions at 1013mbar(a) and 20 °C

Ambient Conditions Mechanical Design Housing

Ambient temperature +2°C to +50°C Design pressure 15 bar g
Ambient pressure atmospheric Design temperature 65ºC
Air quality clean air without contaminants membrane operating limits are lower

Feed-air Conditions Material

Maximum operating pressure 13.0 bar g Housing Stainless Steel
Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C / +50°C
Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m3 Services on Request
Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off
Material certificates EN10204-3.1 on housing material
Relative humidity <100% (non condensing) (for Stainless Steel only)
3D model CAD STEP file
Flow Rate Corrections
Nitrogen flow rate at feed
Use bulletin S3.1.059*
temperatures other than 20ºC Weight, Dimensions and Connections
Feed-air consumption at feed-air Model
Use bulletin S3.1.059*
temperatures other than 20ºC
Dimensions H x W x D (mm) 1734 x 296 x 145
* Revision number may vary, make sure to use the most recent Revision
Weight 39 kg
Connection inlet / outlet G3/4 female
Vent 2 x G1 female
Dimensional drawing Refer to K3.1.362

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
137
 Industrial Nitrogen Gas Generation - Membrane Modules

HiFluxx ST15020-1

ØD

Performance data
Performance data is based on 20°C feed-air temperature and 1013 mbar ambient pressure

Typical nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr2 Feed-air consumption at typical nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr2
Purity %1 Purity %
99 98 97 96 95 99 98 97 96 95
4 bar g 24.0 39.0 53.0 71.0 89.0 4 bar g 161 175 191 220 239
5 bar g 35.0 58.0 78.0 105 131 5 bar g 238 259 283 324 353
6 bar g 46.0 75.0 103 137 171 6 bar g 289 324 359 411 445
7 bar g 54.0 89.0 121 161 201 7 bar g 340 381 423 483 523
8 bar g 59.0 97.0 133 177 221 8 bar g 374 419 465 531 576
Maximum pressure drop <0.3 bar.
1. Parker membranes separate oxygen from pressurised air. The composition of the product is determined by measuring the residual oxygen content. The nitrogen content is calculated by subtracting
the residual oxygen content from 100 %. Air is composed of nitrogen (78.1%), oxygen (20.9 %), Argon (0.9 %), CO2 (0.03 %), and some trace inert gases. Therefore it should be born in mind that the
value that is normally called the nitrogen content actually is the inert gas content.
2. m3/hr refers to conditions at 1013mbar(a) and 20 °C

Above tables reflect nominal flow rates. The nitrogen output of each
individual module can vary +/- 15%. For selection purposes, calculation Example:
should be done based on nominal conditions without taking the variation Your project requires 1515 Nm3/hr nitrogen at 8 bar g inlet pressure,
into account. When ordering modules, it is necessary that the total modules 95% purity and 20°C inlet temperature. You will need 7 modules.
needed for each individual project are clearly mentioned per order-line on Parker will ensure a minimum total product flow of 1515 Nm3/hr.
the order-intake-form. Parker will assure that the total output flow rate However, individual module performance can still vary +/-15%. The
(sum of the individual selected membranes flow rates) will be minimum the compressor should be selected on a total air consumption of 7 x 576 =
total nominal flow rate. The compressor selection can be done on the total 4032 Nm3/hr.
calculated nominal flow rate without taking any variation into account.

Ambient Conditions Mechanical Design Housing

Ambient tempera ture +2°C to +50°C Design pressure 14 bar g
Ambient pressure atmospheric Design temperature 65ºC
Air quality clean air without contaminants membrane operating limits are lower

Feed-air Conditions Material

Maximum operating pressure 9.0 bar g Housing Aluminum
Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C / +50°C
Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m3 Services on Request
Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off 3D model CAD STEP file
Relative humidity <100% (non condensing)

Flow Rate Corrections Weight, Dimensions and Connections

Nitrogen flow rate at feed Dimensions H x Ø D 1740 x 280 mm
Use bulletin S3.1.059*
temperatures other than 20ºC
Weight 46 kg
Feed-air consumption at feed-air
Use bulletin S3.1.059* Connection inlet / outlet G21/2 female
temperatures other than 20ºC
* Revision number may vary, make sure to use the most recent Revision
Vent 100 mm OD
Dimensional drawing K3.1.339*

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
138
 www.parker.com/gsfe

HiFluxx ST1508SS

ØD

Performance data
Performance data is based on 20°C feed-air temperature and 1013 mbar ambient pressure
Minimum nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr2 Feed-air consumption at minimum nitrogen flow rate in m3/hr2
Purity %1 Purity %
99.5 99 98 97 96 95 99.5 99 98 97 96 95
4 bar g 2.07 2.95 4.84 6.60 8.8 11.0 4 bar g 17.6 18.6 20.8 23.1 26.4 28.6
5 bar g 3.06 4.36 7.15 9.75 13.0 16.3 5 bar g 26.0 27.4 30.7 34.1 39.0 42.3
6 bar g 4.00 5.70 9.35 12.8 17.0 21.3 6 bar g 34.0 35.9 40.2 44.6 51.0 55.3
7 bar g 4.70 6.70 11.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 7 bar g 40.0 42.2 47.3 52.5 60.0 65.0
8 bar g 5.17 7.37 12.1 16.5 22.0 27.5 8 bar g 43.9 46.4 52.0 57.8 66.0 71.5
9 bar g 6.11 8.71 14.3 19.5 26.0 32.5 9 bar g 51.9 54.9 61.5 68.3 78.0 84.5
10 bar g 6.58 9.38 15.4 21.0 28.0 35.0 10 bar g 55.9 59.1 66.2 73.5 84.0 91.0
11 bar g 7.52 10.7 17.6 24.0 32.0 40.0 11 bar g 63.9 67.5 75.7 84.0 96.0 104
12 bar g 7.99 11.4 18.7 25.5 34.0 42.5 12 bar g 67.9 71.8 80.4 89.3 102.0 111
13 bar g 8.46 12.1 19.8 27.0 36.0 45.0 13 bar g 71.9 76.0 85.1 94.5 108.0 117
Maximum pressure drop <0.3 bar.
Maximum nitrogen flow rate = minimum flow rate + 30%
1. Parker membranes separate oxygen from pressurised air. The composition of the product is determined by measuring the residual oxygen content. The nitrogen content is calculated by
subtracting the residual oxygen content from 100 %. Air is composed of nitrogen (78.1%), oxygen (20.9 %), Argon (0.9 %), CO2 (0.03 %), and some trace inert gases. Therefore it should be
born in mind that the value that is normally called the nitrogen content actually is the inert gas content.
2. m3/hr refers to conditions at 1013mbar(a) and 20°C

Ambient Conditions Mechanical Design Housing

Ambient temperature +2°C to +50°C Design pressure 15 bar g
Ambient pressure atmospheric Design temperature 65ºC
Air quality clean air without contaminants membrane operating limits are lower

Feed-air Conditions Material

Maximum operating pressure 13.0 bar g Housing Stainless Steel
Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C / +50°C
Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m3 Services on Request
Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off Material certificates EN10204-3.1 on housing material
Relative humidity <100% (non condensing) (for Stainless Steel only)
3D model CAD STEP file
Flow Rate Corrections
Weight, Dimensions and Connections
Nitrogen flow rate at feed
Use bulletin S3.1.059* Dimensions H x Ø D 1654 x 114 mm
temperatures other than 20ºC
Feed-air consumption at feed-air Weight 18 kg
Use bulletin S3.1.059*
temperatures other than 20ºC Connection inlet / outlet G¾ female
* Revision number may vary, make sure to use the most recent Revision Vent G1 female
Dimensional drawing Refer to K3.1.358

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
139
 Industrial Nitrogen Gas Generation - Membrane Modules

EnOxy 304

H D

Performance data
Performance data is based on 20°C feed-air temperature and 1013 mbar ambient pressure
Minimum enriched oxygen flow rate in l/min 1 Feed-air consumption at minimum enriched oxygen flow rate in l/min 1
Purity % Purity %
28 30 32 34 36 38 40 28 30 32 34 36 38 40
4 bar g 16.9 17.3 17.7 18.1 18.4 18.8 - 4 bar g 24.5 28.4 33.4 41.3 54.2 77.1 -
5 bar g 21.5 22 22.5 23.0 23.5 24.0 24.5 5 bar g 31.2 35.5 41.1 49.5 61.7 80.6 139
6 bar g 26.3 26.9 27.5 28.1 28.7 29.3 29.9 6 bar g 38.1 43.3 50.2 58.1 72.8 92.2 138
7 bar g 31.1 31.9 32.6 33.3 34.0 34.7 35.4 7 bar g 45.1 51.2 59.5 68.8 83.1 104 149
8 bar g 36.1 37.0 37.8 38.6 39.4 40.2 41.1 8 bar g 52.4 59.4 69.0 79.9 96.5 120 166
9 bar g 41.3 42.2 43.1 44.1 45.0 45.9 46.9 9 bar g 59.8 67.8 78.8 91.2 111 137 187
10 bar g 46.5 47.5 48.6 49.7 50.7 51.8 52.8 10 bar g 67.4 76.6 88.8 103 125 158 219
11 bar g 51.9 53 54.2 55.4 56.6 57.8 58.9 11 bar g 75.7 85.7 99.6 116 143 182 261
12 bar g 57.3 58.6 59.9 61.3 62.6 63.9 65.2 12 bar g 83.7 95.0 110 129 160 208 310
Enriched oxygen flow exits at atmospheric pressure
Maximum pressure drop over nitrogen enriched flow <0.3 bar.
Maximum enriched oxygen flow rate = minimum flow rate + 30%
1. l/min refers to conditions at 1013 mbar(a) and 20°C

Ambient Conditions Material

Ambient temperature +2°C to +45°C* Housing Steel
Ambient pressure atmospheric Tube Aluminium
Air quality clean air without contaminants Coating (housing) ESPC to Ral 7035 (Light Grey)
*Maximum inlet temperature, 35˚C when operating at 13 bar g. Coating (tube) None

Feed-air Conditions Weight, Dimensions and Connections

Maximum operating pressure 13 bar g** Dimensions H x W x D 386 x 80 x 63 mm
Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C / +45°C* Weight 2.3 kg
Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m3 Connection feed-air G3/8" female to ISO 228
Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off Connection nitrogen enriched air G3/8" female to ISO 228
Relative humidity <100% (non condensing) Connection oxygen enriched
G3/8" female to ISO 228
air at atmospheric pressure
*Maximum inlet temperature, 35˚C when operating at 13 bar g.
**Maximum inlet pressure, 10 bar g when operating at 45˚C. Dimensional drawing Refer to K3.1.348

Flow Rate Corrections

Nitrogen flow rate at feed
Use bulletin S3.1.085*
temperatures other than 20ºC
Feed-air consumption at feed-air
Use bulletin S3.1.085*
temperatures other than 20ºC
*Version number may vary, make sure to use the most recent version.

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
140
 www.parker.com/gsfe

EnOxy 604

H D

Performance data
Performance data is based on 20°C feed-air temperature and 1013 mbar ambient pressure
1

Oxygen Minimum enriched oxygen flow rate in l/min 1) Oxygen Feed-air consumption at minimum enriched oxygen flow rate in l/min
purity % 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 purity % 28 30 32 34 36 38 40
4 bar g 35.7 36.6 37.4 38.2 39.0 39.8 - 4 bar g 49.3 57.2 67.3 83.2 109 155 -
5 bar g 45.5 46.6 47.6 48.6 49.7 50.7 51.7 5 bar g 62.8 71.6 82.8 99.7 124 162 279
6 bar g 55.6 56.8 58.1 59.3 60.6 61.9 63.1 6 bar g 76.7 87.1 101 117 147 186 278
7 bar g 65.9 67.4 68.9 70.4 71.8 73.3 74.8 7 bar g 90.9 103 120 139 167 209 299
8 bar g 76.4 78.1 79.9 81.6 83.4 85.1 86.8 8 bar g 105 120 139 161 194 243 334
9 bar g 87.2 89.2 91.2 93.2 95.2 97.2 99.1 9 bar g 120 136 159 184 223 277 377
10 bar g 98.3 101 103 105 107 109 112 10 bar g 136 154 179 208 252 318 441
11 bar g 110 112 115 117 120 122 125 11 bar g 152 172 201 233 287 366 525
12 bar g 121 124 127 130 132 135 138 12 bar g 169 191 222 259 321 419 624
Enriched oxygen flow exits at atmospheric pressure
Maximum pressure drop over nitrogen enriched flow <0.3 bar.
Maximum enriched oxygen flow rate = minimum flow rate + 30%
1. l/min refers to conditions at 1013mbar(a) and 20°C

Ambient Conditions Material

Ambient temperature +2°C to +50°C Housing Steel
Ambient pressure atmospheric Tube Aluminium
Air quality clean air without contaminants Coating (housing) ESPC to Ral 7035 (Light Grey)
Coating (tube) None

Feed-air Conditions Weight, Dimensions and Connections

Maximum operating pressure 13.0 bar g Dimensions H x W x D 757 x 80 x 63 mm
Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C / +50°C Weight 3.2 kg
Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m3 Connection feed-air G3/8” female to ISO 228
Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off Connection nitrogen enriched air G3/8” female to ISO 228
Relative humidity <100% (non condensing) Connection oxygen enriched
G3/8” female to ISO 228
air at atmospheric pressure
Dimensional drawing Refer to K3.1.344

Flow Rate Corrections

Nitrogen flow rate at feed
Use bulletin S3.1.085*
temperatures other than 20ºC
Feed-air consumption at feed-air
Use bulletin S3.1.085*
temperatures other than 20ºC
* version number may vary, make sure to use the most recent version

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
141
 Industrial Nitrogen Gas Generation - Membrane Modules

EnOxy 606

H D

Performance data
Performance data is based on 20°C feed-air temperature and 1013 mbar ambient pressure

Oxygen Minimum enriched oxygen flow rate in l/min 1) Oxygen Feed-air consumption at minimum enriched oxygen flow rate in l/min 1)
purity % 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 purity % 28 30 32 34 36 38 40
4 bar g 69.2 70.8 72.3 74.0 75.5 77.2 - 4 bar g 95.6 111 130 161 212 301 -
5 bar g 88.2 90.2 92.2 94.2 96.2 98.2 100 5 bar g 122 139 160 193 241 314 541
6 bar g 108 110 113 115 118 120 122 6 bar g 149 169 196 227 284 360 538
7 bar g 128 131 133 136 139 142 145 7 bar g 176 200 232 269 324 405 580
8 bar g 148 151 155 158 162 165 168 8 bar g 204 232 269 312 376 470 648
9 bar g 168 173 177 180 185 188 192 9 bar g 233 264 307 356 431 536 730
10 bar g 190 195 198 203 208 212 217 10 bar g 263 299 347 403 488 615 855
11 bar g 212 217 222 227 232 237 242 11 bar g 295 334 389 452 556 710 1018
12 bar g 235 240 245 252 257 262 267 12 bar g 327 371 430 502 623 811 1208
Enriched oxygen flow exits at atmospheric pressure
Maximum pressure drop over nitrogen enriched flow <0.3 bar.
Maximum enriched oxygen flow rate = minimum flow rate + 30%
1. l/min refers to conditions at 1013mbar(a) and 20°C

Ambient Conditions Material

Ambient temperature +2°C to +50°C Housing Steel
Ambient pressure atmospheric Tube PVC
Air quality clean air without contaminants Coating (housing) ESPC to RAL 7035 (Light Grey)
Coating Tube None

Feed-air Conditions Weight, Dimensions and Connections

Maximum operating pressure 13.0 bar g Dimensions H x W x D 751 x 110 x 84 mm
Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C / +50°C Weight 6.4 kg
Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m3 Connection feed-air G1/2” female to ISO 228
Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off Connection nitrogen enriched air G1/2” female to ISO 228
Relative humidity <100% (non condensing) Connection oxygen enriched
G1/2” female to ISO 228
air at atmospheric pressure
Dimensional drawing Refer to K3.1.345
Flow Rate Corrections
Nitrogen flow rate at feed
Use bulletin S3.1.085*
temperatures other than 20ºC
Feed-air consumption at feed-air
Use bulletin S3.1.085*
temperatures other than 20ºC
*version number may vary, make sure to use the most recent version

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
142
 www.parker.com/gsfe

EnOxy 608

ØD

Performance data
Performance data is based on 20°C feed-air temperature and 1013 mbar ambient pressure

Oxygen Minimum enriched oxygen flow rate in l/min 1) Oxygen Feed-air consumption at minimum enriched oxygen flow rate in l/min 1)
purity % 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 purity % 28 30 32 34 36 38 40
4 bar g 128 131 134 137 140 143 - 4 bar g 177 206 242 299 392 557 -
5 bar g 163 167 170 174 178 181 185 5 bar g 225 256 296 357 444 580 998
6 bar g 199 203 207 212 216 221 225 6 bar g 274 311 361 417 523 662 991
7 bar g 235 240 246 251 256 261 267 7 bar g 324 368 427 494 597 745 1066
8 bar g 273 279 285 291 297 303 309 8 bar g 376 426 495 573 692 864 1190
9 bar g 311 318 325 332 339 346 353 9 bar g 429 487 565 654 793 985 1340
10 bar g 351 358 366 374 382 390 397 10 bar g 484 550 637 741 897 1130 1569
11 bar g 391 400 408 417 426 435 443 11 bar g 543 615 715 830 1022 1304 1869
12 bar g 432 442 452 461 471 481 490 12 bar g 601 682 791 923 1145 1490 2219
Enriched oxygen flow exits at atmospheric pressure
Maximum pressure drop over nitrogen enriched flow <0.3 bar.
Maximum enriched oxygen flow rate = minimum flow rate + 30%
1. l/min refers to conditions at 1013mbar(a) and 20°C

Ambient Conditions Material

Ambient temperature +2°C to +50°C Housing Aluminum
Ambient pressure atmospheric
Air quality clean air without contaminants

Feed-air Conditions Weight, Dimensions and Connections

Maximum operating pressure 13.0 bar g Dimensions H x ø D 736 x 114 mm
Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C / +50°C Weight 5.3 kg
Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m3 Connection feed-air G3/4” female to ISO 228
Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off Connection nitrogen enriched air G3/4” female to ISO 228
Relative humidity <100% (non condensing) Connection oxygen enriched
G1” female to ISO 228
air at atmospheric pressure
Dimensional drawing Refer to K3.1.346
Flow Rate Corrections
Nitrogen flow rate at feed
Use bulletin S3.1.085*
temperatures other than 20ºC
Feed-air consumption at feed-air
Use bulletin S3.1.085*
temperatures other than 20ºC
* version number may vary, make sure to use the most recent version

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
143
 Industrial Nitrogen Gas Generation - Membrane Modules

EnOxy 6010

ØD

Performance data
Performance data is based on 20°C feed-air temperature and 1013 mbar ambient pressure

Oxygen Minimum enriched oxygen flow rate in l/min 1) Oxygen Feed-air consumption at minimum enriched oxygen flow rate in l/min 1)
purity % 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 purity % 28 30 32 34 36 38 40
4 bar g 250 256 262 268 274 280 - 4 bar g 345 401 472 585 768 1093 -
5 bar g 318 325 333 341 348 356 364 5 bar g 438 500 579 698 871 1139 1964
6 bar g 387 396 406 415 425 434 443 6 bar g 534 608 706 818 1027 1302 1950
7 bar g 458 470 481 492 503 514 525 7 bar g 633 718 836 969 1172 1465 2101
8 bar g 532 545 558 571 584 596 609 8 bar g 734 833 970 1124 1360 1700 2346
9 bar g 607 622 637 652 666 681 696 9 bar g 838 952 1108 1284 1559 1941 2644
10 bar g 685 701 718 735 751 768 784 10 bar g 945 1076 1249 1455 1765 2227 3097
11 bar g 764 783 801 820 838 857 875 11 bar g 1062 1204 1402 1632 2012 2571 3691
12 bar g 846 866 887 907 928 948 969 12 bar g 1176 1336 1552 1814 2254 2939 4385
Enriched oxygen flow exits at atmospheric pressure
Maximum pressure drop over nitrogen enriched flow <0.3 bar
Maximum enriched oxygen flow rate = minimum flow rate + 30%
1) l/min refers to conditions at 1013mbar(a) and 20°C

Ambient Conditions Material

Ambient temperature +2°C to +50°C Housing Aluminum
Ambient pressure atmospheric
Air quality clean air without contaminants

Feed-air Conditions Weight, Dimensions and Connections

Maximum operating pressure 13.0 bar g 2) Dimensions H x ø D 736 x 139 mm
Min. / Max. operating temperature +2°C / +50°C 2)
Weight 8.1 kg
Maximum oil vapour content <0.01 mg/m3 Connection feed-air G 1” female to ISO 228
Particles filtered at 0.01 µm cut off Connection nitrogen enriched air G 1” female to ISO 228
Relative humidity <100% (non condensing) Connection oxygen enriched
G 1” female to ISO 228
2 air at atmospheric pressure
combination of high operating pressure and high operating temperature can reduce the
life time expectancy of the membrane module. Dimensional drawing Refer to K3.1.347

Flow Rate Corrections

Nitrogen flow rate at feed
Use bulletin S3.1.085*
temperatures other than 20ºC
Feed-air consumption at feed-air
Use bulletin S3.1.085*
temperatures other than 20ºC
* version number may vary, make sure to use the most recent version

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched air causes
increased fire hazards. The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be
prevented, otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.
144
 www.parker.com/gsfe

Required Filtration for Parker Membrane Modules

To ensure a long life for Parker membranes modules, feed-air needs to comply with the following specifications:
Particles: filtered at 0.01 µm cut off ISO8573-1:2010 Solid Particulate class 1
Residual oil content: < 0.01 mg/m3 ISO8573-1:2010 Oil class 1
Relative humidity: < 100% (non condensing)
Air quality: clean air treated by an active carbon bed type absorber to remove solvents,
hydrocarbons, ozone etc.
Generally to ISO8573.1:2010 class 1.4.1. If ambient temperature is below 8°C then a desiccant dryer is recommended.
To reach this feed-air quality the following system set-up is advised:

Compressor Filtration
Due to varying nitrogen or oxygen enriched-air demands, the feed-air To filter the feed-air to the specified quality the following filters are
requirements will also vary. Parker advises to use a variable speed needed:
screw compressor to get the highest efficiency and best working
conditions for the compressor. At pressures of 7 to 8 barg, standard Coarse coalescing filter
industrial screw compressors have their highest efficiency which is A coarse coalescing filter for 1 Micron particles.
also the most optimal pressure with the lowest energy use for the
This filter is normally located before the refrigerant dryer
Parker membranes modules.
or the fine coalescing filter.
Air receiver Fine coalescing filter
In case a variable speed screw compressor is used, it is not necessary A fine coalescing filter for 0.01 Micron particles. This filter is normally
to use an air receiver. When a non-variable speed compressor is used located after the refrigerant dryer or the coarse coalescing filter.
with an air receiver, the receiver must be
of such a size that the compressor will not switch on and off Carbon absorber, bed-type
at a high frequency as this will cause increased oil carryover. An activated carbon absorber, bed-type filled with carbon granulates.
Filters with an active carbon element are not sufficient for the
Water separator protection of nitrogen membrane modules.
A water separator is recommended when it is unsure whether liquid
water can be carried over. The downstream coalescing filters are not Dust filter
designed to remove bulk water. In case that pipework between air Because a carbon bed can cause dust, particulate filtration is needed.
receiver - dryer is short and pipework is indoors a water separator can Dependent of the dust carry-over of the bed, one fine filter, or coarse
be void. and fine filter are needed, whichever is appropriate to meet the
requirements.
Refrigerant dryer General
A refrigerant dryer is sufficient to lower the dew point to an acceptable All filters should be sized correctly for the application.
level. When a nitrogen or oxygen enriched-air system is located in
an environment where the temperature cannot drop below 8°C a Maintenance and filter element change must be carried out following
refrigerant dryer that creates a dew point of 3°C is sufficient. Should the applicable instructions and in line with the application.
the feed-air temperature drop below 8°C, another drying method
is required, for example an adsorption dryer. The refrigerant dryer Depending on the system requirements Parker
should be sized correctly and should be equipped with sufficient has a wide range of compressed air pre-filtration
condensate removal. products to select from.
145
 Membrane Temperature Correction Factors www.parker.com/gsfe

Membrane Temperature Correction Factors

Temperature has influence on the performance of the Parker membranes. As the temperature changes so does the membrane
performance. As a consequence the capacity and feed-air factor differ from the ones at nominal temperature (20ºC).

Hereafter are the tables with correction factors for temperatures differing from 20ºC for the HiFluxx/Smartfluxx and Enoxy membrane
modules.

HiFluxx
Table 1 Table 2
Nitrogen flow rate correction factor for HiFluxx Feed-Air consumption correction factor for
Temperature at various product concentrations1) Temperature HiFluxx at various product concentrations1)
99.5% 99% 98% 97% 96% 95% 99.5% 99% 98% 97% 96% 95%
5ºC (41°F) 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 5ºC (41°F) 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
10ºC (50°F) 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 10ºC (50°F) 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
30°C (86°F) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 30°C (86°F) 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
40ºC (104°F) 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.1 40ºC (104°F) 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
50ºC (122°F) 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.2 50ºC (122°F) 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3

Example
Sizing conditions
Inlet pressure 7 barg
Nitrogen purity 97%
Feed-air temperature 50ºC
N2 correction factor 1.1 (table 1)
Feed-air correction factor 1.3 (table 2) Corrected Nitrogen Flow Calculation at 50ºC and 97%
Module HiFluxx ST1508 Corrected nitrogen flow: 15 m3/hr x 1.1 = 16.5 m3/hr
N2 flow rate HiFluxx ST1508 15 m3/hr (at 20ºC)
Corrected Feed-Air Calculation at 50ºC and 97%
Feed-air consumption HiFluxx ST1508 52.5 m3/hr (at 20ºC) Corrected feed-air flow: 52.5 m3/hr x 1.3 = 68.3 m3/hr
1)
These numbers are indicative and may vary by +/- 0.1

SmartFluxx
Table 1 Table 2
Nitrogen flow rate correction factor for SmartFluxx (SA) Feed-Air consumption correction factor for SmartFluxx
at various product concentrations1) (SA) at various product concentrations1)
Temperature Temperature
99.5% 99% 98% 97% 96% 95% 99.5% 99% 98% 97% 96% 95%
5°C (41°F) - - 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 5°C (41°F) - - 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90
10°C (50°F) - - 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 10°C (50°F) - - 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95
20°C (68°F) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 20°C (68°F) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
30°C (86°F) 1.00 1.03 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05 30°C (86°F) 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10
40°C (104°F) 1.00 1.05 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 40°C (104°F) 1.25 1.20 1.15 1.15 1.10 1.10
50°C (122°F) 1.00 1.05 1.10 1.10 1.15 1.15 50°C (122°F) 1.35 1.30 1.25 1.20 1.15 1.15
60°C (140°F) 1.10 1.15 1.20 1.20 1.25 1.20 60°C (140°F) 1.60 1.60 1.55 1.55 1.50 1.50
1)
These numbers are indicative and may vary by +/- 0.1

146
 www.parker.com/gsfe

EnOxy
Table 1 Table 2
Oxygen flow rate correction factor for Feed-Air consumption correction factor for
Temperature EnOxy at various product concentrations1) Temperature EnOxy at various product concentrations1)
28% 30% 32% 34% 36% 38% 40% 28% 30% 32% 34% 36% 38% 40%
5ºC (41°F) 0.76 0.76 0.76 0.76 0.76 0.76 0.76 5ºC (41°F) 0.76 0.76 0.76 0.76 0.76 0.76 0.76
10ºC (50°F) 0.84 0.84 0.84 0.84 0.84 0.84 0.84 10ºC (50°F) 0.84 0.84 0.84 0.84 0.84 0.84 0.84
15ºC (59°F) 0.91 0.91 0.91 0.91 0.91 0.91 0.91 15ºC (59°F) 0.91 0.91 0.91 0.91 0.91 0.91 0.91
25ºC (77°F) 1.09 1.09 1.09 1.09 1.09 1.09 1.09 25ºC (77°F) 1.09 1.09 1.09 1.09 1.09 1.09 1.09
30°C (86°F) 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 30°C (86°F) 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19
35ºC (95°F) 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 35ºC (95°F) 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30
40ºC (104°F) 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.42 * 40ºC (104°F) 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.42 *
45ºC (113°F) 1.54 1.54 1.54 1.54 1.54 1.54 * 45ºC (113°F) 1.54 1.54 1.54 1.54 1.54 1.54 *
50ºC (122°F) 1.68 1.68 1.68 1.68 1.68 * * 50ºC (122°F) 1.68 1.68 1.68 1.68 1.68 * *
1)
These numbers are indicative
*) No enriched oxygen can be generated at this temperature / oxygen% combination

Example
Sizing conditions
Inlet pressure 7 bargg
Nitrogen purity 34%
Feed-air temperature 30ºC
N2 correction factor 1.19 (table 1)
Feed-air correction factor 1.25 (table 2) Corrected Nitrogen Flow Calculation at 30ºC and 34%
Module EnOxy 608 Corrected oxygen flow: 251 l/hr x 1.19 = 298.7 l/hr
N2 flow rate EnOxy608 251 l/hr (at 20ºC)
Corrected Feed-Air Calculation at 30ºC and 34%
Feed-air consumption EnOxy608 494 l/hr (at 20ºC) Corrected feed-air flow: 494 l/hr x 1.25 = 617.5 l /hr

147
 Carbon Dioxide Quality Incident Protection

PCO2 Carbon Dioxide Quality Incident Protection Systems

From production plant to fountain / post mix and beer dispense,
guaranteed CO2 purity is assured.
The PCO2 Carbon Dioxide Quality Incident Protection System from Parker offers a comprehensive solution to preserve and guarantee the
quality of gaseous carbon dioxide used in the sparkling beverage industry.
Using multi-layer gas adsorbent technology, the PCO2 range includes models for plant scale protection, as well as smaller variants for
fountain / post mix and beer dispense applications respectively.
Operating as a vapour absorber to remove a wide range of potentially harmful carbon dioxide impurities, the system guarantees the gas
quality to remain within industry and company guidelines, therefore preventing detrimental consequences to the finished beverage and to
the producers reputation.

PCO2 quality incident production systems for production plant

The system for the production plant environment offers in-line quality incident protection against peak levels of trace impurities which may
be present in beverage-grade carbon dioxide.

Typical production plant application

Production

Liquid CO2
storage tank

CO2 delivery
truck

Liquid to gas PCO2 multi-stage

evaporator CO2 filtration system

148
 www.parker.com/gsfe

ISBT Quality Guidelines for Carbon Dioxide

The International Society of Beverage Technologists (ISBT) is the only organisation whose sole interest is the technical and scientific
aspects of soft drinks and beverages.

The ISBT is a highly respected body which is dedicated to the promotion, development and dissemination of knowledge relating to the art
and science of beverage technology.

The quality guidelines and analytical procedure bibliography has been developed by the ISBT to provide guidance for manufacturers of
carbonated beverages and suppliers of carbon dioxide to the carbonated beverage industries about key characteristics for the quality and
purity of carbon dioxide when used as a direct food additive in beverages.

The following table lists the voluntary quality standards taken from the document with relation to CO2 quality.

Voluntary quality standards as listed in the ISBT Quality Guidelines

Parameter Guideline Rationale†

Purity: 99.9 % v/v min. Process

Moisture: 20 ppm v/v max. Process

Oxygen: 30 ppm v/v max. Sensory

Carbon Monoxide: 10 ppm v/v max. Process

Ammonia 2.5 ppm v/v max. Process

Nitric Oxide / Nitrogen Dioxide: 2.5 ppm v/v max. (each) Regulatory

Non-volatile Residue: 10 ppm w/w max. Sensory

Non-volatile Organic Residue: 5 ppm w/w max. Sensory

Phosphine: To pass test (0.3 ppm v/v max.) Regulatory

Total Volatile Hydrocarbons: 50 ppm v/v max. including 20 ppm v/v max.
Sensory
(as Methane) as total non-methane hydrocarbons

Acetaldehyde: 0.2 ppm v/v max. Sensory

Aromatic Hydrocarbon Content: 20 ppb v/v max. Regulatory

Total Sulphur Content* (as S):

0.1 ppm v/v max. Sensory
(*Total sulphur-containing impurities excluding sulphur dioxide)

Sulphur Dioxide 1 ppm v/v max. Sensory

Odour of Solid CO2 (snow): No foreign odour Sensory

Appearance in water: No colour or turbidity Sensory

Odour and taste in water: No foreign odour or taste Sensory

Source: ISBT CO2 quality & analytical procedure bibliography, 2019.

Rationale definitions:
Sensory: Any attribute that negatively impacts the taste, appearance or odour of beverage.
Process: Any attribute that defines a key parameter in a controlled process and an important consideration in the beverage industry.
Regulatory: Any attribute whose limit is set by governing regulatory agencies.

149
 Carbon Dioxide Quality Incident Protection

PCO2 Carbon Dioxide Quality Incident Protection Systems

For the sparkling beverage industry
Technical Data
Max Min Max
Flow Rate Operating Operating Operating
Port Quantity Pressure Temperature Temperature Inlet
Model
Size* Required CO2 Quality**
Kg/h Lb/h bar g psi g ºC ºF ºC ºF

PCO2-400 1" 181 400 1 20.7 300 -20 -4 40 104

PCO2-800 1½" 363 800 1 24.1 350 -20 -4 40 104

PCO2-1600 1½" 726 1600 1 24.1 350 -20 -4 40 104

PCO2-2400 1½" 1089 2400 1 24.1 350 -20 -4 40 104

PCO2-3200 1½" 1451 3200 1 24.1 350 -20 -4 40 104

ISBT Beverage
Grade CO2
PCO2-4000 1½" 1814 4000 1 24.1 350 -20 -4 40 104

PCO2-4800 1½" 2177 4800 1 24.1 350 -20 -4 40 104

PCO2-3200 Duplex* 1½" 2903 6400 2 24.1 350 -20 -4 40 104

PCO2-4000 Duplex* 1½" 3628 8000 2 24.1 350 -20 -4 40 104

PCO2-4800 Duplex* 1½" 4354 9600 2 24.1 350 -20 -4 40 104

*Duplex systems are installed in parallel to double the flow.

**PCO2 CO2 Systems are for gaseous CO2 only.
All systems are rated at a maximum operating pressure of 24.1 bar g / 350 psi g.
PCO2-400 is rated at 20.7 Bar g / 300 psi g.

Correction Factors
bar g 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Inlet Pressure
psi g 44 58 73 87 102 116 130 145 160 174 189
Correction factor 0.19 0.23 0.28 0.33 0.38 0.42 0.47 0.52 0.57 0.61 0.66

bar g 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Inlet Pressure
psi g 203 218 232 247 261 275 290 304 319 333 348
Correction factor 0.71 0.76 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1 1 1 1 1

Operation
Stage 1
0.01 micron particle filtration
Removal of non-volatile organic residue (NVOR) and
other contaminants down to 0.01 ppm
Stage 2
Removal of water vapour and partial removal of
hydrocarbons
Stage 3
Primary removal of aromatic hydrocarbons (Benzene,
Toluene etc and Acetaldehyde)
Stage 4
Removal of sulphur compounds (COS, H2S, DMS etc)
Stage 5
0.01 micron particle filtration
Stage 6*
Point of use VBACE sterile gas membrane. Hi Flow
Tetpor II

* Optional - Sterilizing Grade: consult Parker for

operational use

150
 www.parker.com/gsfe

H H

W
D W
D

PCO2-400 PCO2-800 to PCO2-4800

Weights and Dimensions

Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Clearance** Weight
Model
mm ins mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs

PCO2-400 1035 40.8 564 22.2 350 13.7 680 27 75 165

PCO2-800 1060.7 41.8 632 24.9 450 17.7 680 27 84 185

PCO2-1600 1060.7 41.8 801 31.5 450 17.7 680 27 128 282

PCO2-2400 1060.7 41.8 970 39.4 450 17.7 680 27 172 379

PCO2-3200 1060.7 41.8 1139 44.8 450 17.7 680 27 217 478

PCO2-4000 1060.7 41.8 1308 51.5 450 17.7 680 27 260 573

PCO2-4800 1060.7 41.8 1477 58.1 450 17.7 680 27 304 670

*All systems are supplied as NPT with stainless steel adapters 'NPT to BSP' as standard.
** Clearance required for the removal and servicing of cartridges.

Preventative Maintenance Kits - Required Every 8000 Hrs (12 months)

Order
Model Part Number Contents
Quantity

1 x Desiccant Cartridge, 2 x Outlet Block O-Rings,

PCO2-400 MK-PCO2-400 2 x P020-AA Filter Elements, 2 x IP50-AA Filter Elements, 1
2 x Filter Bowl O-Rings
2 x Desiccant Cartridges, 2 x Outlet Block O-Rings,
PCO2-800 MK-PCO2-800 2 x P035AA Filter Elements, 2 x IP50-AA Filter Elements, 1
2 x Filter Bowl O-Rings
4 x Desiccant Cartridges, 2 x Outlet Block O-Rings,
PCO2-1600 MK-PCO2-1600 2 x P035AA Filter Elements, 2 x IP50-AA Filter Elements, 1
2 x Filter Bowl O-Rings
6 x Desiccant Cartridges, 2 x Outlet Block O-Rings,
PCO2-2400 MK-PCO2-2400 2 x P035AA Filter Elements, 2 x IP50-AA Filter Elements, 1
With OIL-X filter elements
2 x Filter Bowl O-Rings (PCO2-400 Models only)
8 x Desiccant Cartridges, 2 x Outlet Block O-Rings,
PCO2-3200 MK-PCO2-3200 2 x P035AA Filter Elements, 2 x IP50-AA Filter Elements, 1
2 x Filter Bowl O-Rings
10 x Desiccant Cartridges, 2 x Outlet Block O-Rings,
PCO2-4000 MK-PCO2-4000 2 x P035AA Filter Elements, 2 x IP50-AA Filter Elements, 1
2 x Filter Bowl O-Rings
12 x Desiccant Cartridges, 2 x Outlet Block O-Rings,
PCO2-4800 MK-PCO2-4800 2 x P035AA Filter Elements, 2 x IP50-AA Filter Elements, 1
2 x Filter Bowl O-Rings
16 x Desiccant Cartridges, 4 x Outlet Block O-Rings,
PCO2-3200
MK-PCO2-6400 4 x P035AA Filter Elements, 4 x IP50-AA Filter Elements, 1
(Duplex)
4 x Filter Bowl O-Rings
20 x Desiccant Cartridges, 4 x Outlet Block O-Rings,
PCO2-4000
MK-PCO2-8000 4 x P035AA Filter Elements, 4 x IP50-AA Filter Elements, 1
(Duplex)
4 x Filter Bowl O-Rings With OIL-X IP50 filter elements
24 x Desiccant Cartridges, 4 x Outlet Block O-Rings, (PCO2-800 to PCO2-4800 Models)
PCO2-4800
MK-PCO2-9600 4 x P035AA Filter Elements, 4 x IP50-AA Filter Elements, 1
(Duplex)
4 x Filter Bowl O-Rings

151
 Bioenergy

Biogas Dehumidification Systems

Installed on a hot galvanized steel frame (skid), a water chiller (Hyperchill BioEnergy), cooler (Hypercool BioEnergy) and a centrifugal
separator (Hypersep BioEnergy) are the key components of the Biogas Dehumidification System: they have been specifically designed for
biogas applications and provide safe, reliable operation in harsh environments typically found at AD and landfill biogas production sites.

The standard biogas dehumidification package includes water connections between Hyperchill and Hypercool, water isolating valves, a
water expansion tank and a counter flange kit with gaskets for the system's connection to the customer's piping.

Standard Skid Package

Hyperchill BioEnergy Hypercool BioEnergy Hypersep BioEnergy
(ICE series) (WFB Series) (CSB Series)
• Chiller Output 5 – 360 kW • High cooling efficiency with low pressure • Cyclonic separator optimized for biogas
• Special coating for corrosive environment drop design applications
• Pump & tank installed in casing • Material: Parts in contact with biogas are • High separation efficiency with
• Microprocessor controlled AISI304 or AISI316L, parts not in contact very low pressure drop
with biogas are AISI304
• Ambient range -20°C to +45°C • Material: Parts in
• Compliant scroll refrigerant compressor • Maximum working pressure: 0.5 barg contact with biogas
are AISI304 or AISI316L
• IP54 protection as standard
• Maximum working
pressure: 0.5 barg

Optional Additions to Standard Skid Package

The standard Biogas Dehumidification System can be extended to include additional components such as a particulate filter, condensate
drain and / or energy-saving, 'Gas2Gas’ recuperator.

Hyperfilter BioEnergy Gas2Gas Recuperator BioEnergy Hyperdrain BioEnergy

(FFB) (RBB) (HDF220BE)
• Particle removal: 5 or 20 μm • Free-cools incoming biogas to reduce chiller • Designed to work with dirty condensate and
cooling load for low pressure operation
• Filtration efficiency 99.999%
• Free-heats outgoing biogas to reduce • No electrical wiring
• Differential pressure relative humidity thus eliminating the need
2 mbar for auxiliary heating • No gas loss
• Material: AISI304 or • High thermal transfer efficiency with very • Parts in contact with condensate are
AISI316L, with additional low pressure drop stainless steel and reinforced polyamide,
pickling and passivation body treated with special Hiroshield
treatment • Material: AISI304 or AISI316L, treatment for optimal operation in harsh
with additional pickling and passivation environments
• Maximum working treatment
pressure: 0.5 barg

152
 www.parker.com/gsfe

SKD B C D

SKD-R B C D

Biogas Dehumidification System

Dimensions
Biogas Gas Gas Condensate Weight*
Model Flow Rate Inlet Outlet Removed A B C D*
(m3/h) Conns. Conns. (kg/h)
mm ins mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
skd60-007 60 DN80 DN50 3.1 2500 98.4 1700 66.9 1615 63.6 1640 64.6 558 1228
skd105-010 105 DN80 DN50 5.3 2500 98.4 1700 66.9 1615 63.6 1640 64.6 638 1404
skd165-014 165 DN125 DN80 8.4 2500 98.4 1700 66.9 1615 63.6 1635 64.4 690 1518
skd265-024 265 DN125 DN80 13.5 2500 98.4 1700 66.9 1615 63.6 1635 64.4 795 1749
skd240-030 240 DN125 DN80 12.8 3300 129.9 1800 70.9 1615 63.6 1695 66.7 880 1936
skd360-040 360 DN200 DN125 19.2 3300 129.9 1800 70.9 1890 74.4 1975 77.8 941 2070
skd510-060 510 DN200 DN125 27.2 3300 129.9 1800 70.9 1890 74.4 1975 77.8 1166 2565
skd720-076 720 DN200 DN125 38.4 3350 131.9 2200 86.6 2214 87.2 1995 78.5 1451 3192
skd1110-116 1110 DN300 DN200 59.2 3350 131.9 2200 86.6 2214 87.2 2102 82.8 1732 3810
skd1620-116 1350 DN300 DN200 71.6 3350 131.9 2200 86.6 2214 87.2 2102 82.8 1788 3934
Performances refer to operation with clean cooler and separator, gas flow rate at 20°C (68°F) /1 barA. Nominal working conditions: 60% CH4,
40% CO2, gas inlet temperature 40°C (104°F) saturated, refrigerant inlet water temperature 1°C (34°F), ambient temperature 35°C (95°F), gas outlet
temperature at nominal conditions 8°C (46°F) (from model skd60-007 to model skd265-024) and 4°C (39°F} (from model skd240-030 to model skd1620-116).
Average pressure drop without filter 11 mbar +/-2 for all models. average pressure drops with filter 14 mbar +/- 2 for all models.
*Data refers to skid without filter.

Biogas Dehumidification System with ‘Gas2Gas’ Recuperator

Dimensions
Biogas Gas Gas Condensate Weight*
Model Flow Rate Inlet Outlet Removed A B C D*
(m3/h) Conns. Conns. (kg/h)
mm ins mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
skd60-007-R 60 DN80 DN40 3.1 3750 147.6 1700 66.9 1615 63.6 1982 78.0 703 1547
skd105-010-R 105 DN80 DN40 5.4 3750 147.6 1700 66.9 1625 64.0 1982 78.0 711 1564
skd165-014-R 165 DN125 DN50 8.5 3750 147.6 1700 66.9 1615 63.6 2040 80.3 772 1698
skd265-024-R 265 DN125 DN50 13.5 3750 147.6 1700 66.9 1615 63.6 2040 80.3 785 1727
skd240-030-R 240 DN125 DN50 12.8 4900 192.9 1800 70.9 1615 63.6 2100 82.7 1089 2396
skd360-040-R 360 DN200 DN100 19.3 4900 192.9 1800 70.9 1890 74.4 2567 101.1 1264 2781
skd510-060-R 510 DN200 DN100 27.3 4900 192.9 1800 70.9 1890 74.4 2567 101.1 1391 3060
skd720-076-R 720 DN200 DN100 38.5 5382 211.9 2200 86.6 2214 87.2 2587 101.9 1887 4151
skd1110-116-R 1110 DN350 DN150 59.4 5382 211.9 2200 86.6 2214 87.2 2878 113.3 2394 5267
skd1620-116-R 1350 DN350 DN150 68.5 5382 211.9 2200 86.6 2214 87.2 2878 113.3 2450 5390
Performances refer to operation with clean cooler and separator, gas flow rate at 20°C (68°F) /1 barA. Nominal working conditions: 55% CH4,
45% CO2, gas inlet temperature 50°C (40°C (104°F) saturated), gas inlet pressure 75 mbarg, refrigerant inlet water temperature 1°C (34°F), ambient
temperature 35°C (95°F), gas dew point at nominal conditions 8°C (46°F) (from model skd60-007 to model skd265-024) and 4°C (39°F) (from model skd240-
030 to model skd1620-116), gas outlet relative humidity below 50%.
*Data refers to skid without filter.

153
 Bioenergy

BioEnergy Products
For information relating to Hyperchill BioEnergy water chillers please refer to page 96 of this catalogue.

Hyperfilter BioEnergy
Area of Application
Standard Filter Biogas, Landfill Gas and Natural Gas
Max. Operating Pressure 0.5 bar g (7.25 psi g)
Operating Temperature -10°C (14°F) up to 100°C (212°F)

Performance Data
Removal Pollutants, foams, particulate and separation of residual moisture
Flow Direction From outside to inside
Particle Removal Size 5 µm / 20 µm
Filtration Efficiency 99.999%
Differential Pressure. Dry 2 mbar

Materials of Construction - Housing

Housing Body Stainless steel: parts in contact with biogas in AISI304 or AISI316L. not in contact in AISI304
Surface Treatment Pickling and passivation
Gaskets Mineral fibers with NBR binder

Materials of Construction - Element

End Caps Stainless steel
Inner Core Perforated stainless steel
Filter Medium 260g antistatic polyester spunbonded
Sealing Epoxy resin
Gaskets Neoprene
A stainless steel grounding wire is mounted underneath the top ring alongside the filter medium

Technical Data
Gas Flow* Connections Filter Elements
Model
L/S m3/min m3/h cfm In Out Quantity
FFB105 29 1.8 105 62 DN50 DN80 1
FFB265 74 4.4 265 156 DN80 DN125 1
FFB720 200 12.0 720 424 DN125 DN200 1
FFB1110 308 18.5 1110 653 DN200 DN300 1
FFB3180 695 41.7 2500 1472 DN300 DN450 1

Weights & Dimensions

Dimensions
Weight
Model A B C D
mm ins mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
FFB105 440 17.3 1454 57.2 1330 52.4 420 16.5 32 70
FFB265 440 17.3 1424 56.1 1300 51.2 390 15.4 35 77
FFB720 625 24.6 1838 72.4 1595 62.8 545 21.5 99 218
FFB1110 633 24.9 1883 74.1 1650 65.0 600 23.6 108 238
FFB3180 1000 39.4 2208 86.9 1805 71.1 696 27.4 255 561

*Nominal working conditions: gas inlet temperature 40°C (104°F), atmospheric pressure, 60%CH4, 40%CO2, pressure drop 3 mbar.
FFB Filters can work at higher gas flow rates with an increase in pressure drop (refer to Parker).

154
 www.parker.com/gsfe

Hyperfilter BioEnergy Hypersep BioEnergy

A CSB105 CSB265 to CSB3180
A
A

B C B D
B D
C
C
D

Hyperdrain BioEnergy HyperCool BioEnergy

B B
B C

A C A

Hypersep BioEnergy
Technical Data / Weights & Dimensions
Dimensions
Gas Flow Connections Weight
Model A B C D
L/s m3/h m3/min cfm In Out mm ins mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
CSB105 29 105 1.8 62 DN80 DN50 365.5 14.4 635.5 25.0 375.8 14.8 535.5 21.1 14 31
CSB265 74 265 4.4 156 DN125 DN80 460 18.1 1425 56.1 1038 40.9 1300 51.2 30 66
CSB720 200 720 12.0 424 DN200 DN125 570 22.4 1765 69.5 1293 50.9 1595 62.8 54 119
CSB1620 450 1620 27.0 954 DN300 DN200 638 25.1 1747.5 68.8 1156 45.5 1525 60.0 88 194
CSB3180 883 3180 53.0 1872 DN450 DN300 833 32.8 2113 83.2 1264 49.8 1805 71.1 153 337

Hypercool BioEnergy
Technical Data / Weights & Dimensions
Dimensions
Gas Flow Connections Weight
Model A B C
L/s m3/h m3/min cfm Gas Water mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
WFB60 17 60 1.0 35 DN80 ¾" 1490 58.7 65.5 2.6 89 3.5 16 35
WFB105 29 105 1.8 62 DN80 ¾" 1490 58.7 65.5 2.6 89 3.5 19 42
WFB165 46 165 2.8 97 DN125 1" 1490 58.7 100.5 4.0 140 5.5 30 66
WFB265 74 265 4.4 156 DN125 1" 1490 58.7 100.5 4.0 140 5.5 38 84
WFB240 67 240 4.0 141 DN125 1" 1990 78.3 100.5 4.0 140 5.5 48 106
WFB360 100 360 6.0 212 DN200 1¼" 1990 78.3 120.5 4.7 219 8.6 85 187
WFB510 142 510 8.5 300 DN200 1¼" 1990 78.3 120.5 4.7 219 8.6 102 224
WFB720 200 720 12.0 424 DN200 1¼" 1990 78.3 120.5 4.7 219 8.6 124 273
WFB1110 308 1110 18.5 653 DN300 2" 1990 78.3 144.5 5.7 324 12.8 196 431
WFB1620 450 1620 27.0 954 DN300 2" 1990 78.3 144.5 5.7 324 12.8 252 554
WFB2380 661 2380 39.7 1401 DN450 2½" 1990 78.3 179.5 7.1 457 18.0 405 891
WFB3180 883 3180 53.0 1872 DN450 2½" 1990 78.3 179.5 7.1 457 18.0 490 1078
Performances refer to models operating with gas flow rate at FAD 20°C (68°F) / 1 barA.
Nominal working conditions: gas inlet conditions 40°C (104°F) saturated 60%CH4 , 40%CO2, water inlet temperature 1°C (34°F), gas outlet temperature 8°C
(46°F) for models WFB60, WFB105, WFB165, WFB265, 4°C (39°F) for all other models. pressure drop 1.2 kPa with separator.

Hyperdrain BioEnergy
Technical Data / Weights & Dimensions
Maximum Dimensions
Materials of Construction Gas Flow Conns. Weight
Model Pressure A B C
Housing Float Lever L/s m3/h m3/min cfm in out bar g psi g mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
Polyamide/ Polyamide/
HDF220BE Aluminium 2 6.5 108 4 1" ½" 1 14.5 266 10.5 111 4.4 108 4.3 1.9 4
st. steel st. steel

155
 Replacement Filter Elements and Maintenance Kits

Replacement Filter Elements and Maintenance Kits

For Legacy Parker domnick hunter Products

OIL-X EVOLUTION OIL-X EVOLUTION OIL-Xplus

Elements Combination Elements Advantage Elements
Filter Model Replacement Element Filter Model Replacement Elements Filter Model Replacement Element

AO005 005AO 010AA AO-0003G K003AO

AC010
010AC AO-0009G K009AO
AO010 010AO
015AA AO-0017G K017AO
AO015 015AO AC015
015AC AO-0030G K030AO
AO020 020AO
020AA
AC020 AO-0058G K058AO
AO025 025AO 020AC
AO-0080G K145AO
AO030 030AO 025AA
AC025D AO-0125G K145AO
AO035 035AO 025DAC
AO-0145G K145AO
025AA
AO040 040AO AC025E AO-0205G K220AO
025EAC
AO045 045AO AO-0220G K220AO
030AA
AC030 AO-0330G K330AO
AO050 050AO 030AC
AO055 055AO AO-0405G K430AO
AO-0430G K430AO
AO060 060AO requires 3 per filter
AO-0620G K620AO
AA005 005AA
AO-1000G K330AO requires 3 per filter
AA010 010AA
AA-0003G K003AA
AA015 015AA
AA-0009G
AA020 020AA OIL-X EVOLUTION K009AA
AA-0017G K017AA
AA025 025AA
OVR Maintenance Kits AA-0030G K030AA
AA030 030AA Model Maintenance Kit No. Required AA-0058G K058AA
AA035 035AA OVR100E 100OVR 1 AA-0080G K145AA

AA040 040AA OVR150H 100OVR 2 AA-0125G K145AA

OVR200H 100OVR 4 AA-0145G K145AA

AA045 045AA
AA-0205G K220AA
AA050 050AA OVR250J 100OVR 6
AA-0220G K220AA
AA055 055AA
AA-0330G K330AA
AA060 060AA requires 3 per filter
AA-0405G K430AA
ACS005 005ACS AA-0430G K430AA
ACS010 010ACS AA-0620G K620AA
ACS015 015ACS AA-1000G K330AA requires 3 per filter
ACS020 020ACS OIL-Xplus ACS-0009G K009ACS

ACS025 025ACS Combination Elements ACS-0017G K017ACS

ACS-0030G K030ACS
ACS030 030ACS Filter Model Replacement Elements
ACS-0058G K058ACS
ACS035 035ACS K009AA
AC-0006G ACS-0080G K145ACS
ACS040 040ACS K006AC
ACS-0125G K145ACS
ACS045 045ACS K017AA
AC-0013G ACS-0145G K145ACS
K013AC
ACS050 050ACS ACS-0205G K220ACS
K030AA
ACS055 055ACS AC-0025G ACS-0220G K220ACS
K025AC
ACS060 060ACS requires 3 per filter K058AA ACS-0330G K330ACS
AC-0040G
K040AC ACS-0405G K430ACS
K145AA ACS-0430G K430ACS
AC-0065G
K065AC ACS-0620G K620ACS
K145AA K330ACS
AC-0085G ACS-1000G
K085AC requires 3 per filter
156
 www.parker.com/gsfe

OIL-X EVOLUTION SE and ES Oil / Water

Multi-box Elements Separator Maintenance Kits
Model / Housing Part Number Box Quantity Model Quantity Required Part Number
AO010 P010AOX25 25 SE2010 1 ESMK1
AA010 P010AAX25 25 SE2015 1 ESMK1
ACS010 P010ACSX25 25 SE2030/SE2030P 2 ESMK1
AO015 P015AOX25 25 ES36 1 ESMK1
AA015 P015AAX25 25 ES90 1 ESMK1
ACS015 P015ACSX25 25 ES125 1 ESMK2
AO020 P020AOX25 25 ES250 2 ESMK2
AA020 P020AAX25 25 ES500 1 ESMK3
ACS020 P020ACSX25 25 ES1000 2 ESMK3
AO25 P025AOX12 12

AA025 P025AAX12 12

ACS025 P025ACSX12 12

AO030 P030AOX12 12

AA030 P030AAX12 12

ACS030 P030ACSX12 12

PCO2 MKI
Maintenance Kits
Product Type Model Filter Type Maintenance Kit

Maxi PCO2 PCO2-1- 20 (300) OIL-Xplus MAKPCO2-1-20

Maxi PCO2 PCO2-2-20 (300) OIL-Xplus MAKPC02-2-20

Maxi PCO2 PCO2-3-20 (300) OIL-Xplus MAKPC02-3-20

Maxi PCO2 MPlus 4000 20 (300) OIL-Xplus MAK-MPLUS4000-20

Maxi PCO2 MPlus 6000 20 (300) OIL-Xplus MAK-MPLUS6000-20

Maxi PCO2 MPlus 8000 20 (300) OIL-Xplus MAK-MPLUS8000-20

Maxi PCO2 MPlus 10000 20 (300) OIL-Xplus MAK-MPLUS10000-20

Mplus PCO2 PCO2-0-20 (300) OIL-X EVOLUTION MAKEPC02-0-20

Mplus PCO2 PCO2-1-20 (300) OIL-X EVOLUTION MAKEPC02-1-20

Mplus PCO2 PCO2-2-20 (300) OIL-X EVOLUTION MAKEPC02-2-20

Mplus PCO2 PCO2-3-20 (300) OIL-X EVOLUTION MAKEPC02-3-20

Mplus PCO2 MPlus 4000 20 (300) OIL-X EVOLUTION MAKE-MPLUS4000-20

Mplus PCO2 MPlus 6000 20 (300) OIL-X EVOLUTION MAKE-MPLUS6000-20

Mplus PCO2 MPlus 8000 20 (300) OIL-X EVOLUTION MAKE-MPLUS8000-20

Mplus PCO2 MPlus 10000 20 (300) OIL-X EVOLUTION MAKE-MPLUS10000-20

Maxi PCO2 PCO2-0-24 (350) OIL-Xplus MAKPCO2-0-24

Maxi PCO2 PCO2-1-24 (350) OIL-Xplus MAKPCO2-1-24

Maxi PCO2 PCO2-2-24 (350) OIL-Xplus MAKPC02-2-24

Maxi PCO2 PCO2-3-24 (350) OIL-Xplus MAKPC02-3-24

Maxi PCO2 MPlus 4000 24 (350) OIL-Xplus MAK-MPLUS4000-24

Maxi PCO2 MPlus 6000 24 (350) OIL-Xplus MAK-MPLUS6000-24

Maxi PCO2 MPlus 8000 24 (350) OIL-Xplus MAK-MPLUS8000-24

Maxi PCO2 MPlus 10000 24 (350) OIL-Xplus MAK-MPLUS10000-20

157
 Replacement Filter Elements and Maintenance Kits

Replacement Filter Elements

For Legacy Parker Zander Products

GL and GL Plus LV Series

G Elements Elements Paint Compatible
Filter Model Replacement Element Filter Model Replacement Element Filter Model Part Number
GH2A 1030A GL2A / GL2AP CP1008A G2A/LV 1030A/LV
GH2V 1030ZP
GL2VL CP1008ZL G2XPH/LV 1030XP/LV
GH2XP 1030XP
GL2ZL / GL2ZLP CP1008ZL G2ZPH/LV 1030ZP/LV
G2ZP 1030ZP
G3A 1050A GL2XL / GL2XLP CP1008XL G3A/LV 1050A/LV
G3V 1050ZP GL3A / GL3AP CP2010A G3XPDH/LV 1050XP/LV
G3XP 1050XP
GL3VL CP2010ZL G3ZPDH/LV 1050ZP/LV
G3ZP 1050ZP
GL3ZL / GL3ZLP CP2010ZL G5A/LV 1070A/LV
G5A 1070A
G5V 1070ZP GL3XL / GL3XLP CP2010XL G5XPDH/LV 1070XP/LV
G5XP 1070XP GL7A / GL7AP CP2020A G5ZPDH/LV 1070ZP/LV
G5ZP 1070ZP
GL7VL CP2020ZL G7A/LV 1140A/LV
G7A 1140A
GL7ZL / GL7ZLP CP2020ZL G7XPDH/LV 1140XP/LV
G7V 1140ZP
G7XP 1140XP GL7XL / GL7XLP CP2020XL G7ZPDH/LV 1140ZP/LV
G7ZP 1140ZP GL9A / GL9AP CP3025A G9A/LV 2010A/LV
G9A 2010A
GL9VL CP3025ZL G9XPDH/LV 2010XP/LV
G9V 2010ZP
GL9ZL / GL9ZLP CP3025ZL G9ZPDH/LV 2010ZP/LV
G9XP 2010XP
G9ZP 2010ZP GL9XL / GL9XLP CP3025XL
G11A 2020A GL11A / GL11AP CP3040A
G11V 2020ZP
GL11VL CP3040ZL
G11XP 2020XP
GL11ZL / GL11ZLP CP3040ZL
G11ZP 2020ZP
G12A 2030A GL11XL / GL11XLP CP3040XL
G12V 2030ZP GL12A / GL12AP CP4040A
G12XP 2030XP
GL12VL CP4040ZL
G12ZP 2030ZP
GL12ZL / GL12ZLP CP4040ZL
G13A 2050A
G13V 2050ZP GL12XL / GL12XLP CP4040XL
G13XP 2050XP GL13A / GL13AP CP4050A
G13ZP 2050ZP
GL13VL CP4050VL
G14A 3050A
GL13ZL / GL13ZLP CP4050ZL
G14V 3050ZP
G14XP 3050XP GL13XL / GL13XLP CP4050XL
G14ZP 3050ZP GL14A / GL14AP CP4065A
G17A 3075A
GL14VL CP4065ZL
G17V 3075ZP
GL14ZL / GL14ZLP CP4065ZL
G17XP 3075XP
G17ZP 3075ZP GL14XL / GL14XLP CP4065XL
G18A 5060A GL17A / GL17AP CP5065A
G18V 5060ZP
GL17VL CP5065ZL
G18XP 5060XP
GL17ZL / GL17ZLP CP5065ZL
G18ZP 5060ZP
G19A 5075A GL17XL / GL17XLP CP5065XL
G19V 5075ZP GL19A / GL19AP CP5080A
G19XP 5075XP
GL19VL CP5080ZL
G19ZP 5075ZP
GL19ZL / GL19ZLP CP5080ZL

GL19XL / GL19XLP CP5080XL

158
www.parker.com/gsfe

159
 www.parker.com/gsfe

European Headquarters EMEA Product Information Centre

La Tuilière 6, 1163 Etoy, Free phone: 00 800 27 27 5374
Switzerland (from AT, BE, CH, CZ, DE, DK, EE, ES, FI, FR, IE, IL,
Tel: +41 21 821 85 00 IS, IT, LU, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RU, SE, SK, UK, ZA)
US Product Information Centre
Toll-free number: 1-800-27 27 537

Parker Hannifin Corporation. All rights reserved. Catalogue CATPRODUCTSGSFE2023-00-EN